L3B mm m 0. LIB/?, S BOIES PENROSE H OLD EAST INDIA HOUSS Ex LlBRIS ir $«*&*? u*.t£* t "' **■ Ujd&t^y 4, c 6T. 4.C--C " ■ n. i^w c*v ■/"■<■(. . TRACTE CONTAT , @ of curious- ?auitinoe Catuinoe fince it hath pleafed God to mooueyourhartetotheere&ingandrcftoring of this worthie Vamhiblton , or Temple to all the Mufes; as I holde it the parte of every ftudiousminde to offer vp the picture ofhisprivate Mufe in carefullieft written bookes, to this Shrine: So Ithemea- neft amongll: many, haue conceived not a little hope , that this ihaddowofmy Shaddowing Mufe fhall finde fome place there, though it bee but that, which wee fee the filly Sparrowes and Swaliowes haue in the greateft Churches. The fumme of all is this, that it would pleafe God fo to continue this your vertuous defire^ofincreafing both the Com- monwealth and Church Militant, that in this life you may long enioy your Godly hartes defire , and in the next bee ad- mitted into the glorious fellowfhippe of the Church Trium- phant . From S. Marie Q>U. ( Commonly called New Coll: ) in Ox. ford. tAiiguHthez^. Jtnno'Dom. 1598. Tours in atlhartie hue and ajfjfe&ion Richard Haydocke. TO THE INGENVOVS READER. R. H. O w hard a matter it u to withftad any natural inftincl andhabituallinclinationwhatfoever , thcjloricoftbc Syracufane Archimedes ( 'be fides divers others to this purpofe) may fufficientlyperfwade . Who wasfo rapt with thefweetnes of his Mathematical conclufionsjhat even thcn,when the Enemie hadentredthe gates of the Cittie, hee re as found drawing of lines vppon thefand 3 ' when perchance it hadbin fitter for a. Philofopher , to haue bin advifwg in theCounfell-houfe. 7{ot much vnlike to whome Imayperadventure feeme , who at this tinte t efpect ally, when the vnappea fable enemies of health, Sickene fie, and Mortality haue fo mightily prevailed again ft vs\ am heere found drawing of lines and\i- neaments 5 portraittures ^/^proportions, when (in regard of my place and profefifion) it might much better haue befeemedme , to haue bin found in the Colledgc ofPloyfitians , learning andcounfellingfuch remedies, asmight make for the common health: or if Imuft ncedabe doing ahout lines , to haue corner tedvppon this propo fit ion , Mors vltima lineirerum. Howbeit , as Ifinde not him much taxed in the fiorie , for this his diligent carelejfeneffe , becaufe hee was bnfied about matters } which were not onelie an ornament of peace , but alfo ofgoodvfe in wane: So my hope is( Ingenuous Reader )t hat my fedulous trifling Jhall meete with thyfriendliefi interpretati- on \ in fomuch as the Arte I now deale in, foalbe prooved^not oncly agraccto health, but alfo a contentment and recreation vnto Sickenes, and a kindofpre- fervatiue again fl Death and Mortality : by aperpetuallpreferving of their" jhapeS) whofe fubftances Phyficke could not prolong , no notforafeafon. Now as the fame Archimedes, after he had a long time beaten his braines to find out the fophi'stication and deceit e of the Goldefhiith, in making Kinge Hieroesgolden crowne, at the last as hee fate in his bath he found it out , and prefiently forgetting himfc if "ejeaped forth naked as he was prying 'ivp.ng. 1 haue foudif.So I after the perufingof many learnedAuclors, cof erring with divers men skilful that way ^viewing of fnndry fingular pieces ofworke both new&old %itj and THE TRANSLATOR and j.yeares diligent and painfull praBife in the Arte (though for my meere pleafureandrecreation ) haue now at the last , -token I leaft thought of it , found or mette with this pre fent booke; -which hath fufficiently instructed me in the myfieries of this ^Arte of V aiming , whereby the vnskilfull eye isfo often cozened and deluded , taking counterfeit creatures for true and na- tural/. The p refent app rehenfwn whereof hath fopleafedmee , that little regar- ding the worthinefeofmyprofeffion } or the expectation of a fcholafiicall handling of the matter, J am heereflept abroad in this naked and vngarnifhed ffile. Howbeit when itfhalbe indifferently conftderedfhat Artes and Sciences are of fuch nature , that. The thinge it f elf ere fufeth ornament, ^yfnd with bare precepts doth it felfe content : men may bee the better contented with thefe truely bare and naked demon, fir at ions , and the rather take them at my hands , becaufe although a profitable t ran flat ion can be no mans wcrke but afchollars $yet among fl jc hollars all -un- der ft and not the Italian tounge^and of thofe which doe, all haue not looked into the Arte; and not manyfwhichyoumay take for no great commendation) haue be Howe d fo much time in the practize thereof^ as my felfe. Tofpeake much in commendations of the Arte it felfe ijbalnot needejnine AucJor having done it to my hand , fo copioufily , wittily , andfubfiantially . Which if hee hadomitted y my felfe Jhouldnot haue thought much necejfa- ry j infomuch as I haue not heardor readofany , that haue pur pofely difgraced (■*t> *4. _#. For even Cor: Agrippa in his booke Devankate fcientiarum highlit commendeth it : the greater feare it on the contrary fide . For had not former ages doted too much thereon, they would never haue adored t hew or kes of the Painters hands. T^jw concerning mine ^Auftour what fballl fay fufficiently ? Schollars andmen ofiudgement willfaue mee the labour , in that they will fee his worth in his worke, better then my felfe . But others for who fe fake I haue done this tfpecially ,mtyvnder standby mee, that whatfoever his practize was (any to- ken wherof my felfe couldnever bee fo hapfy as to fee )furelyfor his prof ound knowledge and deepe skill in the ^A~rte , ifpeake confidently , hee was equall ■ with , if not fuperior to Apelles , or any of the ancient : truely Jhewinghim- felfe another Ariftotle 3 by compiling this mofi abfolute body of the^Arte: partly out of the writings of other men who hadwritten of fever allparts ther- of) and partly out of his owne experience , which howe it coulde proouefo qjcat may feeme veryflrange, whenyoufhallconfider, that he was deprived of hit fight at the ^.yeareofhisage . Which time (as a learned man hath well obferved) u the foonefl for any man to begin to write , that meaneth not to retract what he hath written. i^At this time ( as him felfe confefieth ) hee vndertooke this worke ; which being finijl)ed , was freed from the danger of ret rati at ion , by a double appro- bation andpriviledge: the one from Pope Gregory the 13. and the other from Don Sanchio de Ghcvzragovewourofthefiate ofCMtlane^r Captainege- nerallofthe Spanijb forces in Italy . Now if any man f halt callhis credit into queflion TO THE READER. que ft ion becaufe hu worke hath continuedthefe i 3. ye ares vntranfiated into other tongues^or not reprinted in the fameff or oughrl can learnejbeincfopro- fitable a* I contend : lean impute it partly to his Priviledge not yet fully expi- red; partly to the great expence that it wouldaske to be publijhedinfuch fort as the tnatter would require ( for my pictures are but a Jhaddow of that which might be done.Jpartlyto thejearcity of copies, which in likelyhoodwere bouqht >vp by the Italian Painters, for feare lealt the perfection of the <^A~rte , ( which they holde to reficie whollie with them ) might bee nowe divul- ged vnto other ligations • Which point I am compelled to amplyfie thus. One Io:PauIus Galluccius 0/ Venice having tranflated Albert Durer into Italian j.yearesf nee mine Auctor wrote, addeththervnto afifthbookeof his ovrne , of the ^Argument of my ^Auftours fecondbooke , where talking of many writers of this arte > heementionethnot him. Againe Poflevinus in hisBib\iothccafeleda,reciting all the name-worthy writers of the Arte of Painting both newe and olde , nameth fome of meaner worth in fight , and amonvftthemone o. Baptiita Armenius Faventinus^W^ wrought <^4nno. Dom. 1587. which is 3. yeares fince , but of our Lomatius maketh nomenti- o'n . If in this cafe you will fay , that therefore they fupprefie his name , be- caufe they haue either ftolne from him, orelfeenvy his gbrie (as himfelfe obiecteth to Georg. Vafarie/or omitting his Mafier Gaudetius,//? his Liues of the Painters ) Ithinke I may fubferibe herevnto without any great incon- venience. So that howfoever the matter gee, I may boldly auciorize him to fay of himfelfe. Exegimonumentum xreperennius, K_sfndfpeake to him myfelfe in Virgils verfe,fomewhat altered. Fortunatus eris, fi quid mea poflit opella , Nulla dies vnquam memori te diluet asuo. And thus taking my leaue of mine Auctor, I would borrow patience of my Rea- der, to fpeake for myfelfe:not refufing to make a iuft account of my doing here- in. Fir fi I haue made the coppie commof which being brought -vnto me vn per- fect, (astberelic/ues of a Jhipyrracke ) by that vnfained lover and furtherer of allgoodArtes Af-.lho: Allen j could not bee matched in Paules Church- yard ;vntilla most kind Gentleman, who had rather he are the name of ' afcho- lar ; then his owne name , hadprocuredmce a perfect coppie from Italy . For rnee to haue reprintedit in Italian , or tranflatedit into latine , had beene I confefetohauecommunicatedittofomefeawe, but not to haue divulged it to all. Wherefore intending a common good: I h met aught a good Italian to fpeake a bad englijl) phrafe yet fuch a one as ihopejhallnot bee offenfueto the learned^ and beneficial! 1 am fure to the ignorant. And whereas the commedable labours of other men haue inrichedour tongue with the greater parte of all other good A rtes: I was the more eafilyperfwaded to adde this mite to the common Treafury. In thus doing ,you tellmee I defer ue no di [commendation; and I tell you I looke for no other commendation,then is ordinarily afforded other Tranfiators; who are reputed to haue taken great paines in worftng their auctours . Howbeit in adding the Types and Pictures ,^f iiiy I may THE TRANSLATOR J may -with mode (ly fay , I haue betteredmine , or at the leaf made even for fucd other imperfections, as can hardly efcapc the befi Traflators, much more mee but a TVjvice in that tongue. Which pictures , if to the nicer of this more curious age , theyfkallfeeme meaner, then mayftandwith a tract of fo rare precepts ofskiU;yet the indif- ferent iudge willdeeme them more , then could bee expettedjrom the vnexpe. rienced handof afiudent . Who although he may better excufe his defects in dooing them , then his raftweffe in attempting a matter beyond his power-, yet isheenot altogether deprived of patronage, for adventuring even therein, lor thofe which know any thing in thefe matters , cannot bee ignorant , that Pictures cut in copper , be are an higher rate of charge , then tn probabilitie t, prof efedfchollar can vndertake . <^4nd as for Benefactors to ante fuch puhlique vfes } former ages andforraine countries , hauefofar exceeded vs t that arc. And heereifthe wanton eie of the or dinar ie beholder fhallbeare with the defects ofeiepleafing delights, & the iudicious workeman pardon the vnarti- ficialnes of the foaddowing,I dare promife them both truth of Delineation & Proportion , which was all I aimed at in thefe Examples. The exact me A' faring., prooving, examining, and comparing whereof, with the precepts and tables y what paines , care , and circumfpection it required t J refer to> fuch as either haue or jhallmeddle with thepractife thereof. Which I must confejfe , I had never bin able to haue gone through withall, had 1 not hadex- traordinarie fupplie of divers exceeding rare bookes ,both Italian , French } dndLatine ^from thofe two former most friendlie Gentlemen , whofe stu- dies may well bee called the Libraries of all the belt and felected Au~ ctors . Neither woulde this haue fuf feed , except I had bin much aided by my of- ten conference with a moH learned Friend , fo well knowne to the bet- E . W . ter an ^ gr eate r parte of thofe , who haue at any time converfed with him 3 that hee can bee no otherwife graced by mee , then by acknowledging his moft fweete and commendable recreations in this kind y from his more graue , fieri* ous , andweightie studies , to haue minijlred no fmall helpe vnto this tlyy prcfent delight . ^sf 11 which furtherances notwithflanding , the exceeding falfenefe and corruptionofthe £ilan print , fraightedwith not fofeaweas a thowfand faults more then arc corrected at the e tide. /be -fides the difficulty andjlrange- neffe of the matter it J elf e ) hath inforcedmee in divers places y to regard ra- ther the true fenje andpurpofe 3 then the exact wordes of my Auct our; as who lift to compare the coppicsftja 11 wellperceiue . So that hee fhall find, nei- ther a Par aphrafticall , Epitomized , ormeercFerballtranfiation: but fuch amixedrefpetfiueneffe , asmayjhewe, 1 indevoured nothing more 3 then the true vfe , benefit , and delight of the Reader , howfoever mine vn- exercifed Bile jhall come Jliort of the fweetenefe of our much refined tongue . Wherefore, ifanyfelfe-conceited wittesfballholde themfelues wronged, either becaufe I haue not tumped with their fmgular humouxs 3 or for that I haue TO THE READER. lhaue publifhedthai talkatitte knowledge , which they a fumed to themf elites by concealing their Auc~fonr;they may fir s~l remember , that it were as lawful! andat eafie amatter for another man, to thtnke wellofhii owne doings, as for them to be too much wedded to an over-weening opinion of their owne flnguU' rity- infcmuch as both are in the fame degree of vanity. Andfecondlyjhat the common thankes ijhallgaine abroade , willeafilie countervail their private frownes ■ Itoldeyou before that mine Auttour wo* blind , and therefore no marveile - if he (wallowed fomany flies ofpxcfih-errours;fomefuperficiall& light, fome ftibstantialhndmateriall-.partly in the calculations ,as li. i.ca.7.20. 21.^22. &c. partly inthe -precepts and difcourfes, where words andpeeces of fentences (in likelihood interlined in the manufc riptjare often either left out^ orwrog- ly placed , asli.^.c.y. &c. all which I hope lhaue refioredfo neere to the An- il ours meaning , that if I haue not attained it wholly ,yet I pre fume lhaue not fwarved much from thefubieB. Be fides, all fitch terrnes of Arte or other difficulties , as I deemed worth the flan ding on ; lhaue opened with briefe notes in the margent , The calculate ons lhaue dra wne into Tables , for more eafe and r eadinefe fake , which by mine Auttourwere left in continent lines. Of "the 7. bookes mentioned , / haue now publijbed but 5 , which infomuch as they coprehendihe whole Coftte* platiue part,/ haue fent alone before , as precurfors of the refl . According ta the acceptance wherof Apurpof f if God permit Jtogratifieyou with the others with allfuchfpeede, as my lea fur e and private occafions willafforde. lhaue added a briefe Cenfure of the booke of Colours , where 1 haue alfo fa' ken occafwn to vfe a word or two, concerning the Artificial! Beauty of Woe- men, for whofe good I haue publfied it . Seme fe awe things lhaue purpofely omittedtouching the Matter, and fome lhaue altered: vpon whatreafon bothkinds of Readers will ea/ily coniefttire', wherofthe one {lam fur e) willcommendmy doing in his fecret iudgment , and the otherfJknowJnot openly condemne it. Jfany of the Histories bee in any ctrcumflancefalfefled(as J find fome) im- pute it not to me as a fault, that they be not reHored, who hauefoundenough to doe in the Arte itfelfe, and had not leafure to compare all the Stories ; neither iudged lit requifitc, infomuch as they are meerely illtiHratiue examples of the doctrine. Touching the Verfes, which for the mofl part are out of Aricfto,/ haue fol- towedbA. Harringtons transition, where it would ferue my turne ,the others lhaue done as I could . What lhaue done is apparant. See now fin a word)V\' hy. Myfinallreafon is plaine: the increafe of the knowledge of the Arte? which though it never at- tainedto any great perfection amongst vs ( faue in fome very fe awe of late) yet is it much decayed amongst the or dinar ie forte , from the ancient medi- ccritie , for thefe 2. caufes: Fir It the Buyer refufeth to be ft owe anie greate price on a peece of vvorke , becaufe hee thinkes it is not well done : <^4nd the VVorkemans anfwere is , that he therefore neither vfeth *llhii skill, nor takcth all t hep nines that he could , becaufe hee knoweth before hand THE TRANSLATOR hand the (lender nes of his reward . That both thefe obiections might be taken away , lhaue taken the paines \to teach the one to iudge and the other to worke. Both -which will bee the better effected, if both the one and the other fhallgiue them f elites , to a diligent obfervation of the excellency of ^Ancient workes ; in devouring byallmeanes to pur ch ace thcm 3 andrefufing no cofle , when they may bee had. In which point fome of our lability, and divers private Gentlemen, haue very wellacquited themfelues ; as may appeare,by their Galleries carefully fur- mfhed,with the excellent monuments of fundry famous ancient Jomay I iuftlie condemne them , for their difgrace- f ull handling of divers Honourable Perfonages , and even Princesthemfelues by publijhing to the worlde , not onely vnlike , but most lame , dif proporti- oned and vnfeemelie Counterfeites (as they tearme them ) of their liue- lieperfons. K_s4nd if nothing can deterre the fe faucie doultes ) from this their dizardly inhuman'itie , then I could wijl^that Alexanders Edict were now in force a- gatne , who forbade , that aniefhouldCarue hisperfon,faue Lyfippus ; or Paint his Counterfeit be fides Apelles . Howbeit, if they did onelie this ,they were the more to bee pardoned, but they are not ajhamedtoftep one degree higher , by hanging out thefe monument es of their grofie ignorance, for Signes at Innes & Ale-houfes{the toleratio wherof lhaue ever wondered at )putting no difference betweene the renowned Scepter of Mi: Henry the S.and Tartletons pipe . if this bee not to prophane the fa- cred Maieltie of Princes, and difgr ace Nobility ,furely I cannot iudge . But this lam fur e of , that if any private man werefo handled,he would holde it an indignity vn f tiff er able. Tiow if they in this latter point Jhall an f were for themfelues, that they are not in fault for this , becaufe they are ever fet on worke by the owners ofthofe houfes ; mine Auctor will reply , that afufficient Painter ought to be ( be fides his skill in the Arte)fo difcreet and iukiciom a man , that heefbouldbe able to direct him that fetteth him on worked/hewing him what is fit and convenient to be painted in each place . But thefe bafe fellowes I leaueintheir Ale-hou- fes, to take pot punijhnent of each other once a day, till&c. 2{j>w as for thofc other industrious and commendable Profeffors of the curioufer TO THE READER* turioufer kindes of Painting' I am fo fane from condemning the defetts and fcapes which are fometimes found in their be B workes , that I rather wonder how they haue attained foneerevntothe ancient perfection , with fo feawe helpes , as our country (for ought I could ever /ear ne) hath afforded t 'hem. And for their farther incouragement , could wijh I hadthe skilful! pen of George Vafarie , to eternize their well-deferving names to allfucceedii&gges . For then (/doubt not) but that ifhouldinafhort time findem* 'ren-ugh , to write Parallels oftheirliues^comparingourEn^lKh Paint^r^ viththeltiM- arts , as Plutarch , didthe Romane Captaines , with the Grecians . Then would M. Nicholas Hilliards hand,fo much admiredamongftjlr*,.gersflriuc for acomparifonwith the milde fpirit of the late worldes -wonder Raphacll V rbine ;/ or •( 'to fpeake a trttthjhu pcrfeclio in ingenuous Illuminatin g or Lim- iting j the perfection of Painting , u (if lean iudgejfo extrttordinarie, that when Idevifed with myfelfe the best argument tofet it forth , Ifoundnane better , then toperfwade him to doe it him f elf e, to the vie we of all men by his pen; as hee had before vnto very many, by his learned pence 11. which in the ende heeafentedvnto; a*>Jbymee promifeth you a treat ife of his owne Praclife that way , with *& convenient fpeede . VVhofe true and liuely Image you may otherwife I e hold, more then refleSledvppon the mirrours orglajses , of his two fcholla'sMiliaacOliverforLimming.andRowhndfockeyfrrOyle&Lim: . infomemeafure: Both which ( I doubt not) are herein of great Alexanders minde , who reioycedmore that hee hadhx'Aotltfor his fours thereof (though nowe to many) andfo would thy credit and profit prooue the lefie . ^iT T^-*ir v^^? ^^•*vT IOHN CASE D. OF PHYSICKE TO HIS FRIENDE % H. OF NEW COLLEDGE. HEN Ifirftheard (learned and kindc fricndcM. Haj- docke) ofyour purpofc in letting forth a large Booke concer- ning the Arte of Painting, twothinges caufedmemuch to marvaile^firft how you could winne time, and vveane your fclfc from Hippocrates to Apelles ; and then what matter you could ycelde vs from a Painters pot and pencell : But after reading a few lines of theworke, I utterly chaunged my minde,and begannc contrariwife to wonder, how fo excel- lentaBooke couldc bee compiled vpon fo mcane a fubieft j Meane I fay in name,but not indeede:meane as wc call a Gnatt,in whofe life,parts, forme.voicc and motion,Nature hath bellowed her beft arte, and left vnto vs won- ders to beholde . What lhall Ifay more ? One /haddow of man , one image of his partes, in this Booke, fhewcthvs better vfc. For \f Hippocrates will reade an Anato- . mic, hecre-hencc he may learne exact and true proportion ofhumaine Bodies; if Dtofcorides will make an Herball,here he may hauc skill to fet forth hearbes,plantes, andfruites.in moftliuely colours. Gkowrtnrwwheere-henceforBuyldingmay take their perfect frlodcllci . Cofmographers mayfinde good arte to make their Mappcs andTables. Htftonans cannot heerc want a pencell to over-fhaddow mensfamous A £tes,Pcrfons,and Morall pictures. Twees mayheere lcarne to builde Engines of warre, and ornamentcs of peace . For {Tttruvitu who writcth of Building to Angu- ft m the Empcrour) faith, that all kin de of warlike Engines were firft invented by Kings and Captaincs, who were skilfull in the Arte of Painting and Caruing . One thing more I addeabouc all the reft (ray good fnende M.Haydocke) that in rea- ding your booke I finde therein two notable images of Natural and Morall Philofo- phie, the one foftiaddowed with prcceptes of Nature, the other fogarmfhed with the bed colours ofVertucs; that in mine opinion, I neuer round more vfeof Philo- faphie,in any booke I ever read ofthe like thcamc and fubiecl. And truelyhad I not read this your Au6torandTranflation,Ihadnotfullyvnderftoode what An- ftule meantc in the fixth booke of his Ethickes, to call Phidsas An&Tolyclctus moR. wife men ; as though any parte ofwifedome did confift in Caruing and Painting which now I fee to be truej and more-ouer muft ncedes confefle the fame, becaule Godhimfelfe filled "Bexjleel the fonne of Vri, with an excellent [pint ofWtfedome £ X <,j cap ,, and vnderflanding , to finde out curious worses, to work-in Golde , Sducr , And TJraffe, verf.^x. and m Grading ftones to fet them, and in Caruing of Wood, euen tomake any manner of fine woorke . In like manner hee indued the heart of Aholtah with Wtfedome (as the Texte iaith)r lJ U) eJ**t«> «J* J ts CJ* * fgyggg ygigligggMgg * #:$.### ## ###########«###■& THE TITLES OF THE BOOKES. Tbefir/l of Proportion. Tlxfecondof Anions andGefiures. The third ofQolour, The fourth of Light. The fifth of the Verfpeciiues . *J- A TA- A TABLE OF THE CHAPTERS of the whole ^volume, in order. Of the fir ft book? of Troportion. — Of the 1 Efinition of Painting, chap, i Diuifion of Painting. chap. 2 Vertue and praife ofProportion. chap. 3 Neceflity and definition ofProportion. chap. 4 External! panes of mans body. chap. 5 Proportion of a mans body of 10 faces in length and breadth. ch.<5 Proportion of a tall mans body of 10 faces. chap. 7 Extrauagant proportion of 10 heads. chap. 8 Proportion of a young man of 9 heads. chap. 9 Proportion of a mans body of 8 heads. chap. 1 o Proportion of a mans body of 7 heads. chap. 1 1 Proportion ofa woman of 10 faces. chap. 12 Proportion ofa woman of 10 heads. chap. 13 Proportion ofa woman of o faces. chap. 14 Proportion ofa woman of 9 heads. chap. 1 5 Proportion ofa woman of 7 heads. chap. 1 6 Proportion ofa childe of 6 heads. chap. 1 7 Proportion ofa childe of 5 heads. chap. 18 Proportion ofa childe of4 heads. chap. 19 Externall partes of an horfeand their names. chap. 20 Proportion of an horfe before and behinde. chap. 2 1 Meafures of an horfe from part to part. chap. 2 2 Proportions of the orders of Architecture in generall. chap. 2 3 Tufcane order. chap. 24 Dorick order. chap. 2 5 Ionick order. chap. 26 Corinthian order. chap. 27 Compofite order. chap. 2 8 Intercolumneationsj of the comparifon betweene the col: of their Diminithings, and Afpedtes. chap. 19 How the meafures of bhips 3 Temples , Buildings and other thingesare drawne from mans body. chap. 30 From whence all proportions arife. chap . 3 1 Of the power of proportion, and how by the helpe thereof the greatnefle of the Coloffi may be wrought. chap. 3 2 * iij. Of The titles of the Chapters. Ofihe feconAhooU of Actions anAGefturet. OF the vertue and cfficacie of Motion . chap. I Of the neceffity of motion. chap, i Of the paffions of the minde , and of their originall & difference.ch,3 How the body is altered by the paffions of the minde. chap. 4 In what kinde ofbodies the paflions of the minde arc moft forcible, chap.5 How the body is altered by imitation. chap. 6 Of the motions procured by the 7 Planets. chap. 7 How al the motions may accidentally befall any man 5 though diuerfly ch.is* Of the motions of Melancholy , Fearefulneflc, Malitioufnefle, Couetuouf- iiefTe,Slowneffe,Enuie,BaflifulnefIe,and Anxiety, chap. ? Of the motions of Fortitude, Fidelity, Iufticc , Dcuotion, Maiefty , and Conftancie. chap. 10 Of Audacity, Strength, Fiercenefle, Violence , Railing ,Roughnefie,Ob- ftinacie, Terriblenefle , Difdaine , Impiety, Iniury, Hatred, Pride, Va- nity, and Aduenturing. chap. 1 1 Of Honour, Commandement, Nobility, Magnanimity, Liberality , Ex- cellency, Bounty, Difcretion, Mirth and Pitty. chap. 12 Of vehement Defire , Grace , Beauty, Comlinefle , Gentility, Curtefic, Flattering, Enticing, Adulation, Affection, Embracing , Kiffing,Wan- tonnefle, Difhonefty, Feafting, Pompes ; Singing, Dauncing, Games, ChecrefuInefle,Quiemefle, Delight, Sollace, and Swectnes. chap. 13 Of Wifedome, Craftinefle, Malice, Wittinefle, Deceit,Thcft, Honefty, Modefty, Idlenefle, and Exercife. chap. 14 OfCredulity,Dread,Humility,Inconftancy,Seruiceablenefle,Reuerence, Shamefaltnefle, Mercy, and Simplicity. chap. 1 5 Of Paine, Wondring, Death, Folly, Rufticity,Defpaire,Troublefome- nefle, Harebrainnefle, Patience, and Lunacie. chap. 1 6 Ofdiuers other neceflary Motions, chap. 17 Of the Concord,and Difcord of the motions,and of their vniting. chap, 1 8 Of certaine motions oi Horfes. chap. 19 Of the motions of liuing creatures in gcncrall. chap. 20 Of the motions of Haire. chap. 2 1 Of the motions of all fortes of Cloth. chap. 2 2 Of the motions of Trees and all other things that are mooued. chap. 2 3 Of the third booke of Colour* OF the vertue of Colour. chap, r Of the neceffity of Colouring. chap. 2 The Definition of Colour, &c. chap. 3 Of the matters of the Colours. chap. 4 What fortes of Colours agree with each kinde ofPainting. chap. 5 Of the naturall agreement,and difagreement betweene the colours, ch. 6 What The titles of the Chapters. What middle Colours arife from the diiiers mixtures,of the fimples. ch.7 Of the agreement of light and darke Colours with each other. chap. 8 OftheTranfparantColourSj and how they are wrought. chap.? Of the order of making Changeables. chap. 1 Oftheeffectes caufed by Colours. chap. 1 1 jOfBlacke. chap. 12 Of White. chap. 13 OfRedde. chap. 14 Of the Colour of the Peacockc. chap. 1 5 Of Yeallowe. chap. 1 6 Of Greene. chap. 17 OfBlewe. chap. 18 Of certaine other Colours. chap. 19 <^4briefe Cenfure^ of the booke of Colours^ by the Tranjldton "wherein is handled the PaintingofVVomen^ with the true vfe thereof. Of the tkrrd booke of Light. GF thevertue of Light. chap. 1 Of the neceffity of Light. chap. 2 Of the nature of Li ght. chap. 3 Of the Diuifion of Light. chap. 4 Of the Primarie Light. chap. 5 Of the Second Plimarie Light. chap. 6 Of the ThirdPrimarie Light. chap. 7 Of the Secondary Light. chap. 8 Of the Direct light. chap. 9 Of Reflected Light. chap. 10 Of Refracted or broken Light. chap, ix After what forte all bodies receaue light more or lefle. chap. 1 2 Of the Effects which light produceth in bodies in generall. chap. 1 3 Of the Effects which light produceth in Ear thie bodies. chap. 14 Of the Effects which light produceth in Watery bodies,. chap. 1 5 Of the Effects which light produceth in Aeriall bodies. chap. 1 6 Of the Effects which light produceth in Fiery bodies. chap. 17 Of the Effects of light vpon Colours. chap. 1$ Of the Effc&s of light vpon all fortes of fuperficics, chap, ip How bodies require but one principall light. chap. 20 How to giue the lights to bodies. chap. 2 1 Of Sciographie. chap. 22 Of the fhaddowes which bodies haue according to the fight Anopticall. chap. 23 Of the fhaddowes according to the fight Opticall. chap. 24 Of the fnaddowes according to the fight Catopticall. chap. 2 5 * iiij. Of v The titles of the Chapters. Ofthefifthbooke ofPerftctfiues. TH e Proemc. chap. 1 Of the vertuc of Perfpe&iue. chap. 2 Of the Definition ofPcrfpe&iue. chap. 3 Of the reafbn of our fight in gencrall. chap. 4 Of tjie reafbn of our fight in particular. chap. 5 Of the beames of fight. chap. 6 Of the Eie the Inftrument of the fight. chap. 7 Of the Diftance. chap. 8 Of the Obiect. chap. 9 Of Anoptica the firft fight, or reall line vpwardes. chap. 10 Of Optica the fecond fight, or reall and middle line. chap. 11 OfCatoptica the thirde fight or reall linebclow. chap. 12 Of the firft falfe fight perpendicular abdue, ^. chap. 1 3 Of the fecond falfe fight oblique or fide-longr chap. 14 Of the third falfe fight vpwardes. chap. 1 5 Of the fourth falfe fight in the middle. chap, id Of the fifth falfe fight below. chap. 1 7 Of the fixth falfe fight being deepe or inwardes. chap. 1 8 Ofbowings. chap. 19 Oftheliftingvpofbodicsvponaplaineline. chap. 20 Of Perfpeftiue in generall, according to Bramantine a Perfpectiue Pain- ter and Architect. chap. 2 1 The firft Perfpe&iue ofBramantinc. chap. 2 2 The fecond Perfpectiues of Bramantine. chap. 2 3 The thirde Perfpe&iue of Bramantine. chap. 24 Of the fixth booke ofPrattife. OF thevertueofpra&ife, chap. 1 Of the neceffitie of praclife. chap. 2 Rules touching the proportion of mans body. chap. 3 Rules concerning the motions of mans body. chap. 4 Rules about the motions of an Horfe. chap. $ Rules belonging to Coloures. ( chap. 6 How the Colours ought to be forted in hiftories. chap. 7 The applying of the feueral colours to each particul ar country. chap. 8 Of the colour ofthefoure humors, and how out of them the flefh of mans body of all fortes is compounded. chap. 9 How the fhaddowes ought to follow the colour of the flefh. chap. 10 How the flefh is to be made according to the motions of the bodies, ch. 1 1 Rules concerning the Light. chap. 12 Rules touching the Perfpetfiues. chap. 1 3 Adevifc The titles of the Chapters. Adeuifetofhewc naturall proportions anfwerable to the fight of the cie. chap. 14 The reafbn of the former deuife or inftr umeDt. chap. 1 5 Proportions Geometricall,by thehelpe whereof we may transferre things to the fight. chap. 1 6 The arte ofmakingfigureshalfe-roitnd, and all- rounde. chap. 17 The way howe to drawe Colofles to the fight ; and all other Proportions. chap. 1 8 Howe to makeinuertedPerfpe&iue which fhallfeemc true being viewed through a fmall hole. chap. 1 9 Certaine generall rules concerning Painting. chap. 20 What kindes of pictures ought to be vfed about SepuIchers,Churchyards, Churches vndergrounde, and fuch like melancholy places, chap. 21 What pictures are fit for lightfbme Churches, Confiftories, places of pri- uiledge, and prerogatiue. chap. 2 2 W hat picb are fit for places oftorture and execution. chap. 23 Whatpift: belong vnto Princes Pallaces,&c. chap. 24 Whatpift: ought to be painted about Wels, Gardines, Chambers, and other places of delight ; as alfo about Muficall Inftruments. chap. 2 5 W hat pictures appcrtainc vnto bchooles , Libraries , Innes , &c. chap. 2 6 Whatpid: arcfitfor ordinary Wals. chap. 27 Warres and battailcs. chap. ?8 Sea-fightes. chap. 29 Rapes. chap. 30 Diuers Loues. chap. 3 1 Merriments, and fportes. chap. 32 Banquets. chap. 3 3 Heauinefle. chap. 34 Decencie in Churches. chap. 3 5 Aflaultes. chap. 36 Aftonifhments . chap. 3 7 Shipwrackes. chap. 3 8 The defcription of Wonders. chap. 39 G ames and fportes. chap. 40 Sacrifices. chap. 41 Triumphes. chap. 42 Trophes. chap. 43 B uildings in generall. c hap. 44 Buildings in particular. chap- 45 Termcs. chap. 46 Freizes. chap. 47 Antickes and Voluntaries, chap. 48 Candlefticks,candles,fountaines,epitaphs,garnifhings ofpcdcftals, columnes,veflels, fpaces, figures, vinets, fquaic-works,monfters,beafts 3 and inftruments. ch.49 The Tlie titles of the Chapters. Drawing counterfets by the life. ehap. 5 o Drawing counterfets by arte. chap. 5 1 The limmes and partes ofmans body. chap. 5 2 The actions and gefturcs ofmans body. chap. 5 3 Figures one with another. chap. 54 CoIours,andofthecuftomes of the countries and peo- ple of the world. chap. 5 5 Apparrel and drapery. chap. 56 The defcriptio of Liuing creatures. chap. 57 Colours. chap. 58 The coloures of precious ftones. chap. 59 Diuerfc inftruments. chap. 60 DiuerfekindesofLandskips. chap. 61 The fimplicitie and innocencie of Children, chap. 62 Garlandes,tiees,herbes,fruites , flowers, and mettals. chap. 63 Ideaes. chap. 64 Sundry affe&ions of men. chap. 65 Ofthefeuenth hooke ofhiHory. F the vertue and neceffitie of Hiftorie &c. chap . i ' How the Trinitie is vfually painted. chap. 2 Of the forme of the Hierarchies, and the nine orders of Angels. chap. 3 Of the forme of the Celeftiall Minifters. chap. 4 TheBlefledfoules. - chap. 5 Saturne the higheft Planet. chap. 6 Iupiter. chap. 7 Mars. chap. 8 TheSunne. chap. 9 Venus. chap. 10 Mercuric chap. 1 1 The Moone. chap. 1 2 Vulcanc God of the fire. chap. 1 3 Iunogoddefleof the aire,and her Nymphes. chap. 14 fifth f me of ^ c ^ ea }Neptune,fea-nimphes and monfters. chap. 1 5 The Riuers 3 Naiades,and their Nymphes. chap. 1 6 The Mufes. chap. 1 7 Fame. chap. 1 8 The Windcs. chap, ip The Earth. chap. 20 Pan, Eccho,the Satyres,Fauncs,and Silvani. chap. 2 1 The Nymphes. chap. 22 Mans body, and the admirable workemanfhip thereof. chap. 2 3 The bones in mans body# chap . 24 Worthies The titles of the Chapters, Worthies, Saintcs, and Philolbphcrs. chap. J 5 Monfters. chap. 26 Ancient attires, and armour, chap* 27 Temples and buildings. chap. 28 Of the forme of Certaine imaginary Gods among the Gentiles, chap. 29 Certaineinfernall monfters: and of Minos j^Eacus, and Rhadamanthus. chap. 30 Pluto, Proferpina and the three Deftinies. chap. 3 1 The three Furies. chap. 32 Tlx Conclufion of the whale workg. Theende oftheTable of the Chapters. stable of the names of all the mofi famous Painters, Caruers, and Ar- ch it ett es both ancient and late, xchofe veorkes andprecefs ah vfedthroughottt the whole VVorkc, 'Xti • ■ ' -• - ** (^■•Is cJ lJ l*> eJ^'t? ffJ^'ls fJ* t 't» ej^^ks ct-4s> eJ 1 THE PREFACE TO THE WORKE, WHEREIN IS HANDLED THE E X- CELLE NC IE, ORIGINAL, AND Vrogrejfe of Vaulting. • M o n g s t al the ineftimable giftes of God moft boun- tifully conferred vppon mankinde , queftionlefle that faculty of the minde which wee call Vnderftanding, is the chiefe and moft excellent . For this is the prin- cipal meane and inftrument whereby our life is main- tayned, teaching vs to vnderftand, and confequent- ly to defire our laft and chiefe ende . Which aflerti- on is moft eafie to be prooved , infomuch as noe man will deme, but that by this faculty of Vnderftanding, men did firft appre- hend andfinde out the neceflities of Nature, and wherein the decay and" final overthrow therof confiftcd. Whcrupo they provided all fuch meanes as were behooucfhll for the mayntenancc and prcfervation of the fame* And hence it is,that when our vnderftading had obferved, that vnleflethat radicall & inborne moyfturcofours,whichisdayly confumed and wafted byournaturallheatewete fbme way repayred , the corruption and diflb- ■ lution of mankinde muft needes enlue; it beganne to invente the moft pro- fitable arte of Hufbandry and manuring the earth (as her owne fer vant ) by whofehelpe the earth which at the firft was barren and fruitlefle , became fruitful, bringing forth all fuch thingesin great abundance, as were ne- ceflary fortheprefervation of our fraile Nature. And in fomuch as our bodies being borne naked by Nature, were divcrfly annoyed by the vn- temperatnefle of the ayre , it moft ingenioufty invented the art of Wea- ving and Tailery ; not fo much for defence and fafegarde of our bodies from the iniury of the wether, as for ornament and decencie : and to the felfc fame end hath it alfo found out ( in a word) all the other Mechanicall artes , togither with the venturous art of Navigation . Againe, percea- ving that the frailtie of mans nature made it obnoxious and (ubiecl to in- finite infirmities , it pra&ifed the vertue of heatbes and other naturail thingesj andlb devifedthe arte of fhjficke. And confidering that man was by nature a fociable creature ,itbeganbypollicytoaflemble men to- gether j and to the end they might be the more fafely provided for in that lundeoflifc, it ordained the order of Domefiicall and Civill governementj inducing them withall to divide their fieldes amongft themfelues by e- A j. quail 2 THE T^EFJCE. qual portions,fbrefeeing that by this meanes they fhould be the more care- fully manured . And finally knowing that there was one Creator, director^ governor of the whole world,and the finall end of mankind,it ftirred up our will to loue and defire the fame. Whereas then this faculty of underftanding was the inventor of fo ma- ny worthy artes and fciences , being alfb the meanes whereby our mindc is united in this life to his foveraigne ende by grace, and in the neit by glo- ry, thatremayneth moft evident which I purpofed in the beginning, that the fame is the moft noble and worthy of all the giftes of God . Yet not- withftanding the excellency and worth thereof to mankind, itftandeth in neede of tervantes and helpers . And amongft all other things,of that o- ther faculty of the mind called Memory. Wherfore the Philofbphers teach him that would underft and any thing , to convert himfelfe to the fantafies that are in his memory: whence they fay that memory ferveth to the under- ft anding,as the Treafury to the treafurer.For whatfoever the vnderftading knoweth,it layeth the fame up there ; and fokeepeth it in memory , that whenfoever it hath vfe thcreofyt may take it from thence againe . And all- thouejcixhc memory ixte/Zecfiue be the felfefame thing with the vnderftan- ding,yethath it neede of another diftind faculty ,by venue where of itper- fbrmeth his operations of underftanding.-& this is the Corpora// memory. But becaufe this corporall memory cannot cofttaine all things (becaufe - it is like a veflel,which after it is ful fpiDeth whatfoever by overplus is pow- red into it)it hath neede likewife of tome Other helpe;and principally of the moft Noble arte of Painting; firft invented by the vnderftanding for this purpofe . Wherefore the vnderftanding ( as hath beene faide)hath much neede of the memory,that fo it may returne anewe to the understanding of that which it had before intelligently perceived ; and the memory(be- caufe it cannot remember all things J hath neede of fome other helper and remembrancer: Nowe amongft all odier inftruments for that purpofe, Paintingis the chiefe . Which I holde for an invincible trueth . If then ic be true (as it cannot be denied) that the ufe of writing was firft inven- ted to the ende that thofe Artes and fciences,whichwerefoundeourby the labour and induftrye of ingenious men y might not be loft, becaufe the power memoratiue corporall, could not containeall the fimilitudes and Ideas of fo many things as are in the world, (which are infinit in poffi- bility) & fb many propofitions as are contained in all the arts and fciences, &c. If this I fay be true,that Characters and the vfe of writing were firft in- vented to preferue the memory of rhe Sciences , it followeth inevitably, • it fptaketh that * Painting is an inftrumet vnder which the treafury of the memory is ai language!, contained, infomuch as writingis nothing elfe, but a picture of -white and black. Whence the Egyptias^under the pictures ofbeafts and other living rhinges,ufed to deliver all their fciences, and other fecrets, bothfacred and prophane : fo that vnto them Painting ferved as a treafury, where they referved the hidden riches of their myfticall knowledges to all fucceeding ages. From whome by trade of time wee haue received fogreate be- nefit in matters appertaining afwell to Philofopfy , as <^4ftrologre , by the THE TQLEFJCE. % the handes of Plato , Pythagoras , and other Philofophefs , whofaylcd into Egypt to tranlport it from thence } (b that they are now become the Schoolemaiftcrs of all Europe * In imitation of whome the ancient Ro- mans compofed thofe Emblemes which they ufed to fet up in private and publicke places , with the pictures of men and beattcs , hiding under them not onely great myfteries of morall and naturall Philofophie , but alfo mofl fbarpe fpurs to ftirre up mens mindes to brauc and worthy attempts; fome fragments wherof are yet remaining in Europe. N either caufed they to be painted Emblemes and Hierogfyphickes alone,but alfo the famous deedes of Hierogly- worthy men, to ftirre up mens mindes with emulation of the like glorious ^j^f 1 entcrprifes. Whence for exaples of fortitude we ihal finde Horatim Codes defending the bridge called Sublitim moft couragioufty againft a great troupe of the Tufcanes, in one place. And in an other,Af. CMarcellm who by cuttingoff the head olBritomarte a Chieftaine of the French, di(comfi- ted the whole hoaft of the enemy. For paternes of military difcipline Pa- pirius the Dictator, who difmifled Q^Fabim Rut Him being generall of the Held jbccaufe contrary to his comandemet he bad battaile to the Samnites, although he obtained a moft glorious victory: And Pofihumim the Dicta- tor, who put his owne (onne to death jbecaufe he got a conqueft over his e- nemies by breaking his ranke. For ex amplcs of loue towards their country tMar: Curtitts who caft himfelfe,hor(e,and all into a bottomleflc gulfe:The 3 . Decij: the father in the Romane war, the fonne v\ the Tufcane ; and the nephewe in the battaile againft Pyrrhm king ofEpirus, all which for their countries good refufed not moft certaine and imminent death, with infi- nite other hiftories which I purpolely omit* Befides they Painted the figures and (hapes of diverfe Gods ^ as may appearebymaniefragmentes thereof at this day , in Rome . By occa- fion whereof the Romanes were firftftirred up andincited to Religion. And finallie in their private houfes they kept the counterfeits and fta- tues of their aunceftors in memory of their vertues , and for example to their pofteritie . Nowe I holde it fuperfluous to difcourfe at large how greatc the vfe of Painting was amongft the Grecians , infbmuch as whatsoever hath bin fayed of the requeft it was in with the Romanes , was whollie donne after the imitation of them . Who verie well underftanding the ufe and profite thereof. Held it alwaies in moft reverend regarde . So thattheyfparednocofttopurchace whatsoever they founde excellent in that arte. Whence it is reported that Kinge Attains gaue an hundreth talentes for a table done by c^WJifofotheThebane Painter, And that K. Candaulm gaue as much for one of Bularchtuhxs tables , whetehce had moft liuely exprefled the deftrudtion oiUMagnefia in a very iraall compafle. And to conclude the rewardes wherwith the Grecians honored Payn- ters( as may appeare by all their Hiftories, and fo many excellent peeces brought from them by the Romans,when their Empire moft flourished) doe fufficiently tcftifie in what regard they had this moft noble Arte. Here the author cntreth into a Urge difcourfe of the vfe of Images, which \sf ij* fccwf* 4 THE V^EFJCE. beau ft it cro(feth the doctrine of the reformed churches , and hi* greatefi •warrant thereof ' u hit bare af&rtion , I haue thought good to omitte: the conclufwn of which difcourfenevertheleffe is this : vz. Notwithftanding my meaning is notthat Images are the totallcaufe of fo gieac effe&es, for this were an impious opinion. Onelythis I affirme, that the picture mooveththe eye , andthat cammitteth the j pedes and formes of the things feene to the memory , aUwhich it reprefenteth tothe vnderftanding ^ which confidereth ofthe truth andfalfhood of tho fe things , which being perfect- ly 'under flood it reprefenteth them to the will, which if the thing be evilly it abandoneth andforfaketh , if good , it hveth , and naturally embraceth the fame . By all which you may eafily iudge of what excellent vfe Paynting _ is . For it is an inftrument ofthe memory ^oi the vnderlianding , and of the will: It is a figne and figure invented by men to reprefent all things, both naturallandartificiall; to refemble the Angels, thcSaintesjand^r/w* it felfe , fo farre forth as it may bee refembled ." But for avoyding tediouf- neffe, I will amplifie this moft copious argument of the commendation of Paynting no farther, endevoring nothing more then brev it) e; as may be gatheredby that which hath bcene hitherto fpoken: efpecially confide- ring, that this arte is It fee a liuely booke ofallthefayings and doings ofprefent and former times. And although it would require an infinite difcourfe to fpeake ofthe end thereof, yet haue I thought goodtoknitt vp all brieflie in one worde , by faying, that it is an Inftrument,whereby greate matters may bee perfor- med. Howbeitweemuft obferue by the way, that it is in the number of thofe things which are to bee defired for their owne fakes . Becaufe our mindeof it felfe conceiveth greate pleafure and contentment in behol- ding a beautifull picture at the very firftviewe, and as it were courforihe, (without any farther confederation what it particularly reprefenteth,) but is afterwards much more delighted therwith.when it confidereth the fym- metry and proportion thereof done by a skilfull hande ; pondering with himfelfe that admirable workemanfhippe , whereby the immoueabie and fenfelefle picture feemeth as it were to mooue , daunce , runne , call, ftrike with the hande , and mooue his whole body forwards , backwards , on the right hand , and on the left : Confidering farther,how the Painter by helpe of his colours reprefenteth vppona plaine'thethicknefle and eminencies of any bodie , the flefh, hayre, apparrell , and the light it felfe , whereby all thefe things are feene : And that which is more ft range , how on a flatte furface hee can exprefle three or fowre men one behinde another , yea a whole army , and a whole Province . Finally our vnderftanding hath pro- ceeded fo farre byway of invention ,that it hath not fpared to imitate Na- ture the framer ofthe Elements ,plants,trees,beafts, and men themfelues. Which argument were fitter for a Rhetorician to handle, then for mee a plaine Painter,who am onlie acquainted with the varietie of materiall co- lours. But becaufe it feemeth neceflary,afwell for the vnderftanding of that which hath beene fpoken, as of that which followeth , to know the true dif- ference and agreement betweene Tainting and Carving., I will briefely de- liver THE PREFACE. 5 Kver mine opinion concerning this point : Co that peradventure neither the carvers fhal arrogate to themfelues that praife which is due unto Painters, nor we be deprived of the fruit of our labour ,infomuch as the controver- {ichathbeencbetweene the Painters and Carvers, whether of their two Artes ihould be the worthier; and divers haue iudged diverfely : fomc in favour of Painting, and others of Carving; as my felfe whensoever I had occasion to difcourfc of this mattcr,haue alwaies defended Paintin g : be- caufe I had determined to publifh this workc , wherein I purpofed to han- dle it more at large; hoping that as wel for the novelty, as the waight of the reafons which fhalbe brought , it would notprooue unacceptable to the reader. Firft then it fhall not bee amide to confiderthc agreement and diftc- How Pa!n * rence, betwixt thefe two artes : for fo fhall we be the better able to con- VinlcUffJ^**" cciue thereof in the firft chapter : where it fhall bee particularly difcufled, whether of them is the worthier. A point (in my judgement) not to haue binne omitted of fuch as haue handled this argument . This then I lay for a ground: thatPainting-and carving are contained vnder one,and the felfe- lame Arte; according to this rule : Thefe things which agree in athirde > ggreebetweene themfelues . Now if it bee obiec-ted, that by this meanesa man,and an horfe are all one , becaufe both of them be livingcreaturcs,the argument followeth not : for although they agree in a generality of being living creatures , yet they differ in fpecialtyof kinde. The like is to bee faide of painting andcarving. Howbeitwemuftconfider faithcr,thatas there is none eflentiall difference betweene two particular men i becaufe both of them arc reafbnable creatures; focarvfng aud painting cannot be faide to differ eflentially, becaufe both of themtende to the felfefamc ende , by reprefenting individuall fubftances : which each of them doth indifferently ,by imitating the Geometrical! quantity of the fame individuall thing rendevoring equally to expreffe the beauty, comelinefle, motions, and bowings of things ; and in a worde , both of them intending nothing clfe,but to refemble things as neere to the life as may be . Wherefore fup- pofea king were propofed to a painter,iand a carver for each of them to countcrfeit;queftionlefIe both of them would conceiue the felfe fame Idea, and fimilitude of him , proceeding in their mindes with the fame difcourfe of rcafbn,and arte , having the fame purpofe,and ende to make the coun- terfeit as like the perfon of the king,as they eoulde . Moreover they would vfe the felfe fame mcancs : for both of them muft needes bee infbrccd to imitate the pcrfbnof the king, by obferving the fame geometricall quan- tity of him : fuppofe of tenne faces in length ; and keeping all his geftures , lincamentes &c making them neither too biggc,nortoo little, butiuftas thekinges arc, obferving with all the quantity, and fafhionof his forc- heade, eies,nofe,mouth,andthereftofhisbodie : whence the counter- feit would prooue anfwerable to the kings body in all refpe&es . So that both thefe artificers would proceeds, according to the fame rules of arte in their minde,and vnderftanding . Then,before they went about the matter, they would delineate vpon paper ,or fbme other matter,all that which they A iij. had 6 THE PREFACE. had firft conceived in their minde : and fo the draught expreffing the Ide- as of both thefe workmen,would agree in expreffing the true rcfemblancej which is the cffence of this arte : differing perchance accidentally only. For oneofthemwouldfettheleggeorarmeina diverfe pofition and gefture, although the king had prefcribed one certaine action and gefture to them both,according to which he would be drawne ; fuppofe ftanding . I grant that the one painteth, and the other carveth : but this is only a materiall difference, which maketh not a fpecificall difference in an art or fcience . It is only the efTentiall difference which maketh diftincliono£fpecies,and di- vcrfitie of fcience . But this appeareth not in painting and carving, and fb it maketh no fpecificall difference to worke the kings Couterfeit in ftone, marble,oronatable; with the pcncell or carving toole : becaufe all thefe are materiall differences. So that as it were an abfurde thing for him that worketh the king in marble, to fay to him that worketh him in woode , that he were not a carver, becaufe he wrought in woode , and himfelfe in mar- ble : fb were it as idle a thing for the carver to fay to the painter , that they two were not exercifed about die fame arte ; becaufe himfelfe worketh in marble , and the painter on a table or cloth ; the one with a carving toole, and the other withapencell. If then the diverfitie of matter alone doth notcaufe the diverfity of artes , we muft needes conclude that they can- not bee diftincl: and fpecificall artificers , whereof the one worketh the Counterfeit of the felfe fame thing ina table, and the other in marble. And although he reprefent the whole body of the king with all his lineamentes, which the painter doth not , yet it followeth not that they ate diftincl: artes; becaufe more ox. leffe make no fpecificall or proper difference. So that this reafbn will not follow : This figure is entirely rounde , and that but halfe; therefore that is carved, and this painted. Or thus : The painter rcpreicnteth but one halfe in his picture , and the carver the whole, there- fore the one is a diftincl: arte from the other . For the reafon why the pain- . ter exprefleth but onefideorvicw,is,becaufe hee worketh on a plaine:fo that if hee expreffe but one halfe of the piclure,whether it be forwardes or backewardes, it is by reafbn of the imperfeclion of the matter,which is flat and plaine : and not longof the arte. So diat my abfblute conclufion is,that . it is an arte,whereby you may worke a figure in marble , woode , filver , or golde; and by the fame draw it on a table , paper, or wall. Concluding with all,thatwee painters are converfant about the moft difficult and ablolute part of the arte,(as in his due place fhalbe fhewed.) Thelnven- And now a wordeor two of the firft inventors andperfiters ofPainting: becaufe, having difcourfed of the excellencie thereof, by deducing it from the/»4//caufe , the order of the place requireth,that I ihoulde likewife fay fomewhatofthe/tfcaufe; referring the handling of theforma/tand materia// czuicsjo the beginning of the firft booke . Now as there are two thingSjwhich doe efpecially dignifie and nobilitate a man : firft, nobility and thefamoufnefleofhisanceftours; fecondly, antiquitie , which addeth ve- ry much to the glory of nobilitie,and difcentrfo all fciences are lb much the more famous,by how much the more famous , and ancient the inventors thereof tws, THE PREFACE. y thereof haiie becne . Whereas then Painting,Car vjng and Plafticke arc all but one and the fame arte , ( as hath beene prooved,) it refteth that I nowe fhew , how no arte in the world hath found more ancient , wife, or noble inventors then it .For who knoweth not,that at the beginning of the world before man was created , God himfelfe was the firft Plafticke -worker? who taking fome of that virgine elementary earth, which himfelfe had firft created , with his owne hande hee framed the moulde of the firft man 3 and afterwardes moft miraculoufly infpired it with a living foule. And of men (if we will credit the Hebrewes ) £#w the fonne of Seth was the firft,(as the Supplement of Chronicles reporteth)that formed certaine images to ftirre vppe the people to the reverence and feare of God . But we may more truely attribute the praife of this moft worthy invention to iQnits king of the Aflyrians , who ( as ftories report ) having celebrated thefuncrallof Belns his father, (called alfo ISIJmrod, and of the Aflyri- ans, Saturne , being the firft king of Babylon,) to mitigate fome part of the fbrrovve of his fathers death , and in fome meafure to reftore fo great a lofle,caiifed his image to bee carved. After the deluge, it isevidentthat Trometheiu the fonne o£laphet,zn& <^4fia the Nymph, was the firft inven- tor of Plafticke: who (as Saint Auguft: deCizerji- */«,and invented the arte of drawing by the Lifc\ by Counterfeiting A iiij. certaine 8 THE T^EFJCE. ccrtaine greate noble men ; as of the Verfiant Tifafer»es,ofthe <^4thenUns kMiltiadts andCynegyrusSarrhafw the Ephejian did alio adorne it in many things, and To didZfoKW, who firft invented the Height of fhadowing. And finally ^ApelUs added the laft perfection, by the helpe of Geometry and i^xfrithmeticke , without which his Maifter Vamphiltts was wont to fey, that no man could prooue a Painter: Whereunto agreeth that ufuall fayingof Bernard vovinus of late memory ,that a vainter without the Perfpectiues was like a Dotfor without Grammcr . Farthermore the excellency of this arte is fiich, that the maiefty of kings and Emperours difdainednotthepradtizc thetof. And no marvile:for it is an arte wherunto fo many things are requi- red,that only liberalI,ingenuous, & mighty mecan exercife it with come- dation,being as it were a compendia of the greater part of the liberal artes: my meaning is that they cannot exercile it without goodinfight intoma- • ny ofthe,as Geometry, Arithmetike,Architcfturc$.\\& Perfyectiue. Vox with* out the knowledge of lines, fuperficics, profundities , thicknefle 3 and geo. metricall figures, which are the foundation of his arte, what can thepain- ter doc ? Without the skill of Af chitc&ure how can he reprefent houfes, Pallaccs, Churches,and other buildings to the eie ? without Arithmeticke howcanheunderftandthe proportion of mans body, of any frame, or o- ther thing either artificiall or naturall ? And without the Perfpedtiucs how * Lighten, can he * heighthen a picture , make the fore-fhortning , or reprefent the o- ther motions ? Farthermore it is neceflary for a painter to haue the know- ledge of hiftories as well facred as prophane, and that not only of the Gre- cians and Romans , but alio of the Medes and Perfians , as alio of all other nations: he fhouldalfo be indifferently feene in the Anatomie. And to conclude he fhould be acquainted with fb many artes and fciences,that he had need be not only a freeman,but wealthy alfb, that fb he may be able to furnifh himfelfe with neceflary bookes, and haue wherewithall to reward a mafter to inftrucl: him . W hence you may eafily conie&ure, what blame the painters of our unhappy times deferue , who undertake the profeffion and pradtife of this art, not onely without the knowledge of the aboue-na- med artes, but even without the >kill to write or reade; and being contai- ned by meere neceffity for the getting of a poore living, do nothing els but dawbe filthy ale-houfe cloathes, and Church wals,to the great difcredit of fo famous an arte, and with the fcorne of men of underftanding, which be- holde and confider fuch pictures. Which things whiles I well confidered withmyfelfe,afterlhad beftowed much labour and induftry in the arte, I refblved at the laft to compofe this treatife , which I haue divided into 7. bookes: to the end that although I cannotpcrfwade men of thefe our daics toftudythe perfection of this moft neceflary fcience of painting; Yet I mighte drawe them attheleaft to beftowc fbme time in this my workc, where they fhall finde gathered together ( as much as in mc lay) if not all, yet furely a great part of that which is neceflary to the perfecting thereof. THE THE DIVISION OF THE WO R K E. Here u a two-folde proceeding in allartes and fciences : The one u called the order of nature, andthe other of teaching . Na- ture proceedeth ordinarily , beginning rath thevnperfect, as the particulars, and ending with the perfect ,as the vniverfals. 2{jwif in fe arching out the nature of things., our vnderHan- dingfhallproceede after that orderly which they are brought forth by nature, doubt le fie it will be themoft abfolute and ready method that can bee imagined. For we beginne to know things by their fir Ft and immediate principles, which Are wellknowne vnto is, not by meere Idea,asfeparated from the particulars (asfome thinke)nor by bare imagination^ if they were feated only in our vn- derftanding (as ethers wouldhaue it) but as they doe actually concur re to the forming of the particulars which arefubietftoourfenfe, andmay be pointed jif with our finger : Andthis is the moficertaine way of ' knowing, amongfi all the reft : It it evident then that our vnderfianding beginning his operation f rom the particulars , beginnethto knowethem by their matter and forme which are their firft, and immediate principles, being neither really abstracted from the particulars, not yet by meere cone e it e placed in our understanding, as inafubieci ; but doe a£tuallie concurre to the making of a Compounde hfup- pofePeter or John -.andmay be fenfibly demonftratedto bemPetcr or John; then the which what proof e can bee more evident? being drawne from the things before our eies . And this u not only mine opinion but Ariftotles alfo, who wrttethjhat the fir si principles may bee prooved by fenfe : meaning that the fenfible proof e is more certaine then the Intellectual!; whence a thing may then bee faide to bee knowne by nature, when it is offuch a nature, that it may be feene and perceived by the other fen fes . Lsfndthisisthereafon why Ari- ftotle in the beginning of his Phy fickes faith , that the particulars may bee knowne by their owne nature. -all which if we could comprehend within our vn- derftanding,wefhouldbe moft wife: but it U imp ofitble, that w her as they are in- finite in pofiibilitie, theyfhouldbe comprehended of that which ts finite in act. Wherefore although fomc heavenly creature,perchance ,may be capable of the imderstandingof ^allthofe particulars, which are actually createdyet notwith- ftanding becaufe there are notfo manie particulars actua/lie in the world, but that there might bee a greater number created,(tnfo much as they wholie de- fend vpon the willofGodin his providence ) therefore thiipofiibilitie, or (to Jpeakcmore plaineliejatlthe particulars alreadie created and made , together with thofe which fballbe made, and brought into the world, may be knowne only vnto I o The Diviiion of the worke. J thought good to eafe him of the labour of turning and perufing many bookes,by adding ajeventh booke, wherein is handled all fuch Hiftorie as is necef?arie for a Painter ; beginning at Heaven and fo proceedingvntoHeW .* by teaching the way howe Gods and Angels haue beene exprefed,andin what forme & habit e antiquity was wont to paint the Planets , the Elementes , and other t hinges : For the knowledge whereof the reading and perufing of Infinite volumes , was otherwife necefia.- rily required. Allwhich lhaue done without anyregarde of my private profit and commodity Jo the ende I might benefite men of my prof ef ion, who ought in reafon (as I hope t hey will) to efteeme andrega rde my paines vnder taken af- welfor their good,as for the amplifying of this Arte,confidering the litle helpe and light which other mens labours could afforde me, info much as this mat- ter hath beene touched of fo few, that I may boldly fay without arro- gancie, myfelfe was the fir (I that beganne to write hereof info artificiall, and methodic all fort ; having now opened a ready way, whereby other mep mate the more Jpeedily at- taint therunto. It* ii FIRST BOOKE OF THENATVRALL AND ARTL FICIALL PROPORTION OF THINGS, BY IO: PAVLE LOMATIVS, PAIN- TER OF MILANE. The Definition of Tainting. CHAT. I. AlNTlNG isanavte,-tohichwith proportimable lines, and colours anfwerable to tie life , by obferuing the TerfpeBiue light , doeth fo imitate thenatureof corporall th'mges , that it not onely reprefenteth the thicknefe and roundnejfe thereof fhewing one legge and hiding the Other, or both of them after one forte , as the skiftutt Painter fhatf iudge fitted forhispurpofc . So that his meaning is , that it fhoulde refemble the forme of the letter S placed right , or clfe turned the wrongc way , as vi ;becaufe then it hath his beauty . Neither oughte hee only to obferue this forme in the whole body, but even in every part : Co that in the legge, when a mufcle is rayfed outwardes on the one fide , that which anfwereth directly on the contrary fidc,muftbc drawnc in and hid (as may be fcenc in the life.) The kit parte of ^Micbaell ^yfngelo his obfervation was, that a picture t>\^xiobtt multiplied by one two and three. And hecrein confifteth the chiefeft skill of that proportion, whetcof I meanc to intrcate more at large in this booke . For the Diameter of the biggeft place, betweerie the knee and the footc is double to the leaft,and the largeft parte of the thigh triple. But to returnctothc Definition; that parte rcmaincthtofreexpoun- Co j om , # ded , wherein it is hide, that Painting reprefenteth thinges with Colours, like to the Life . Whence it is to be markcd,that the artificiall pain- ter ought to procccdc according to the courfc of Nature 3 whofirft prc- B iij. top- ig THE FI^ST SOOXE fuppofeth matter (as the Philofophcrs hold ) unto which it addcth a forme. But becaufe to create the f iibftances of things proceedeth from an infinite power 3 which is not founde in any creature (as the Divines teach) the Painter muft take fomethingin fteed ofmatter.nzmelyQuantitie proportion The matter ne ^ which is the matter of Painting.Here then the^Painter muft needs un- of Painung. jerfhnd that proportioned quant it ie and quant it ie delineated are all one,and that the fame is the materiall fubftance of Painting. For hee muft consi- der, that although hee be never fo skillfull in the ufeofhis colours, and yet lacketh this delineation , hee is unfurnifhed , of the principall matter of his arte,and confequently of the fubflantiall part thereof .Neither let any man imagine that hereby I goe about to diminiih the powrc and vertue of co- lour, for as if all particular men fhould differ one from another in matter a- Ione( wherein out of doubt all agree) then all men muft needesbec one, and fo that moft acceptable variety of fb many particulars as are now in the world , would be wanting (which variety is caufed by rhofe 7. particulari- 'indiuiduimei ties which the Philofophcrs call * particularizing qualities, that is * 7. fubn 'FoZZd- ftantiaU accidents which caufe the particularity and iingularky of fubftan- guce.plac'e. ces:) So if the Painter fhould only pourtrait out a man in iuft fymmetry a- «ocke. name, g reea b!e to Nature 5 certainely 'this man would never bee fufficiently di- simc.' 7 ' itinguifhed by his mcere quantity: becaufe diverfe men may agree in the fame quantity : But when unto this proportioned quantity he ltiall farther adde coIour,then he givcth the laft forme & perfection to the figure,infb. much,that whofoever beholdeth it may be able to fay: this is the picture of the Emperor Charles the fift, or of 'Philippe his fonne , it is the picture of a melancholie , flegmaticke , fanguine , or cholericke fellowc , of one in. loue,or in feare , of a bafhfull young man &c. And to conclude the picture willattaine to fuch perfection , that the party counterfeited may eafily bee knowne thereby . Wherefore I advize the Painter to be very skillfull in the ufe of colours ; as in that wherein confifteth the whole perfection of his arte. Painting and And in this point alone is Painting diftinguifhed from all other artes , differ'" 8 anc * chiefely from Car ving:bccaufe in precife imiration of the life the Pain- tet pcrformeth much more then the carver is able . For the carvers intent is onely to giue the felfefame quantity to his figure, which his naturallpat- tcrnehath, fothathisfpeciallpurpofeistomake the figure equall to the //7V,which cannot therefore be faied to be perfectly like thercunto;bccaufe Philofbphie teacheth us rhztjimilitude is not properlie found in Quantity, but in Qualitieonely.-now the colour which the Painter ufeth,giving there- by the true fimilitude and proper refemblance to his counterfeits,is moft truelie and properlie Qyalitie : And although wee ufuallic call one thing like to another, when it hath the fame quantitic, yet this is an improper /peech : for if wee fhould fpeakc properlie we fhould call it equall and not like . Wherefore fimilitude is founde onely in quality ; and equalitie which the Carver confidereth, onely in Quantitic . But the painter doth not one- lie indevor to giue the true and iuft quatity to his figure, by making it equal to the life , as the carver dooth , but moreover addeth qualirie with his co- lours OF (P^OTO^TION. i 9 lours, giving thereby both quantity and fimilitude,which (as hath beene prooved) the carver cannot doe. Itfollowcth in the definition, that in all this the Painter obferveth the tight. Perfpeffiue light , without which he can doe nothing : For when he would teprefent naturall bodies ,which are commonly rounde(bccaufc the light is diverf ly received upon a round bocjy,whofe beanies falling u pon the firft part thereof ,doe caufeamore manifeft Iufter,then in the other partes, (b thatinthefecond they are weakned, and in the third almoft quite loft) he mnftexprefle this effect of the light as well with lines as colours . For the light which ftriketh the body with gteateft vehemency,muft be exprefled with more rayfed,bowed,c6vexcd, & arched lines: that which falleth ther- on equally is to bee reprefented with ftraight lines ; and when it beginneth to decay, you muftbeginne to make hollowe and circular lines , as they ufc in fhaddowing concavities and holes,butwithfucha fweetnefle, that in the firft partes where the light beginneth to decay they bee pretily ar- ched , in the fecond a little more , and fo proportionablie . Neither yet is it allwaies neceflary , that the parte where rhe light fhineth moft, fhouldc be placed more towardes us , and nearer our eie : for often times the figure is placed fidelong , and then the light ftriketh uppon that part which is far- theft of from the eie . Now if any man obie&,that by this reafbn the part which is lefle lightned fhould be nearer us , whereas contrariwife vpon the fudden it feemeth that the lighteft part ought to ftand ncereft us , he mufi underftand,that this commeth to pafle by mcanes of the Perfpe&iucs . Be- caufe he which placeth a figure fidelong, fhewet h the parte towardes us ir* greater quantity, with larger lines, whereby the Conus of the Pyramis Perjpecliue commeth to our eye with a larger and blunter angle ; and the parte which is fartheft of from the eic^s refembled with Iefler lines as the Perjpectiues require; whence wee fee with a fharper angle . And although one part be lightned , yet the light maketh not the lines feeme bigger then they are : and by this meanes they ap peare lefTer , as if that parteVere far- ther of from the eie • And this is the reafon why, when we fee the face of aman,weeprefently iudge of all the partes thereof by the neerenefle or farnefle off. Now the Painter exprefleth two thinges with his Colour: Firft the co- a double ef. lour of the thing whether it be artificiall or naturall: which he doth with fcft of "to"* the like colour ; as the colour of a blewe garment with artificiall blewe; or the grcene colour of a tree with a like greene . Secondly he exprefleth the light ofthcfunne,or any other bright body apte to lighten or manifeft the colours. And becaiife Colour cannot be feene without light, being no- thing els(as the Philofbphers teach) but * the extreme fuperficies of a darke untmn [parent body lightned , I hold it expedient for him that will prooue m J te "iijy™* cxquifite in the ufe thereof, to be moft diligent in fearching out the effects of light, when it inlightneth colour; which who fodoeth ferioufly confi- der , 1 bal exprefle all thofe effects with an admirable grace . And although the blewe be equally difperfed through all the parts of a garment , fo that there is no more in one part then in another: yet notwithstanding when . B iiij. it 20 THE FJ^ST nuftbefurethathe doe notal- waiesgiucthe true and naturall proportion to his pictures; leafthe fall into the like grofTe errours, that fbme painters and carvers haue done, who woulde needes obferue the fame . So that he only is reputed a true Phidiai, or exact K^fpelles ,who proportioneth his ftatue or piclure,anfwc. rable to the place where it is to.be fee , in refpect ofthe beholders eie . As if the place be high , and the fight low, he (nail make the head and higher partes of his picture bigger then the ///if : that fo the eie feeing it,may iudge it to be proportionable : As if he make the counterfeit of a line man, oftenne/iwftandingvprightonhisfeete, and be to place the fame ve- ry high , and the fight belowe , hee fhall make the face thereof an eighth, ninth.or fo much bigger then the life, as neede mall require:or if the mans *Ot eleven, face be a* tenth part of his body, he fhal adde thereunto an eighth or ninth part or as caufe fhall require,that fb the picture may feeme proportionable to the eie : according to the generall rule which teacheth;^tf/2> much of that parte muft be added, gine that they fhould hang ibmething high , becaufe the eie being feated hi the vppermoft place aboue all the other lenfes,, is more delighted to lookevpward. And this alfowas muchpractifedby Raphaell, Pcrino del Vaga^TrauncU Matfolinus, Roffb, & all other famous Mailters , who meant to make their pictures acceptable : in whofe workes you fhall fee the legg>, and lower partes a little fhorter , and the vppcr partes bigger . B ux ofrhis in the booke of Perjpectiuesyvhttc it fhall bee handled particularly, accor- ding to e verie kind of view. By Motion,thc Painters meanc that comeIines,and grace in the porpor- Motion. tion anddifpofuion of a picture , which is alfo called the fpirite and life of a picture. And this is either Naturall or Artificial! . The Naturall in this Natura u. place, is that which is proper to the man, whome we intend to counterfeit: As if wee would drawe Cafo Fticenjis, who was naturallieav eric graue man , we mult Co difpole our picture , that we alwaies obferue the lame de. corum ofgravitie r in all the partes of hisbody. Artificial! comeIincs,iswhe Mot Atti £ i the slulfull Painter in drawing a King or Emperor, expreflcth themgtaue cialh and hill of Maieltie , although peradventure they bee nor lb naturallie -, or in Painting a So uldiermakcth him more furious and Martiall, then happi- ly he ever was in the fielde : which rule Diverfe worthie Painters haue fol- lowed , with verie good dilcretion . So that the precepts of Arte permit vs to reprefent the Pope , the Emperor , a Souldier , or anie other perlbn, with that Decorum which truely belongeth to them. And herein lyeth the chiefe pointe of the skill ; not lo much in reprelenting the action, which peradventure the Pope or Emperor never did, as that which he ought to haue donnc,in relpect of the Maieltie and decorum of his c- ftate. And this is the order and method of iudgment,which ought to bee held not onely in thi s , but eucn in al the reft : as in proportion, by fupplying the defeftes of nature, by the helpe of arte. So that if a Ladic haue anie di£ Note proportionable pane in her bodie , the Painter fhall not expreffe the lame too Itrictly in her picture: Or if her complexion,lfiall faile of that perfecti- on which were to bee wifhed , hee mult not be Co Stoical, as to reprefent itfo; but rather helpe it a little with the beawtic of his colours; yet with fuch a fweete difcretion , that the counterfeit loofe nothing of his refem- blance: but onelie that the defect of nature, may bee pretilie fhaddowed with the veile of Arte . And in thelc kind of motions Leonard) CMichaell^ngelo ] Polidore aJid Gait- 24 THE FI^ST 30 ^E. Gaudentius were lingular. The Colour together with the light hath likewhe a double confiderati- Coioor Natu- on : either Naturall , or in Perfpe6tiue ; as hath beene faid of Proportion. »1L Naturall colour inlightned,is that which a man or any other thing to bee painted hath naturally ; and hcere I call it naturall , not after the ftricte figntfication of the Philofbphcrs , but after the maner of Painters : for ex- ample : that parte of the naturall body,which ftandeth directly oppofite to the funne, hath three degrees ofreddc colour, and receiveth other three of the light of the funne ; now if the painter will reprefent this part iuft as it appeareth in the life , he mufldoeit by adding three degrees ofred co- lour, andother three of white , wherewith the light is to be exprefled;and folhall he moft naturally refemble both the colour and the light . Colour fpedt. Br " lightnedby the Perfpe&iues is like to the 'Naturall, not by taking three degrees of the one , and as many of the other , but by confidering the diftance of the place,from whence the picture is feene : wherefore if the place be very high , he fhallmixe with his redde three degrees , andone thirde part or more or lefle , according to the quantity of the light loft by reafon of the diftance of the place, and fo will the picture moft neerely refemble the life : and ( in a word ) by how much the more white is mixed with the redde , fbmuch doth the picture Ioofe of the brightneflc by bceingfb high . Wherefore Titiane and the skilfull Polidore, ( to the ende they might perfectly vnderftande this fecret of the perfocctiue light) gaue fo great lightes znd/pirite to their pictures . Now of thele two waies oC Colouring, the painter fhall follow that of the Pcrfpectiues , by the fame rule which i haue alleadged before, Ipcaking of proportion . Sothatifhe will paint two or three men one behinde another,he (rial giue each of them fourc degrees of colour , and as many ©flight : provided alwaies,that in exprefling him which ftandeth hindmoft,he mixe fo much the Lefle white, as hce loofeth of the light , by reafon of the diftance : for although all thofe men doe indeede receiue equall degrees of colour and light, yet not- withftanding the colour and light of the hindmoftcommeth tothe eievn- der a fharper angle , and fo it cannot be feene fo cleerely, as that which is neerer : fo that the eie iudgeth it to haue lefle light,becaufe it cannot be feene fo evidently : neither is this any thing contrary to that whichlfaide, that when a picture is to ftande on high,the brightnefle muft be augmen- ted (o much , as the eie loofeth by reafon of the diftance ; wherefore when you paint many pictures vpon one table, one behinde an other , if your table be to ftande in an high placc,and farre from the eie , you fhal adde fo much the more light to your picture , as fhall make it feeme fo much the neerer ,as it loofeth by the diftance i but you may not reprefent an other man in this place which feemeth to ftande farther of, except you diminifh the light . Wherefore if you giue three degrees of light to the neerer fi- gure, you muft giue lefle to the hinder , for the fame reafon . But of this I will intreate more at large in my bookes of Light and the Perfpc- ctiues . Nowinthisfirftbookc I meanc to fpeakc only of the true and proper propor- OF i?^ou dies called by VitruvittSyEuritbmia . And hence if is-, that when weebcholdc a well proportioned thing, wee call kbeautifu/I; as ifwec fhoulde faic , indued with that cxaft and comely grace , whereby all the C j. perfe. •Vid.cap.s8. lib. i. 16 THE FI%_ST 'BOO^E. perfcaion of fwecte delightcs belonging to the fight , arc communicated to the eyc,and fo conueyed to the vnderftanding. But if we fhall enter into a farther confideration of this beauty it wil ap- pcare moft euidemly , in things appertaining to Ciuile difcipHne. For it is firange to confider 5 what effe&s ofpietjr, reuerexce >and religion ^xt. ftir- red vpin mens mindes, by meanes of this futablecomelinefle ofapte pro- portion : A pregnant example whereof we haue in the lupiter, earned by Phidias at tlis , which wrought an extraordinary fenfe of religion in thc people. \\ hcteupon,the ancient and renowned Zeuxis,we\i knowing thc cxccllencie and dignity thereof, perfwaded Greece j.x\ her moft flourilhing eftatc , that the pitlures w her in this maiejiy appeared, xcere dedicated to Pre at Princes } andconfecrated to the Temples of the tmmortall Gods ; fo that they held them in exceeding great estimation ; partly becaufe they were thc workes of rhofe famous Mafters, who were reputed as Gods amongft men; and partly becaufe they not onely reprefented the workes of God, but alfo fupplied the defects of Mature : euer making choife of the flower and quin- teflence of eie-pleafing delights. Neither yet is thi* proportion proper vnto painting alone, but cxten- deth it felfe,even vnto all other * arts ; infomuch as it is drawnc from mans body, which as the painter chiefely propofeth to himfelfe(as Fitruvius no- teth) fo doth the ^Jfr chit eft much imitate it, in the con veiance of his buil- dings, and without whkh,neither the caruer,nor any handicrafts man can performe any laudable worke; becaufe it was the firft patterne of all Ar- tificial! thinges; fothat there is no arte, but is fome way beholding to Proportion. Yet notwithstanding, the Painter ( as Leo Baptifta Gilbert us affirmeth) infomuch as he confidercth mans body more fpecially , is iuftly preferred before all other Artifans,which imitate the fame : becaufe Anti- quity meaning to grace painting aboue all the reft ( as being the chiefe Mi- ftreflc ofthis proportion) hath named all the reft Hat*dicraftfmen i cx.cmp~ sing onely Painters out of that number. OF OF ££whkh beginneth at the trunke ot the body, and endech at the knee . 1 he hollow of the thigh,is the inner fide thereof belowe the pri iries. The knee beginneth at the round bone, at the ende of the thigh, and rea heth downe to the beginning oftbefhinnc bone,which leacheth downe cleanc through the legge,tothc inftep.T he instep beginneth at the ende of the fhiivbone , and reacheth to the beginning of the toes and is caWzdpcclen.ox the vpper part of xhc foot. The ankle is thatbone,whichbi:ncheth out on each fide betweene the in- fteppe.and the beginning of the />«■/ vim* cJ*"" w*^s sJ* J \s r e w r *- bchinde Throatpttothe O Bottomeofthcp ap p C$ Bottom of the paps to the Q Waftc Frafietothe Wjtvi/etotbe Thence to the Privities to the o o o o s 2 (l),?{aviletothe o o o o 8 5 o Thence to the > Tbencetothe > Tbencetothe o o o o 7 3 7 o o 5 R NauiJe * Hollow of the hippes S Toppc of the hippes T Bottome of the belly V Beginning of the privities k n n eoftheCods °rHne thigh W Hollow of the thigh X Knee ^°» tw ^ c inward Y Midknee Z Endeof the knee * Vnder the firft * Vnder the fecond Biggeft place of the calfe r j r i r , ^'55<-u puce or tnc calfe Ende of the knees to the b Bottome of the inner calfe Thence to the c d e f o '4 Small of the lege Infteppe Beginning of the hecle Soleofthefbote Breadth of the fbotc Length ?j* a ? 3 c tot decorum Thearme is tikerc/fe mcafured Throttpitto the Hollow of the Moulder Thence to the Ende of the froulder Tbencetothe Elbow Wrifie Palme Beginning of the fingers Top of the fingers 5 E/borptcthe VFriBetothe (J '0 7 I° o lo e *5 |-o 4 o 4 8 5 o 5 4 o L 6 1 3 o 2 6 2 1 9 I 8 O o I 8 V I 7 < 2 o I 6 9 I 2 o O q I 5 o o o o o o o o r 2 8 o ' 3 o i o. The bredthof the hande being deuided into fourc partes, makethth, fourefingers.-fromthetopof the middlehWrto the elbowl;^ • £ THE OF < IZ 15 11 13 22 '4 • 22 T*f 4<5 * Bctwcene thciointes. *i8:i8:i8 27:27 Thefenee i§ the iuft mid- dle betweene »he end of the buttockes and the fole »f the foots. ' £ o 6 o o 13:14 *5 17 13 o 21:21 *3 :x 3 3° 21 o 8 o 14:1$ *3 :I S 1 1:1 1 11 o o 30 o 40 9 10 o o 26 o o 7 35 Wafleto the THE Fl^ST 'BOO^E Top of the head to the Top of the fhouldcrs Iointcs of the fhould: Shoulders Top of the head to the Throatpit Throatpit to the Top of the breaft Armcpits Pappes Nibles between them Vnder the Pappes Waftc Nauill Hollow of thchippes Betwecne their ioints Topofthehippes Bottome of the belly Priuities beginning Endeofthecoddes End of the buttocks Endofthe eods to the Hollow of the thigh Knceabouej ol,twa * d now to be feeneinthe church of S. Fi~ Etore de Fratiin CMHane ; in S. CMichaell at Font enable s\x\ Fraunce , and in that George which hee made for the Duke of Vrbine on a table . Accor- ding to which obfervation of his , every rrfan may dilpofeof this proportion in the like young bodies . Now for our more exaft infight hercinto , by way of precept, we muftfirft note, that aflenderyoungbodyofnine heads, is from the toppc of the heade,to the ende of the chinne,a ninth part of the whole length : and thence backe againe to the roote of the haire,a tenth or eleventh part, aslhaueobferved in Raphaels S.^MichaeU^ and inanoldc Apollo. But which way fo ever you make it, this fpace is divided into * three cquall partes : whereof the fitft makes the fore-head ^ the fecond the nofejhc third the chinne . Howbeit I graunrjhat in a face which is the ele- venth part (by rcafbn of a certaine tuffe of haire which is vfually exprefled) the fore-head becommeth lower byathirde part : which rule the ancient Grecians kept , as their ftatuaes doe evidently witnefle .But to the purpofe, this body is likewife meauired by partes In ^5:25 Length 1 Brcdth. Vttriti. jtch. Tranl..4ver. 9 Chinne to the Top of the head O 10 Roote of the hairc II Forhead IO 12 Eiebrowcs II 9 Earcs 18:19 Nofc 12 10 9 Top of the he *d to the Chinne O 23:23 Neckc vnder the chinne l8 18 15:15 Top of the fhoulders 16 17 c Between the fhould:ioints i3 :i 3 6 Throatpit *£ 6 12 E 28 Thro At pit to the ToppeoftheBrcaft <« 9:9 8 8 ft 14 Armepits 7 15:16 6 Pappes 12 Teats 9 8 19:19 Vnder the pappes- 16:17 6 Waftc 7 18:19 16 rVdHetotbc Navile I2*& 18:20 9 Topofthehippe 10:12 18:19 22 Holloweofthchippe 12:13 15:16 Betwecne the iointes 15:16 8 Bottomc of the belly 1 8 Priuities E o 7 o o 6 ii 20 3° 4 80 40 10 9 o o 2 3 35 13:13 o o o o o 11:11 o 10 o 4 OF 31:31 21 18 21 ¥ 20 18 1? 16 21 18 *7 J 5 42 28 24 33 19 35 15 26 20 31 26 22 *5 c 38 48 1? 38 D iiij. THE «wv> e^J^s U7*"'l» ifj^As ej^'fs (st 1 ™? cJ* J t» tT^fs u |W v> 4HMr 1 £MHMHMHM$ r v > -§ jtV>^l J^->-rl i^"-ri A-^Sl A~*A. ■ J \s c^'to eJ*^!) ri»1«> (J* iSlrrfS SVifd 5V^S (TV "v ^"*V^ T*^^kf X^-4f (jkj^5 eju^j. (jit ~3 44 THE Fl^ST !•%■%■$&&%•%• XX-k-k * »£b S u |?eJ ,J \? s^^s ci'-'ls eM' c^-^w eJijCs tj*-fs e> tf* ev«A «V"i£S *V ••Is eJWvi ^j lj ^ cJ*"^«> «j* tJ^Hx C7 t ^«> C7* J \S ZJ^V) CT^V? &■*(£ jfcs c5»JIb ^JiJts ejuis ejwta pji*l5 ci tJ t«> cT 1 *8-- >3^i OF o o 20 28 o - o o 1 1:1 1 IO o 9 o 4 Eiehoiees and the Top of the head and the Top of the head and the Throat pit and the TVafle and the That and the JMidkneeand thi Mtdknee and the 'JMidknee and the JMidknee and the Sole of the foot e and the Sole of the foot e and the Eares Nofe Chinncandthroatc Necke Top of the fhoulders Throatpic Top of the brcaft Armcpits Pappes Teates Vnder the pappes Wafte Nauill Hollow of the hippes Top of the hippes Betwecne their iointes Bottome of the belly Priukies Endeofthccoddes Buctockcs endc Hollow of the thigh Outwardknec ' aboue < Inward knee Midknee Vnder theknce^ wit J; out c within „ , c Slnward Galfe 2 Outward Midlegge,orcalfe Smale Infteppe Ankle Heelc Toes Sole The K^fme. Elbow and the Top of the fhotild: Shoulder ejr the brarvne Neere the arrnepits Elbow Brawn e below the elbow Top of the midfinger & the Wrifte Palme E/beweandths Top of the fingers 8 10 12 o o 5 10:* 5 o 15:15 o 5 o >:&* 4 6 o 4 o 17:17 10 12 o 14 16:26 o 14 o 22:24 2 7 o 22 O o o IO 21 16 2 5 15. o o 8 8 12 o 9 x 3 : i3 6 o 6 12:13 12:13 o 6 11:12 o o 11:12 o 7 14:15 IO o 12 o 12 J 3 O 20.-2I o o o o o 4 o o o o o c o o o o o 8 c c o o o o o o o o o * 5 O O 24 O 6 21:21 13 18 18 3 2 30 OF OF T^OT OPTION. 5 1 # jf. # # # # tf^s- * * * ***»**»»•*»»*• * OF THE PROPORTION OF A WO- MAN OF TENNE FACES. CHAT. XII. L b e i t dame Nature, the cUnningcft work miftres of all others,doeth ordinarily obferue fo great variety in all her workes , that eachof her particulars differeth in beauty and proportion ; yet notwithftanding,we finde by experience, that fhee is more induftrious ,in {hew- ing her arte and skill in fomc few nioft beautifull crea- tures. Whereupon I (infbmuch as Arte being the counterfaiter of Nature, mult ever indevor to imi- tate the moft abfolute things) intending.to handle the proportion of a wo- man , meane not tofpend much time in difcourfingof thefeverall propor- tions of all the fortes of women which nature affordcth (for that were in- finite) but purpofe to write only of the moft pleafing" proportions appea- ring in dainty and delicate bodies . Now this body is meauiredby Degrees and Mimtts , like to that in the fixt Chapter, whofe length containeth Ufcj fixtie Degree j;each whereof is fubdiv ided into but Hue CMiniits. This body then is measured In Length. £«g.Af/M 7 o g 2 4 i o o o o o o o o A Top of the head * Crownc B Roote of the hairc * Forhead Roote of the ha/re dr the C Eiebrowes D Eicliddes Chinne and the Top of the head and the Croxune and the Brcdth, tfdvtrfc Tranfvtrft. Dig. Mi. De. Mm. U •5 Eiebrowes and the Nofeandth* E Nofe at the bottom *£ F Mouth G Chinne at the top ■ H Bottome I Ncckatthemiddeil £ i> o o o ] o o o o o o o 5 2 5 I o o 5 3 6 I o o o o 4 o 5 o o o o o o o 4 3 o o o o Iq *4 1 >op Looke ihitx- bit A. * 4,Min.i< to* Utile- ^de- grees too (cuch: 3. Jcg» fitfeft. The breath of the Shoul- der* \ii.4iy 5* ♦tf.D.&j.or 4-M.may feruc 8. D.Sc x.M.coomuch •My auihor hath 7. D.Sc X.M. in the wafte; & ie>. D.anj 4 M. atrhe Navilc: But haueinot made a beau- tifull digreflj- on? * Thii if too narrow,tenne D. is not much amiflc: but a large farthingale will helpe all. •Thiiii raoft apparanrly falfe.-vou may take <.or.7.D. •or 1 3.D. •5 o *orio In a ftronj wonan. 8 o IO o 2 O o 4 o <5 7 o ii 3 o of the hud and the Top of the head and the Tmoatpit and the Throatpit and the fart Throat pit and the Thercafieandthe 12 o c 6 o o I5I0 THE Fl^ST 'BOOKIE K Top of the (boulders K Throatpit L Top oftheBreaft M Middle of the brcaft N Armepits * Duggcs * Niblcs O VndertheDugges P Ribbes,or mid-itomach QWafte R Nauill * Hollow ofthc hippes S Top ofthc hippes T Bottome of the belly V Pnuities beginning Beginning of the pr'r.&the * Endc * The begin: of the thigh * Ende of the buttockes W Hollow of the thigh XKn C eabouc^ outwardc Y Midknee 2inwarde JMiJknce and the Midknee and the % Knee below a b c d e without within MidIegge,orcalfc "Inward Outward Calfc Smale Infteppe Ankle Hcelc Toes Solcofthcfoote Tie <^fme. Elbow and the Top if tie finger & tit Elb$ve and tit Top ofthc fliould: Brawn ncrc the armep: Elbow Brawn below the elbow Wrifte Handc Palme Top ofthc fingers 3 2 3 8 4 12 5 8 *8 5 2 6 5 6 < '* 5 10 2 6 *£ n 4 8 7 5 4 c < 5 4 c . c c 3 I 5 3 s. 3 3 3 c 3 r 1 3 : 1 4 = c c 3 4 c c c y 5 2 2 2 I 4 2 O 2 I 3 ° 2 4 J 2 r Con- OF T^OT OPTION. 55 Concerning the breadth ohhc ^verfe picture; it is, betwixt the arme- Tbemannes pits 8. D. and i.M. Athwartc the buttockes 6. D. Attheheele i. D. $.M. SnJSand And this is the meafure and proportion of a comely womans body ; the trafrerfc drawne,not only from the obfervations of the auncient ftatuaes oiVenm^ f 0U I n,ay -l ee but even from the grounde of Nature it felfe : Which proportion may c. mId.™ feme for any woman , wherein you woulde efpecially reprefent the per- fection cibetuty-) and not for every common woman 3 as Martiall,Hun- trefles, graue matrones, Or other flayed women,inclining to groflenefie, as the other tende toflendernefle . And becaufe all the other Proporti- ons depende vppon thefe two (as may cafily bee prooued by Geome- trical! lines ) I thoughte good to fet them downe firft, as a rule and di- rection for the reft , which I purpofe now to handle + with the fame method I did the other two: leaft otherwife,it might happily be thought, that thefe Proportions were made by chaunce. Whereforejall the par- ticulars are to bee framed, anfwerable to the nature of fuch bodies, as they iefemble . Otherwife, fbme one difproportionable and vnfntablc parte , will caufe as greate, or rather a greater blemiiri , in a beauti- ihll body; as a Tttfcanc Ca^itett^x^Cor'mthitmColumne^Qi^ThtygtAn N«tt mixed with a Derieke, OF (•J* 1 !? <*7 t - J ti> (!7 lJ Vl (?7 t ''lS ijJHy«> <*T*-'T»> tyUffi 9J^As> tJ^^T O 54 THE FIV^ST ^ J^A J^^ J^^\ J^^^ft\ Aefl^U^fttV * f %£ If l^t^f f If If If? OF THE PROPORTION OF A WOMAN OF TENNE h HEADS. CHA "without ^ within 57 l^juile and the 2^au/le And the Priuities And the (Midknee and the Knee below' CaIfc Sinward c outward Midleggc or calfc Uiiidkneetothe Smale Soleofthefooteandthe Infteppc Ankle Heclc Toes extremities Smale of the leg And the Sole of the f bote. The ^Arme. Elbow And the Top of the (houlders Brawne necre the armep: Tof of the fingi Andthe Elbowe Brawne below the elbow Wriftc Palme Hand WriJie And the Tops of the fingers 1 ° 16 12:16 25:25 9 19H9 9 7 » 8 7 9 8 10 11:11 16:16 9 13:13 7 10* l 9 :i 9 9 1 ¥ orii ii 10 "on« 17 '5 18 *7 rp 18 17 16 J 5 25:25 19 28 33 26 c 37 20 7 20 16 18 22 2 5 *9 22 23 40 1? 3' ' THE 5& THE FI^ST BOO^E OF THE PROPORTION OF A WOMAN OF NINE HEADS. CHA 26 CMidkncetothe J Kneeaboue5 OUtwa ; d w t ^inward Jg 17 15 •s 4 Infteptothe g Midknee w 19 18 2 30 IO E 3° 3° o 3° I 7 Top ofthe/hould:to the Top of the head Chinne to the Crownc C h'mne to the Roote of the haire Rooteofthehttrtothe Forehead For head to the Eiebrowcs Earcs Eiebrowestothe Nofc Top of the hed U the Chinne and throate 5j. Eredth. Jiv. Trxitf. .ivtr. O O i8:r the cbighes. 5 Ende ol the * buttockes 7 *6 * From the O (jivifioa ei- TJ J Hollow of the thigh thct way. g O 30 Midknee to ihe Kneeaboue^ outwa ] dc ^ IV 21 O i?:ip u. ir 5^nvvard CaIfc ^Outward 12 Mid!egge,orcalfc 22:24 20:22 Sin ale 26 18 20 Soleof the foot etc the Infteppe; 28 Sole of t he foot e to the Ankle 2 5 Heele 28 6 Heeletotht Toes 16 Sole ofthefoote The ^Jirme. 11:11 E/how to the Topofthefhould: 11 : Brawn neerc the armep: 16 12 4 Top of the fingers tothe Elbow T-9 20 BrawnebeW 15 7 10 Wrifte 27 1 34 Palme It? Handc 27 © 1 Top of the fingcw QF OF T^OT OPTION. «. a *"* ** **** * -* ********** * i^f** fi 5fS g if * -*** ******** OF THE PROPORTION OF A CHILDE OF SIX HEADS. CHAT. XVU. Looke the tabic E. 4- £ c A childc of fixe heades is thus to bec mcafured by partes In Length Virus, o 3* W 22 3 :I 3 ii: ii 9.10 9-9 21 o io 3 in it 24 8 7 9-9 8:10 8:8 A Top of the head TotoftheheUuthe B Crowne C Rooteofthe haire D Eiebrowes E Noftrels bottome F Mouth G Endcofthcchinnc H Endofthefatvn&thcchin I Throatpit K Topofthefhoulders . fopefthejboul:tothe L Top of the breaft M Beginning of the pappes N Teates O Vnderthe pappes P 'Waftc CLNauiU R Toppeofthehippe S Hollow of the hippc T b Bottome of the belly V Priuities W Endeofthccoddes X c Endeofthebuttockcs V Hollow of the thigh F ij. Bredth. jUvnf* Tranputrft, rrApvntothi o 8 7 12:13 8 10 12 o 7 9:11 7:11 6 6 n:i2 6 5 5 9:10 9' 9 8:y 9 10 11 o 8 6 7 8 8 or 9 o 11 9 7 12:15 13:13 12:15 7 12: 14 12: 13 11: 12 6 1 2: 13 7 or 8 8 119:19 Beginning » The elbow reacheth to the wafte. 6 The wrifte reacheth to the bottome of the belly. c The top of thefingerj reach tuthc ende ofthe buttockes. «4 THE FI^ST BOOI^E ♦or 828 * or 77 £ * Thit h meant _ 0t the tm. fc Mr author bath not the meafttrit eftht Ungtb, other' wife then *p> fetreth iniht O 6: 7 Z Beginning ofthc knee *S "» 24 Beginiofthe knee to the a Mid knee 12 b Endeofthe knee x 4 x 3 7 c Calfc ofthc Iegge 12 11 11: 11 d Endeofthe calfe 1? J 4 * 7 :8 e Inftcppe 24 1? *5-.i° £ Sole of the foots >5 8 ^The^fme -g * g The endeofthe (hould: 1? 15 n Vppcrbrawne 18 *3 i Elbow 22 24 k Lower brawnc 15 18 I Betwcene that & the wrift 22 21 mWrifte 24 16 n Palme id 27 66 THE FI 4^ 16 a 24 8 Top of the head To/ of the head to the Crowne Roote of the hairc E d Eiebrowes ** f iiij ftredth. Mvtr. Tronf. Q-.9 'Noftrtls bttwunt the extrimitiei of the cMii, is *f- much ,andiht %.the (pace be* tveene them, and the bredth if the no firth which is equal! with tht length tftht mouih. * Betweene the hint i of tht fhoulden g:f, * lj:i7 * 16:16:16 ' Eetweent tht iointi of the hipt lull, * 17:17 *7 *i 5 :ij *5 I the midintt iiiuflin the middlt bttrtccn thefoteoftht focteandthe ttfofthl hifj. O O o 4 o 60 \6 10 o 9 7 5 21 i5 :i 5 6 9-9 4 58 18 o 3* o 9 o 20 o o 11:11 o o 9 o 4 THE Fl^ST BOOKIE * Noftrels by the powlc fc Bottome oftheeare Mouth ' End of the chin & necke. Top of the head to the End of the fat vnd:the chin Throatpit End of the fat vndthe chin to the d Top of the fhould: Top of the breaft Armepits Beginning of the pappes Teates Vnder the pappes Wafte Nauill •Topofthehippes Hollow of the hippes Bottomcofthe belly Priuitics Endc of the coddes j Endc of the buttockes •* Hollow of the thigh < Beginning of the knee 'Mid knee Endeofthcknee Calfcoftheleggc Endeof the calfe Infteppc Soleofthcfootc Wafte to the Ende of the buttockes U thi CMidknietothi Inftefpefthe The K*Jme. Ende ofthejhould: to the Top of the midfinger to the Elbow to the The endeof the fhoulder Vpperbrawnc Elbowe Lower brawne Betweene that & the wrift Wrifte Palme Top ofthe middlcrlngcr o o o 9 o o 4 77 5 o 7 o 5 17* 15:* itf o 15:16 8 17:17 19: 20 12 13 23:23 16 19 27:27 l 1 armepits 5 The bredth of the Averfe it at theVmid-buttockes 9 Ojaecle 22, l 7 \6 o 20 13 o 4 20* 5 9 o o ly.v 6 o o 11: II 11: 12 6 11: 11 9:10 10:11 5 o 6 7 14:15 ,8 10 11 10 12 16 13:14 10 12 16 15 18 2 3 21 o OP OF V which endeth with the barte & the lower iawes. From the top of the head behinde , to the beginning ofthe backe, is the necke \ the fore-part whereof is called the throate. The beginning ofthe brcaft is called the throat pit . The throate beginneth vnder the iawes. The Jkoulder ftandcth on each fide betweene the bread, the neck, the back, the ribs ; and the beginning ofthe forcleggc.lhc concauities on each fide of the bread 7 o THE F1%$T SOOf^E breaft at the vpper ioint of the forelcggc,are called the armepits The fore* legge reacheth from the thouldcr, the breaft,and the armepits, to the kneel and from thence,to the next ioint belowe, which is the ende thereof. From this ioint to the hoofers the paster ne. The hairc about the top of the hoofe is called the crow/re. The hinder part of the hoofe is the cawke or heele. The haires growing behinde the ioint , and the patting, are named the fetlocks. The whole fpace betweene the lower ende of the legge, and the fole of the fbotc, where the fhooe is fct , is theforefoote, and on the hinder legge the hinder-foote. The tadr beginneth at the mane, and reacheth to the croope . The ow/tfbeginnethatthe beginning of the truncke abouc , and endeth with the buttockes and flankes . The fides are contained on each fide betweene thebacke,thc fhoulders.and the hips. The belly ox paunch lieth vnder-neath the fides ,and is limited before with the breaft, and behinde with the yarde. The truncke otjlrumpell is the beginning of the taile ; 'yndex which is the holethrough which the excrements are auoided, placed iuft betwixt the buttockes ; whofe lower ende is at the beginning of the hips pi rather at the buckle bone s behinde. The beginning of the forepart ofthe hinder-leg is called the point of the hippe,which endeth at thethighes. The infideof the hippes belowe the ftonesjis called the hollow ofthe thigh . The yarde and his place is well knownc . The thigh endeth at the hocke or toppc of the garetto or fhanke, which belongeth properly to the hinderlegges, and the garetto orjhanke it, felfe, reacheth from thence to the ioint belowe . The haires behinde the • R4therft» iointcs (as on the forelegges) are called * p aft ernes , being likewife ioyned Ue \"' to the feete with the crowne, hoofe, and fole ofthe foote, faue that the fore- feete arc called handes , (as is laid) which for beauty fake would be rounde, and the hinder fee te •■> which would be fbmwhat longer,yet in a decent pro- portion in refpect ofthe handes. otfirm. Finally for our better vnderftanding of the whole(to omit the taile which is faftned to the ft rumpell) we muft note that thefe proportions haue a two- folde con federation. Firft byparallele lines from the toppe of the hrad to the fole of the foote , defcending orderly from one member to another both before and behinde, allowing iuft length ,bredth, and thicknefle to each member. Secondly bymeaturing the iuft length ofthe members as well foreright as backwardes , and fidelon g : as in the readin g fhalbe pcr- ceaucd . Here I purpofe to fpeake ofthe firft proportion ; and in the fecond place, of the fecond. Now the fpeciall obferuations for the choife of a good horfe,are thefe. rht m»if'of The top of his head fhouldbe iuft as high from the ground as a well pro- 'hl'fc g °° d portioned man: for if he be lower he will looke like an Afle, if higher like an See K»ui ft. Elephant: Sec. Whence the beholder fhould be depriued of the content- Tfijl e ^ & rnento ^ c i n g a goodly man, vpon a proude and ftately horfe . Buttomy purpofe, I will begin with the feete ( as the manner of trie Riders is) who afc furevs that although an horfe be of neuerfbgoodanhaire andyetvnpro- portionable, he is ot fmall worth: thus writeth Grifon and others. The OF t"J* J l«> (•J*- J T«> &1*"tj> ejF^S s* ^fV*i^! me manner ; tLreafon whereof is, becaufeeafh S a ^T^T^™ ^ S ° thatifWo ^goST*S£ * "thaeTo^ fei nabfcIulC 8°° d P ieCC ina11 4cctes ,y C t- w,U there appcarcmanifeft difference betwecne them , although/ "I fay ) bothofthembeccommcndablc,^^^ the 8z THE FIViST ed with letters or final hiftories from the toppe to the bot- tome - , ifcheleiters or hi (lories fhall carry their true and naturall proporti- on, they muft be made all of an equall bigncfle, and fo it will come to pane, that(befides that the vppermoft will diminifh, offending theeie byfec- mingfinaller) they cannot be foperfe-flly read, asthofc belowe may, nor the (mail figures in the hiftories bedifcerned, fo that the vfeandprofitcof the picture will be taken away , the decay whereof diminifheth the beauty alfo j and fo il^all we loofe both vfe and beauty. For which caufe,the ancient were wont to make the vpper letters a good dealc larger then thofe belowe,according to the Perfpecmics : So thatin the ielfe lame draught,they reprefented the proper proportion of the thing fceming equall to the eie , and fo reaped both benehte and pleafure of fee- ing and reading the letters ; as at this d ay is to be feene at Rome in Traians columne wrought all ouer with hiftories , in which the pic-lures (ecme all of an equall bigneile, and therefore muft needes be larger at the toppe then beneath. Now for our better in formation, in matters of greater importance con- cerning particular buildings, we muft vnderftand , that in making orders of pillars vniformely one aboue anotht rjf wc ihjll giue them all rhcir proper proportion without regarde to the Perfpecliues, fomeof them will ieemc toolowe, byreafonotthe flying andfhootingawayof the wall abouc the Horizon, notwithstanding they haue their trueproportion,&:c. Hence we fee how xheproie ctures & iuctings out of the architraues ,pedeftals,and cor- tiijhes, hide the vpper parts too much,fo that the columns looie that beauty which the fight ought to recciuc. Againc OF P^OV OPTION. S 3 Againc,if in imbofled or painted figures placed on high we obferue only this naturall proportion , we ihall plainly perceiue that the perfonages will fecme like Dwarfes or Pygmies . Wherefore I am or opinion, that the an- cient gaue not the naturall proportion to their huoejlatuaes and colop, as that at Rhodcs,to the ende they might make them fit the eie without of- fence; for otherwife, the heads ftandingfo high would hauefeemed no big- ger then the heeles ; but by mixing both the proportions together, the members increased by degrees, as the bodies fhot vp in height; the like order they keprintheir higheft Pillars , Obebfces and fuch like things : So that the true skil het eof,is one ofthe chiefeft iecreis of the Art of Delineati- on,and the Perfpedtiuesrand can truely be vnderftood,but onely ofiuch as aretheir crafrf-mafters in them both. Touching the fecond way , if we fhould difpofeof a thing withot'this proper proportion, bailing onely regarde to the eie , it would ealily deca >', or prooue but of fmali continuance:\vherforc,in this part it is reqiiilte that we fee the things perfectly, as if they were offered to our fight in their e- cuall proportion,becaufe otherwife they being raifed higher,woi:Ic! prooue tooexceedinglargeandlong,inrefpectofthepointof the ordinary inter- feron ofthe vifuali lines, and perfpectiue diff ance ; and fo one part would not fupport the other either in height or breadth, &: confequeuiy the thing would not pleafe or content the eie. Now if we (hall difpofeof a picture without either of thcfe,we fl?al make moft deformed and vnproportionable things . Y\ herfore in all worker we muff be fure to obferue both thefe waies , firft giuing the proper, and then the Perfpecliue proportion ; becaufe the vniring of thefe two proooi tions, caufeth that commendable grace in the beholdingofthinges , whkhii vn- derffood only ofthe intelligent , and admired ofthe ignorant . V hich the ancient well perceiuing, ordained that one order fbouldfutablyferecee 'e another, according as the worke rofe vp in height , fo that it gained grace , beauty , and profite . Wherefore in Colofio the Compofitt ikxtt- ide of nicenefle ,which they imagined to be in them , not dreflingitwith curious ornaments, but leaning it fubftantiallandfaire. Nowe the Tuf canes followed the firft columne of fixe feete,adorning it with clownifh members, and from themfelues called it Tuf cana. The fame Ionians, farther considering that the goodlieft (but moft matrone -like)pro- portion of mans body confif ted of eight heads, obferued the meafure ther- of in their fecond columne, making itfo many diameters high, but added more beautifull ornamentes then the firft lonick had; whofe nature when they had waied,theydedicated it vnto Iuppiter, and by reafon of a kinde of fcuerity and ftrength of hunting to Diana; and to Bacchus for fome other refemblance . The third columne called the Corinthian, from the country where tin's proportion was firft inuented being drawne from a proper ,f lender, and tal! young woman of nine heads , was lengthned and adorned aboue the reft with limmes and ornaments of beauty and fweeteneffe, and was dedicated to Venus, Flora 3 Froferpina , and other Ny mphes of the fountaines, to the Mufes OF tf/>/w 3 A: the other muft be deui« dedinto three : giuc two to torus B : and the other to regula C : his proic clureD is thus made. Make a circle i. asbigge as the bafe of your co- lumne,and placing that within a fquare two,vpon the outwarde corners ., of the fay de fquare draw an other circle, 3.anditgiuethyou the iuftpro- iecfure . The Plinthus of this bafe only is rounde ( according to Vitruvitu) and all the reft fquare. Capitulum. The height of the Capitellis afmuch as the bafe, which being deeded into three partes , one makcth plinthus, E; the feconde deuidc into fourc> whereof three make echinus Fj and the fourth annulus G: the thirde part remaining ferr.eth for hypotrachelion H . The aftragalusl, with his fquare or fillet is halfe the lypotrachdioni thefe being dcuided into three partes;two are for aflragalus , and one fcr the fquare K ; whofe proiellur* {hall bee afmuch as hisheight 3 and the astragalus afmuch as both of them togithcr. The diminijhing of S caput. The^/Vorfy«»Z'(fofthecolumneistobe diminished a fourth parte at the toppc \ fo that the Capitelhboue is afmuch as the trunke below : where it is called the bottome of xhef caput 3 as at the vpper ende, the toppc of th fcapus. T.htJrchitratte,Zophorus, and CVr/?//k 3 which arc placed abouc the Cs~ pitcllztc likewife proportionable. K^frchitraue Pirftthe architraueL, is as high as the Capitelf, a fixte parte whereof mzbtxhfafcia called alfo tenia,M. Zophorus. The Freizeox Zophorus N 3 is as high as the CorniJh> O. Cornijb. Dcuide the Cornijh into foure partes:one giueth the vpper Cymatium P, the other two the Coronal and the fourth the lower Cymatium Q^his pre- fecture is afmuch as the height of the Corni/h:(aue thatfomewilhaueCer*- na (fcr beauty fake ) to iutte no farther out then his height. Wherefore the Comfy ihal iutte out fo much the farther, carrying forth the Cymatium as much as he is high , exceptc the fafcia : in place whereof you may put * This i« it a Cornijh with his fquare . This Tufcane may alfo be made of* fixe diamc- which ii deli- ters a f rer tne manner of feete(as is f aidjibecaufe the Doricke confiftin g of fe- ucn is more delicate. ftdefik OF TQiOP OPTION. Fedeftalt. His redejldlfocnesxh is thus defcribed . The whole perfect fquare with- out the bajefymatium^SiA front is as broade as the plinthtts of the bafeoi the call Deuide his height into foure partes ; hereof giue one to his bafe R, and an other to CymAtium aboue S: fo that the fedeflall muft confift of fixes partesjas the columne doth: and by this meanes will it carry a proportio- nable beauty. Here I might addediuerfe other proportions and names of the partes in this order diuerfly placed ; which might alfo be added in the other ; but for avoiding ofconfufion I omitte them , infbmuch as the reader may finde them in diuerfe authors writingofthispartofr. HowbeitI wil proceede 3 as I haue begunnc , in the reft of the orders, treading the fteppes olBalthafar Petruccius,R&fh: Frbine&c, although they vary in ibaie ImaU matters,littlc appertaining to the purpofe H T). <»5ijf5 crufg elN-ts «7 lJ u> ey-ls eJ'-'w k^Ia ct^Is at the leaft a fixt parte of the coll: at the bottome of the Sc&vus. The breadth of the capitell aboue, is two modellcs and one fixt parte of a modell vppon both fides . And becaufe Vitruvim his defcription is ac- counted but very meanc and naked by certaine late workemen , I meane in imitation of the ancient workes,tofetdowne a more abfolute and beautiful one,as followeth Firftiwill.devide the r4/^//into three equall partes (as before) then will I deuide the Plinthus G into three more,whereof one fhall make CjmA- tium H with his rulers(as before)but this I fubdeuide into other three , gl- uing one to the quadratejand two to the cymatium: againe,I deuide thc£- chinta I into three ; whereof two make it felfe, and the thirde the rules or ringesK, which being three in number, andeachof them deuidedintwo, make fixe in the whole . The hypotrachelion L, and proieclure of each part, is afmuch as their height. The afiragalta M vnder the hypotrachelion with the apophiguj\% halfe the hypotrachelion and the apophigu is halfe the ajlragalm. Epiftilium. The Epiflitiutn or ^sfrcbitraue M which is placed vppon the capi- tell js> one modell in height; and is deuided into fetien partes; whereof one containeth tenia N : the droppes or belles O; with the regula P vnder the tenia, arc a. fixte parte of a modell; this is deuided into fourc partes, whereof the droppes take three , andthervg#/4one:the droppes muftbee fixe in number, hanging vnder the trtglyphi having two a piece. The length of the triglipht Q, is a modell and an halfe , their breadth a modell: which breadth is deuided into twelue partes, one whereof is lefteoneach fide for halfe zgutter ; of the twelue partes remaining,fixe muff be giuen to the plaines or flattes of the trtglyphi viz: two a piece; and foure for the two gutters; twoapiece. Thefpacebetweeneeach/r/£^>/w.risa modelland an halfe ; which makes a perfect fquare called CMetopa R : which if you lift to adorne , you may furnifh with bafons, and beafies heades, as the ancient vfed ; who therefore placed them in their temples becaule they killed buls, and vfed bafons in their facrifices . Aboue the irigfyphi are their capitelles Sjcontaining the fixt part of a modell in heighth. Corona,. Aboue them is Corona T with a double cymatium; one aboue, V, and the other beIowe,W:all which deuided into fiue partes, three make the Co- rona, andtwotheCyaw*/* X; the height ofthe whole is halfe a modell. A- boue the Corona, is Scima callcd^/4 reel a Y,and it is halfe a modell high, an eighth part whereof makes the reguU aboue. Deuide a modell into three partes , giue two to the proieclure o( corona . In the bottome whereof a- boue the triglypbi you fhall delcribe the droppes 7 znd betwecne the triglypH in the metopathimdeibouhes. The proieclure offcima reverfa is iuft his height j and fo arc all the o- ther OF e7*"»r«> y»H? cJ*^? w^vs eJ lJ v5 e^Jfs *ts ejMw) (jiAs ft7 tJ t9 ^y^'ls tjuis> eJ lJ ts & l^ai^XJ^afl»XJ^aft?k. 9 s THE FI^ST !BOO^E s&&^fe^3s^!feS 1 feS3c ^^&&%z &K" ^^z^rxss^r ic?3r '^c^r ics^r ic 8 eJ t, t9 CJMts ffJ^Jts ct 1 -'!? e5 l, w ct'As ^^^^XS^^S^^^^^S^^^^^ fiK&S&fts j cJl"ls 5J*-Tj partes and an halfe : whereof one and an halfe makes abacus , and the other 8 downw ards make velut a or the fcroxele M;coumpt 4 downwards from abacus^nd the fifth (hall make the Eye N:[o that from the eie downwards there remaine 3 , whichamountto 8 inthewhole. Deuide the eie into <5equaII partes vp- wjudes; then place one foote of yourcompafleinthe vppermoft marked with 1. and the other foote vnder theabacus turning it downwards till you come to the perpendicular line; thence remoouethe fixed foote of your eompafletotheoppofitcdiuifion beneath marked with 2.andturneit vp- wardestill you come to the perpendicular; then alter your compafleto the Second marke aboue noted with 3,turnethe other leggedownwardes till you come to the perpendicular ; hence mooue your compaffe to 4. and turneitvpwardes to the pcrpendic : then change your compafleto 5. and turne downwardes to the perpend : laftly remooue it to 6. and turne it vp- ivardes till it cut the circular line of the eie: within which on each fide you maie make a little rofe. Now thefitlctisto be diminished proportionably like vnto the valuta \ in the making whereof you l"hall not erre , if vnder the abacus you diminifh a fourth part of the thickenefle oiVoluta-. howbeit fbme take it for the thirde parte of the e /and others for the thirde oiFoluta . But howfbeucr it be 3 it fh all bee marked out aboue , and belowe vppon theperpendicular,for the fou rth part oi~Voluta , where it Shall bee equally diminished : fo that as the Voluta Shall come neerer togither , it Shal alfo be diminillied rateably : and for the making of it to winde about proportionab!y,you muff euer feekc out the center in the eie , betweene one fourth parte aboue and belowe : and So fhal you turne your compaffe from the vpperpartoftheperpendic: to the lower part thereof, proceeding ftil vpwardes and downewardes, and fin- ding out the right center of one point of the fafc ia to another, pointed out with a thirde or a fourth part as you pieafe. And this I take to be the readied and moftcertaine order of making the Pelutaj the true description where- ofis harder then men imagine. Flutings. The Flutings or gutters 4 of this col : rauft be twenty fbure, each where of being de uided into fiue partcs,foure make the gutter 3 and one the (pace betweene; drawe a Straight line from the mfideof the (pace on either fide of thegutter^nd where they crofle is the center or depth of the gutter. If you would make the columne bigger by reafbn of the flying away of the F luting , you may make 2 S Ssapus PS 9 4 THE Fl^ST an other cytnatium which fupporteth the tnodi/ions-, giue 2 to the modili- trts, one to corona,2nd one xofimx 1 let the proieclure of the whole be at the leaft as much as the height : the breadth of the modilionsjs as much as theic height with their capitels, although fome would haue them narrower. And thele are the very words ofPetruccius, who reporteth that he tooke the proportion ofthis cornijh from one at Rome in S. Sabin* . But nowc I come to the Corin- order, which is abfolutely beautifull and profitable ; no- tingby the way,that the /?#/V£,coI:aboue,reacheth iuft to the beginning of valuta on the fore-part, and right againft the tie fide -long. Of OF T^O PORTION. 91 OF THE PROPORTION OF THE CORINTHIAN ORDER. CHAT. XXVII. H h Corinthian order (which I haue fhewed to bee ta- ken from the imitation of dainty Virgines , who are nimbleand quicke, by reafon of the tendernefle of their yeares, which maketh their limmes (lender, and therefore more capeable of pleafingand comely a&ion) hath generally nine diameters of his fcapus in height; halfe his diam: maketh his Rafe, which being Bafit. deuidediotofourepartes,gii!e ontto plinthus A, and deuide the reft into flue , whereofone maketh torus fuperior B , being a fourth part lefler then tor its infer: C , the reft deuidc into two equal! partes; one gmzth fcotia inferior D,wi:h his astragalus E ; and two fquares F, G; this aftragalus is a feuenth part of fcotia, and eachfquare is halfe the aflraga- lm ; the other part is fo deuided,that the astragalus H , is a fijtt parte of the whole,and his fquare I,halfe the aj?ragalus;but the fquare K, vnder torus fit- »«wronethirde part bigger then the other . His proiecture is made after the rule of the Iontcke order, and if he be placed vpon a plaine, after the Doricke handled before. Capitell. The Capitelis as high as the diameter of the bottomc of fcapus: his abacut L,is a feuenth part of the height; deuide the reft into three equal parts, giue onctotheIeauesbelow,M,thefecondtothofeinthe middeft, N, and the thirde to the caulicoU, (^called otherwife W»A*,and of the Tuf canes Viti* €i . Betwecne caulicoU and the leaucs there is a fpace P,leftc for the finaler leaues, from whence the caulicoU grow . The capitell being firft made na- ked ( without leaues)muft haue his lower part Q, iuft as bigge as the top of fcapus . The fillet R,vnder abacus is halfe as high as abacus .}vhich being de- cided into 3 partes 3 giue one to cymatium S, and his fquare \ and the other I j. two \ which is a proportion called fupra bipartiens . His corn/Jh is thus made : the height ofthe plaine of the Pedetfa/iis deuided into feuen partes , whereto adde two , and one tnakcth the bafe, and another the Cornijh, whence arife nine partes anfwe- rablc to the nine ofthe columns. Now although this bee the gencrall order of the Corinthian , yet not- withftanding the partes thereof may be varied, asvppon occafioh the an- cient haue done; neither the partes alone, but euen ail the other propor- tions alfo 5 like as the whole order it felfe may bee altered according to the neceffitieof the place where it is to ftande. Forthcfelfefame thing (as I haue ftewed before ) may bee difpofed of after one forte on high , and a£ ter another below. nj. OF 8" ?7 IJ V$ «*^9 tJ+*l3 (•J*'UI «J* J l«> C7 1 too THE FI^ST 80 J^E. OF THE PROPORTION OF THE COMPOSITE. CHAV. XXVIII. Itpt. '% ^> B) j cye*/> and capite/ltenne diameters high . 1 he height or whofc bafe is halfe a diamcter 5 agreeing with ihc Corinthian bafe in all refpetres. Scapiu, the fcaptu \hfluted\kc the Corinthian 5 and may alfo be guttered like th« His CapiteS is like the Corinthian, with W/tf* bigger then the Corinthi- ancattlicoU. ^yfrchitraue. The architrave is afmuch in height as the thickenefle of the toppc offct* Freize. t w The Freize where the mutuli arc, is as high . The Cyntatium of the mtti- //'isafixtcpartc thereof ; the proictture of the mutuli is as mu«.h as their height. Corona. Corotf* with his C)«4//'«w is as high as the architrauey which being de~ uided into two partes one niaketh C«ym«,and the other his Cymatium, his froieciure is afmuch as his height. 1 itdcjUM OF but eipecially the Corinthian and lo- nicke, Vigniola hath taught a mbft ready way for the making of them, in the laftof his orders, as an inucntion of hisowne; where hee alfo fheweth howe to make wreathed columnes after the manner ofthofe in. Salomons Temple. < / j^*^. i**^^. *^^t i^-^i. *^"«*a. *l*> fj* J \s eJ lJ ts cHls sAts u* \f*"^T \^^f ^^"V V^"V^ &*&•&*&&*& J^aw«v JsaaJl Aaa^l ' COMPOS ITA . ' V-:,. 104 THE FI^ST BOOt^E /•■ QSM J£*«j&. jMfA. Jfc>«*X J£«*^ AegA ^aftA-AewiJV J g^^P^agwsss ;Sr of OF THE'INTERCOLVMNEA- TIONS OF THE COLVMNES IN RES- PECT OF THEMSELVES, AND OF THEIR DIMENTIONS, AND ASPECTES. CHA hauinghis pillars diftant one from an other a diameters, or 2 and an halfe at the moft; whofe/>//>/^/inrefpe£tofthaC fpace,are as much as the fpace betweene 2 flint hi. Diajlylos. The third is Diajlylos, where the diftance betweene the columnes is 5 diameters. K^ireofyloi. The fourth is Areoftylos, whole pillars ftande too farrc a funder 3 name- ly 4» 5> or diameters. Eufylos. OF P^O PORTION. 105 Euftylos. The fifth and lad is Euftylos y feruing as well for vie as beauty, and is the faireftand fafed of all the reft ; becaufe the fpacc betweene the columnes is 3 diameters and one fourth part: Now the middle intercolum-. , as well in the/ "route as behinde, fhall containe 3 diameters, and fo (according to ri~ ■fruvius) it willhaue, not only a pleafant profpeft , but alio a commodious entrance without all hindrance,with a large walke &c. Take this then for a A generall ^enerallrule. tu,c V It'thcfronte of the place he 4 columnes broadc , you fhall diuide it into eleuen parts and an halfe , excepting the margents and proicdurcs of rhc ■£*/?j;lfof6,intoi8:Ifof8,into24andanhalre: and of thefe partes , let -the place of4, of 6, and of 8 columnes be in the fronte : take one and that fhall be the modellof the thicknede of the columne : and each intercolum- neatton except the middlemod,fhall be 2 models and one fourth; the mid- dlemoft inter colton: as well before as behinde,(hal be 3 models : the height ofthc columnes 8 and an halfe: by which diuifion the fpaces willproouc mod proportionable. But in Areoflylos the columnes are otherwife railed: for their breadth is an eighth part of the height. In Vinttylos the height is 8 and one 2 ; in S//ty- los <) and a 2 : In Pycnoflylos 10: and in Euftylos like as in SiHylos 9 and a 2 j whereof one part makes the diameter at the bottome of the fc aptts . And thus by part you may conceaue of the whole reafon and method of the in- tend: for as they increase in proportion , fo they muft be augmented by theTdiamcters. For (as Vitruvius teach eth) in Areoftylos, where the inter colum i is very large, if the diameter fhall be the ninth or tenth part of the height , the co- lumne being (o thinne , will appeare flender and weake ; which will not tall out in the narrowe intercoh of Pycnoftylos , whole columnes (landing thic- ker may be made higher. Wherefore ,wemufthauea care (o to propor- tion thefe workes, that we prouide both for the beauty and commodiouf- neffe thereof. VVhereunto we may be hire they haue refpctr,who (in fiich workes as haue fquare inter col-.) vfe to place very large PiLfters otruftique woTke; and in thofe of a fefquialter proportion or the like, the ftrongeft * Tufcane columns;in the narrower, Dorickes-, and in the narrowed Corinth: Wherefore,it is generally to be obferued that where the fpaces be largeft, there are the biggeft columnes required, and where narrowed, the iiende- **°«. red: and confequently neither Corinthians in the largeft roomes , nor Tuf- canes in the narrowed, are to be admitted . All which is to be vnderdood, not only of all ptoportionable columnes, but alfo of all other fup porters, as filaftcrs, termini, balaujli, longe mutuli, or corbels ', (jrc. Furthermore itis to be noted, that each columne is to be diminifned ac- cording tohisheightinrefpe&oftheeie; failing when herifeth fohigh, that his owne diftance diminifheth him diffidently. Againe, the fubtile Vitruvius teacheth vs , that if the columne be 15 foote, we muft diuide the diameter of the bafe into d parts, whereof the ! ^ toppe io$ THE FI^ST BOOI^E toppc of the col : vnder apophigu l"hall hauc 5 5 iffrom 1 5 to 20 foote, the baic nuift be diuided into 6 parts and one 2, whereofthe topperaufthauc 5 and one 2 : iffrom 2c to 30, then the bafeoifcapus fhall haue one fcuenth part more then the toppc: iffrom 30 to 40, then the bafe being diuidedin- to 7 and one 2, the top fhall haue <5and a 2 ; iffrom 40 to 50 foote it fhalbe leffe in proportion, viz: the bafe not abotie an eighth part bieger then the toppe. So that it is to be diminifhed by degrees to halfe the b'ignefle of the firft. And this is the true and exact proportion of the intercolumnesfions ,in refpett of their columnes, and betweene themfclues, together with their height and diminiiTiings. Nowbecanfe all buildings, pallaces,zn&templesov\$it to be proportio- ned and beautified, as well in their inward partes as without , (after the ex- ample whereof all other houfes of rich or pooreate to be ordered:) ther- fore it is not feemely that a building ihould be well garnifhed without, and rude within, or of one order without and another withimby which meanes the proportions of the parts,diifances,porches & windowes wouMproouc vnfutable. For better vnderftanding whereof, we muft note that the olde Grecians made 7 principail afpetfs, which they named from the excefle or defe&of the columnes-, to the ende that according to the proportion of them, the reft might be built. ^Ahu. The firft (according to Vitrw.) they called Ant '*, as you would fay tfif f route in ihcprfafters . Where the (mall pil/tjters are made in the corners, which arc alio from their owne name called Ant*, and fquare counter' forts-, betweene which in the middeft, 2 columnes ftand out fbrwardes, vp. on which thefrontifpicium lies. Proflylos. The fecond they called Vrojlylos , as it were the face of the columnes : ft hath ali things which the former hath ,andmoreouer2 columnes ouera- gainft the pilafters at the corners, vpon which lieth xhefrontifpicium : and this afpeft is the firft addition to the forefaid fingle one, mcamngonly fore- right. Amphiproltylos. The third is AmphiproJiylos, becaufc in it there is added to the fecond thf hinder part together with the columnes and front ifpiciunt, asyouwoul4 fay 2 heads and lfrontetoi tolumnes. Periptem. 1 Mat*. Trx fourth is Peripteros; that is * lied and invironed about with colum: haningbefore and bchinde 6 columns : and on either fide 1 1 reckoning the corner pillars , all which are fo placed , that there is rounde about as much fpacc betweene the col: and the wall, as is betwixt each columne j fothac a man may walke round about the Celie- Vfeud* OF //>Arw,hauing 2 orders of col: round about 3 making as it Were a double porche: it hath before and behinde 8 columnes, but on the {ides round about to the ceUox temple, 2 orders as is (aid. UypMihros. The feuenth is T?yp*thros-> that is vncouered to the aire, hailing 10 co- lumnes in the fronte . in the reft it is like Dipteros: but within it hath a dou. ble order of columnes in height remooucd from the wals about, like the porche ot cloyfterscrilcdperijff/if, his middle part is open at the top, hauing dorcs to go in both before and behinde. And in this fort hauethe ancient Grecian ArchitecteSytogtthet with Hermogents^CMnejlus and diucrs others, inucnted and ordered the pro- portionable agreement and admirable harmony of the partes of mans bo- dy , both in iefpect of each other , and of the whole ; without which it is itrw poflible to make any thing of worth. Whereas therefore euery one ofvscar- rieth about him amodellof thefeproportions , let vs not thinke the timeloH, which is /pent tn burning how to know ourfelues. • Whether thu be an .4nhitiFri name »r no it h not ettident. Philander -upon the place in the third eft'itruv: tap. I , giueth thii nose, theplace »:Et jtpollinit Amnefltfaclg, certaine printed coppiet hauea Manefche-. a Manufcript at Bononia ,hatha Mneflt: and fa J finde in one printed at Venice IJli. The It a:: cop pit ruth Dan-. harbiCom: hath d ?^ J \s eJ* J v»> cJ*t # > e^tffl 1H^ ioS THE Fl^ST BOOKIE. # #***### -fr -ft » -ft » * -ft -ft ## #JcJcJc_# #! "ft ¥«L-£Vifi^£Vif«L j?W» «Vi(fs »vrfj cv*p> «lr*fs cwa «* 3*. ###**##*###*##*&#####*.£# V- HOWETHEMEASVRES OF SHIPS, TEMPLES AND OTHERTBINGS WERE FIRST DRAWNE FROM THE IMI- TATION OF MANS BODIE QHA

thatthe one is called the greater world, and the other the lcfTer) taught JSljah to builde the ^A"rke. Whereupon they which meafured this leffer world , diftinguifhed it into 6 feete, deuiding each foote into ten de- grees, and euery degree into hue min: all which amount to 60 degr. or 300. minutes . Now vnto each minute they madethatkindeofc«£//?anfwcre, The greater by which Ciiofes meafured the ^Arke . For as mans body confifteth of S comemc ; three hundred minutes in length, fiftie in breadth 3 and thirtie in thicknefle: K ;, So no THE FI^ST fBOOI^E. So was the ^sfrke 300 Cubites longj 50 broade, and thirty thicke or high. By this rule the Grecian! afterwardes framed their ftately isfrgonavisiThc vie whereof proceeded fo farre , that they refting not contented with thefe proportions <, deuifed to imboffe them outwardes with mens heades much, greater then the life; and other Rrangc ant/ckcs } representing the eighth parte of their length , at the poupe earning certaine wreathings of tayles, and the latter partes of feete , which fhewed where thefe counterfet bo- dies ended; workingon the fides mighty armes, fet foorth with diuerfe kindes of imagery. Neither did this fatisfie them, for by degrees they grew to make their fhippes in the formes of other liuing creatures,after the fame order; with the heades of Lions, Eagles, &c. Whereof who fodefi- reth to fee more , may perufe the hiftories of the Egyptians , Grecians ; and Romanes : where he fhall finde their exceeding great maieftie : as Cle- opatra guilded fhippe with filuer rudders : and of C-.Callgulaes made oil- very and golde , whofe erode yardes were alfo wroughte with Ivory and golde, hauingfailes of filke and golde wouentogither; with cables and all > other tacklings f utable ; which heere I omit, haftning to the Temples , taken in like fort from the forme of mans body. Round Temples. \Amtn Rritch- Firfl then from the rounde and circular forme of mans body,was the firft ZmutvMdti $tttetneohhc round-floored Temples taken, whofe height was raifed ac- ta fc M Cons~tantinean& diverfe others; which arc of a fefquiaker proportion,and ofa double, that is,foure fcfquialtcrs in breadth 3 being fixe in all. Otti*. Againe, from the proportion ofa foote was the forme of diuerfe ether rare buildings taken,as(among(t other ancient workes)may be gathered by ih&PortefiihavcnoiOstU. Theaters. "' Morcoucr,from the ichnographieofz manshead;from rhebendinges of his handes,which make two manner of Ouale figures; from the line palling downefrom the throat-pit to the priuities 3 and from the diameter of the bo- dy in the middle,vnto that which maketh an other ouaIe,tooke the ancient the fafhion of their Theatersms we may plainely perceiue in Colo fed Titian ^ . th . Theatro PoU in Dalmatia vn^Arena rerona^nd in the Cortile o£ Bacchus Ins which Virr: « temple : After whofe cxample,our late workemen learned to delcribe their « ,kth ravc ; ouale, fhorter and longer temples; as alio their circular, pentagonian, BaTbatus™- hexagonian, octagonian,lquare,and erode ones : patternes of all which we kcth ic for a- may lee in the fiftc booke of Serlitts , delineated by Balthafar Petruc- ' r ' un '' an °' eius. pen Crop temples. But mfomuch as there is no certaine rule let downc , for the making of Temples \n forme ofa Crojfe (which is a Dutch inuention , and was much vfed by Bramante, as appeareth by his ichnographie of Saint Peters church at Rome ; and that of Saint Satyr us in CWilane done by his fbnne ) I iudge that to be the faireft and molt proportionable forme, which commeth nea- reft to the fhape ofmans body, who Handing vpright on his feete,reprefen- teth the ful height of the church(I meane by a perpendic : from the vault cr roofe to the fioore, w here his feete itand ; from which point of the feete be- ing the middle of the vault , vnto the great gate at the weft ende,it woulde ■ bee extended Iquare wife fo much more, viz: the length ofa man, as if hee were flreatched forth vppon the grounde. Nowethis breadth rea- ching iorwardes to the greate gate , is equall to the breadth of the roofe, which aboue at the beginning of the arching, reprcfenteth the Clai'icoU of a mans body,v vhich becaufe they containe two of thofe tenne s ee chap. j. faces which arc in the length of a man , itfollowerh that the roofe of the K ij. church, Ii* THE FI^ST caufcth thofe figures which are very fmall in drat.ght, to f'ecme notwithftanding very bigge to the eie of the beholder . Which point, queftionleuc,bclongeth to a Painter whenfocuer hepurpofcthto make large bodies, with railed fhouiders, and flancks, longarmcs , handcr andthighes, or with fmall heads and feetc , as may be fecne in the pictures oi Hercules in the Pallacc of Campo di Fiore in Rome , done by fomc of the ancient Matters ,who,out of doubt, were acquainted with this fecret , info- much as they haue fb exceedingly well exprefled all proportions. Note farther, that vpon the forefaid line of 10 faces , youmaymakea woman of 1 1 or 1 2 faces ; and fo likewife a man, (o that the fide - Ion g foote of a long Hercules , ought to be the twelfth part of the length of the man. You may alfo make Children of 4,5,or 6heads,vpon the like perpendi- cular line (as is faid) euer obferuing the diuctfity of their proportions : the like is to be done in all difproportionablc formes of bodies, as alfo in Horfes, which may be alfo drawne vpon the fame line, either adveife, avcrfc,or tranfverfe,by augmenting or contracting their proportions, according to the quantity of the parts of their bodies , f igned in the firft line. \\'herfore,whcn you would make a lanke, f lender, and fwift horfc, you {hall draw him vpon the outward-moft line : which you mutt euer haue drawne on another paper by, leauing your triangle with all his lines per* feci. Columnes. By this rule you may proceedc in making your orders of Columnes, nzmc~ Iv placing your Compofite of eleuen diametcrs,in the vttcrmoft line from the eie, and drawing lines likewife from the pointcstotheeie^ Then let. downe an other perpendicular line ncarc ro the cie, which fnaii be diuided into 10 parts,which fcructh for the Corinthian , which mutt be figncd with the breadths of the Composite ; and thus proceeding, you lliall make the /«- »ick of 9 parts ; the Doric k of 8 ; and the Tufcune of 7 i or more or leflc, ao cording to the difcrcrion of the workeman. Noir 0F T^OT OPTION. Now if any man be defirous to Icarnc the moft exa6t and fmalleft partes •fthefe proportions , together with the way how to transferre them from one body to an other, I referre him to the workes of Le: Vincent, Br atnante^ VincentiusFoppA, Barnard Zexale: zndhr prints to Albert Durer, Hi/pill Peum dre. And out of mine owne workes he may gather, that I haue endc- uored, if not performed thefe proportions, done according to thefe rules; which all the beft and famous painters of our times haue likewife oMerucd: who haue alfb attained to the exquifite propoportions of the 7 Planets. A- mongftwhom Mi: Angelo hath merited the chiefeft commendation: next him Raph: Vrbine was famous for making of delicate and Venereall bodies: Leon -.Vincent 'for exprefling of Solary bodies: Folidore Caldaraoi Carua- gio, for Martial! bodies: Andreas Mantegna for CMcrcurialiftes : Titian m Vecellinoiox. Ltmaryes .«and Gaudentius FerratodaValdugia aCMilaner,ioT Jouialifies. »'7 I ^fe^g^fe^ 3$£g^¥$£%$%$3QF^£ffro 1 eju?«> (j3* J v) <^*"ts sUta sjk^s 4~W7> (Tlf^J) <»V*£3 '*li"a£«' «l[iA <*if^S> '-"irit" ^iryCi <»V-VO "ili-ii«) jjij^ uJi»?9 tr-JT* cJ* J l»> (y'JIs ej*^ OF THE POWER OF PROPOR. TION, AND HOW BY IT THE TRVE BIGNESSE OF THE COLOSSI MAY BE SHEWED. QHaT. XXXII. Ecav se it is vnpofliblc , that figures or ftatuaes fhouldcometoourcie intheriuft quantitie and big- nefle ( infbmuch as they being proportionable doe rJ* *»*»•/?*»• fend out their beames proportionally to the eie or din ?>f ' h * ?*- conu-soi tne^raw/^interpoungthere the line oiia- ge tbteibi6,r, terfection ;as if they were beheld thtoughaglafle,fo s.Wjefc^. that the eie cannot comprehend fo long a 1 nape by '*' r "^ this^rvww^becaufeat one inftantit apprehendeth onely point or the fmalleft minute that can be imagined, difper- fing but one nS THE VI^ST (BOO^E imghisbeames to findeout the feuerall partes of the obie&fucceffiuely, which the farther they bee diftant from the eie, the more they loofe of their proportion) therefore Arte hath inuented a meanes how wee may come to the knowledge thereof by their proportions, which are fb to bee meafured , that they may be exactly feene . And becaufe thefe proporti- ons were fo ordained by the great Painter of Nature itfelfe , Succeeding a* geshaue brought foorth certaine worthies , as Tfjmrode , lapzter Betas, zn&Semiramis amongft xhtBdilonians--, ^Amafis and SefoHris amongft the JEgyptianS) and diuerfe amongft the Grecians and Romanes , who tookc vpon them to extende the proportion of amanvntoa larger quantity, as may appeare by the Co/o/3,whofeftatureswere raifed as high as towers ; which becaufe we cannot beholde,butby carting our eies vp on high,ther- fore their heades will feeme very fmallirt refpett of their feete, as fhall befliewcd irfthefixthbooke,chapt: 18. Wherefore for the better vnderftanding of their height andproporti- *rbitfnpw ons,youflvalldrawvponapaperaperfeft l fquare; this you fhallduiide limit htTdtt by two diametrall lines a, candid, crofting each other, whence will ariie buthllZ'tUe foure equall fquares : now in one of thefe fquares you l"hall Jet a cube , and txprefodby v pon that nine other cubes, which will make to in the whole, andthis will l> 7th'"theii' ke the iuft height of a proportionable man: then in the diameter of the bafe Ifwftbefixtb of the firft cube,as it is, you fhall marke out one of the i o parts , all which hoo\t ;vhere, fhall be called afquare figure : which figure thusdefcribed } mayferuefora v P ife"me"t(h rule of the Colofus which you would make. So that if you would make a Co- way he)fomt faffus higher by i o parts, you fnal adde to the former fquare figure i o parts %'tUbeliitd niore: And becaufe the diameter of the figure is one of the tenne partes,and the bafe vpon it iuft afmuch,it will necefiarily follow, if you fet tenne other partes by thofe,andas many vpon the top of thcm,rhat(becaufe the fquare in thebottomebeingbuthalfe filled vp,halfc the figure will remajne emp- tie,for the filling vp whereof you may adde fo many more partes as bef -re) this Coloff.wiW increafe 8 partes higher of the figure being double in height. For the farther manifestation of that which is faide, when you wouldc double a cube , if you fet one cube vpon another,youmuftneedes put 60. thers in the laid fquare 2 by 2,which make the doubling of the cube, and fo there will be 8 cubes by the doubling of the firft : Now according vnto thefe rules and proportions (as fhall be fhewed both in a circle and in a lquare) you may increafe and multiply all geometrical! bodies regular or irregular. Now for the finding out of the particular heigthes and thickneffes of thefe Coloff: you fhall take the forefaid fquare figure containing to partes or faces in height , and one diameter : this diameter you (hall place in the middeft of a geometricall circle, vppon the extreamities whereof, you fhall make a perfect fquare, which fhall touch the circle in foureoppoiitc places. When you would double the diameter 5 firft dra we a diagonall line from corner to corner, vnto this adde three other fides,and they make a perfect fquare, within which drawe a circle that may touch the foure fides , and fo Jfhall you haue both a circle and a fquare doubled : whence the height of this OF wCsw* J vs er^s ejuks <•*"«> eA*l9 eJ* -,^i «>■»£* ov^a eif^s cS,«re 5v->A< s- "f-^^J T^*^T T^^T T^»^T ^^ s- ^. (0 £*■!?_., cJi'Xs 53»-'ts «>■*? e* 1 *? 2*'v? eJ* , ts «>*?«> «$i ££%33g^M%&%&^%&%& 3*- ^f- 5^. -Jc -Jc rJcrJcrfCrfc-Jc-Jc-JcrJc-Jc-Jc -Jc # # # # # #~* THE SECOND BOOKE OF THE ACTIONSjGESTVRES, SIT VAT I ON, D EC ORVM, MOTION, SPIRIT, AND GRACE OF PICTVRES, BYIO-PAVLE LOMATIVS, OF M ILANE. Of the , are exceeding pleafant ; and contrariwife thofe which doe fartheft diflentfrom the fame, ate voide of al gra- tious beauty ; committing the like difcord in Nature, which vntuncd firings doe in an inftrument . Neither doe thefe motions, thus liuely imitating nature in pi- th'.res,breed only an cie-pleafing cotentment, but do alfb performe the felfc fame effects which the natural doe. For as he which laugheth 3 mourneth,or is otherwifcarFe£ted,doth naturally mooue the be- holders to the felfe fame paffion of mirth or forrow;(whence the Poet faith, if thou in me would' ft true companion breede, -And frommine beauy eies wringftouds ofteares: Then act thine inward grief es by word and deede Vnto mine eies , afwellasto mine eares: ) So a picture artificially ex^ prefling the true naturall motions, will (fu rely) procure laughter when it laugheth , penfiueneffe when it is grieued &c . And, that which is more, will caufe the beholder to wonder,when it wondereth,to defire a beautiful! Aaj. young 2 THE SECOND $00 %E. young woman for his wife, when he feeth her painted naked: to hauca fcllow-feelingwhen it is afflicted; tohaucan appetite when he feeth it ea- ting of dainties; tofalaflecpeatthefightof afweete-fleeping picture; to be mooucd and waxe furious when he beholdeth a battel moft liuely descri- bed; and to be flirred with difdaine and wrath,at the fight of fhameful and difhoneft actions .All which pointes are (in truth) worthy of no lefle admi- ration, then thofc Miracles of the ancient Mufitians; who with the variety of their melodious harmony, were wonttoftirrcmenvpto wrath and in- dignation, lone, warres, honourable attemptes, and all other atfeclions,as they lifted: or thofc ftrange conclufions of the Mathematical motions ^ re- corded of thofe vndoubted wife men, who made Statuaes to mooue of their ownc accord . As thofc of D^dalm^ which (as Home r writeth)came to the battel of them fehies. Ox.Vulca.nes Tripodes mentioned by Aristotle: or thofc gilded feruitors which walking vp and downe at the feaft oilarbM the Gym- nofophifl r feruedat the table : or thofe ancient ones of Mercury in Aegypt, which fpake,&x. In which kinde of artificial motions Leonard Vincent of 'our time was ve- ry skilfull; who, (as his fcholer Sig: France fco CMelzi the great Limner hath tolde mej inuented a certaine conceited matter , whereof he vfcd to make birdes that would flie in the aire : And on a time he made a moft arti- ficial Lyon 3 which being brought into a large Hall before Francu the firft King of France of that name, after he had a while walked vp and downe, ftoode ftill opening his breaft,which was all full of Ljllies and other flowers of diuers fortes. At which fight, the king and the other fpe&atorswerc rapt with fo great admiration, that they then eafily beleeued , that ^sfrchi- tas Tarentinushis woodden Done flewe ; That the brafen Diomedes, men- tioned by Cafiiodoms^ did found a trumpet ; that a Serpent of the fame met- tall was heard to hifie ; that certaine birdes fange ; and that Albert us Mag- Note. nut his brafen hej>.dfpakc toS.Tbo: ofAquine-, which he brake, becaufc he thought it the Deuii, wheras indeede it was a meere Mathematicall inuen- tion (as is moft manifeft.) But to returne thither where I left: I am of opinion, that infotnuch as theCe motions are fo potent in affecting ourmindes, when they bee moft artificially counterfeited , we ought for our betteringin the knowledge thereof, to propofc vnto vs the example of Leonard Vincent , aboue all o- thers : Ofwhome it is reported , that he would neuer exprefle any action Wote * in a piCture,before be had firft carefully beheld the Ufe,xo the end he might come as neere the fame.as was poffible : wherunto afterwards ioyning art, his pictures furpafled the life. This Leonarde ( as fbme of his friendes who Iiued in his time hauc gi- ven out) being defirous on a time to make a table, wherein hee would exprefle certaine Clownes laughing : (although hee neuer perfected ic more, then in the firft drawght) he made choife of fome clownes for his purpofe, into whofe acquaintance after he had infinuated himfelfe,hc inui- tcd them to a feaft, amongeft other of his friendes,and in the dinner while, hcentredintoapleafantvaine 3 vttcring fuch variety of odde merry con- ceites, OF ACTIONS JKT> GESTV^ES. 3 ceites,that they fell into an exceeding laughter ( though they knew not the teafon hereof •■> ) Leon: diligently observed all their geftures, togither with thofe ridiculous fpeachcs,which wrought this impremon in their mindes; and afteF they were departed , withdrew himfelfe into his chamber , and there fet them downe (o liuely , that they ftiooved no lefle mirth in the be- holders ,then Hs ieftes did in them at the banquet. They adde moreover that he tookefpeciall delight to behold the geftures of the condened,as they were led to executions the ende he might marke the contracting of their browes, the motions of their eies , and their whole body . In imitation whereof I holde it expedient for a painter , to delight in feeing thofe which fight at Cuffes , to obferue the eies of privie murthe. rers,the courage of wraftlers,thc actions of ftage-plaiers,&: the inticing* al- * Th« hee lurementesofCurtefanes,totheendehebeenot tofeeke in any particular; ™ a Y P ai " c wherein the very hfe andfou/e of painting confifteth. Wherefore, I could ft 3 b]y,asrheir wifh al men carefully to keepe their braines waking : which whofoever fhal *3}°™ «e omit, his Inventionfout of doubt) wilfleepe , ftudying perhappes tenne ° 10U *' yeares about the action of one figure , which in the ende, will prooue no- thing worth .V\ hence allfamous Inventors, for the avoiding of fuch grofle defectes,haue the rather fhewed themlelues fubtile fearchers out of the ef- fedtes ofnature,being mooved thereunto by a fpeciall delight of often fee- ing, and continuall practizing that which they haue preconceived. So that who Co keepeth this order,fhall vnawares attaine tofuchanhabiteof practize, in liuely exprefling all actions zndgefiures beft fitting his purpofe, that it will become an other Nature. And whofoever fhall diligently confider C&far Sestius his admirable workes, wherein al the actions M&moft naturally appropriated to the fub- iect , wil eafily conclude that he trod in Leon: fteppes ; and for this caufe was he highly efteemed of Raphael Vr bine : vnto whom rhey fay he was wont ieftingly to fay often , that it feemed a very ftrange thing vnto hinr-> Note. that they two being fuch neerefriendes in the arte of Painting, yetjpared not each other when they offended. A fpeach furely well befeeminghoneft men, albeit they lined togither in fuch fweete emulation : which humour, if it were to be found in thefe our daies,the world might bee reputed right hap- . pye. But now malicious envie ( to our fhrewd difadvantage ) taketh place infteedethereof,miniftring matter to ignorant and abfurde people , infb- lently todifgraceandcarpe at other mens rare perfections. A a ij. OF THE SECOND fBOO%E OF THE NECESSITIEOF MOTION. CHAonaency to the nature of the proportion of the forme and matter thereof: And herein confifteth the whole Jpirite and //y>oftheArte; which the Painters call fometimes the .F«ry,fometimes the Grace, & fometimes the Ex- tellency of the arte. For hereby they exprcfle an evidet diftin&io betweenc the living and the dead, the fierce and the gentle, the ignorant and the learned, the fad and the merrie 5 and (in a word) difcoverallthefcvc- rallpaffions &geftures which mans bodie is abletopcrformerwhichhecre we tearmc by the name of motions , for the more fignificant expreffing of the inward affections of the minde , by an outward and bodily Demonftra- tion ; that fo by this meanes , mens inward motions and affections , may be afwell , ( or rather better ) fignifled; as by their fpeech: which is wrought by the proper operations of the bodie , performingiuftas much, as is delivered vnto it from the reafonable fbule,ftirred vp either vnto good or bad, according to their private apprehenfions. Which thinges 3 while all good Painters propofe to thcmfelucs , in theic workes , they exprefle fuch admirable fecrcts of Nature as we fee ; which being m ooved by that ftirring vertue , which continually lying hid in the harte , is outwardly fhewed forth, in the body, by extending her branches through the exteriour members in fuch forte , that they may alfo recciue motion . Hence fpring thofe admirable actions in pictures , which appearc as divers,as the paffions v/hence they haue their original! are different : of which point fomewhat fhalbe faidc in this bookc. Now OF ACTIONS JNT> GEST^ES. 5 Nowthe perfect knowledge of diis motion , is (as hath beene lhewed) accounted the moft difficult part of the arte,and reputed as a divine gift: in- fbmuch as herein alone confifteth the comparifon between ? aiming and Thccompari, Toetrie. Forasit is required inaPoe.t, that befides the excellencie of his !, - n bawtene witte, he fhoulde moreover be furnii"hedwith a certaine propenfion and \?™^f Md .inclination ofwill , inciting and mooving him to verfifie ,, (which the an- cient called the Furie of oi 'folio and the CMufes. ) So likewife a Painter ought , togither with thofe naturall partes which are required at his handes, tobefurnifhed with a natural! dexteritie and inbornc Height of exprefling the principal/ motion? , e ven from his cradle . Othcnvi'e iris a very harde (ifnotimpoifible) matter, to attainevnto the abfolute per- fection of this arte. The truth whereof, experience it felfemay teach vs; infbmtich as Mecrepw- therebothhauebeene, and are, many excellent painters, who for their ^'" g j; a " ,e ' extraordinary skill in the arte, are moft highly efteemed of all men,as being able to make fweere-coloured pictures , having their limmes and iointes in all pointes anfwerable to the rules of proportion, drawne from the ^Anato- mie , and very painefully lightned and fhaddowed : But becaufe 3 nocwith- ftandingall their care and induftry in this behalfe , they coulde never be fo happy, as to attainevnto this faculty , they haue lefte their workes to the view, and harde cenfure of pofteritie, only becaufe they exprefled vnfiitableand /<**»airuc "' that deliberate difcretion, which they haue in their Idea; by the benefite whereof , they abfolue their pictures, with delighte and contentment: A a iij. al- . 6 THE SECOND ®OOI{_E. alwaies cxpreffing in each member , a certaine hidden refemblance of the principall motions . Wherefore thefe alone,carric away the commenda- tion of the profeflion; which is not granted to thofe furious CMadcappes, by reafon of their impaciency; nor yet vnto the former over-diligent plod- ders ; becaufe they haue not the Naturall knowledge of theft motions 3 and therefore cannot cxprefle them in their workes r as thofe naturall inven- tors will doe , with three or foure ftroakes , Wherefore they become in- fcriour : So that afwell the one, as the other muft needes giu'c place to the inventor j who wifclye ioyncth the induftryofarte, with the gifteof Na- ture. obferue. Notwithftanding I am of opinion, that it is poflible to attaine vnto this fo excellent a faculty,( though perhappes not with that fpeciall eminencie of naturall facilitic ) by induftrious ftudy , in the knowledge of thefe moti- ons , and the caufes whence they proccedc : for from hence a man may ea- filic attaine to a certaine vnderftanding , which afterwards putting in pra* £hfe, with patience , together with the other pointes , he may vndoubted- Iy prooue a iudicious inventor , who never had anie extraordinary natu- rall inclination . My meaning is, that fuch an inventor , as guidethhim- felfe by vnderftanding , fhallattaine vnto better perfection ,then the other who is naturally indued with the dcxteri tie, without induftry and patience. For example ; if a man fhall diligentlie perufe the whole hiftory of Chrift; out of doubtjhe fhall gather the true Idea and method , how hee ought to represent themotions of Chrift , the Apoftles , the Iewes , and all the reft, Obferue. w fa ^ a j an y p art; j n t } iat crue u Tragedy ,. fb fufficiently; that the minde of the beholder fhall be no leffe mooved to pittie , teares , and forrowe at the fight of the picture , then men are vfuallic at th e reading of the hiftory: So that by thismeanes he fhall fhewe in Iudas,violent ,offenfiue , brutifh,bu- fleand diftemperedw^/'^x, and in Chriftbeing full of patience , remifle, and gentle; reprcfentinginhim , asinaglafle, thatfingularhumilitie& patience, wherewith he reconciled vs to his father . All which, notwith- ftanding they may be fufficiently di awne out of the reading of the hiftorie; yet for more eafe fake , they may bee taken from the accidentall examples in the living r imitated with great felicity , and afterwardes induftrioufly and artificially exprefTed , by caufing the abundance of his diligence to ap- peared ftirring up affcitions ofpittie,and forrowe(as in a table of the paf- Jion ) or other affections, as the hiftory he hath in hand, fhall require. Nowconcerning the way and maner how thefe actions are to bee gi- ven , according ro the diverfitie of paffions and affe<5tions,which atfundrie times, vpponfcveralloccafions may moouc mens mindes; 1 hope in this booke to fhewe evident examples ; although they be fbmewhat heard, &c drawnefrom the fecrets of naturall Philofbphie . A thing , which might rather fceme to require a man of ripe yecrcs , then fo young a man as my felfc . Wherefore I muft craue pardon } for breaking the boundes of Mo- deftic, in vntertaking the handling thereof, efpecially, fincclwasnever iniovned therevnto , by the Painters;(although it be of fo great vfe and im- portance . ) Howbcit , if neither in that which hath binne already fpoken, Ihauc OF JCTIOKS JND GESTF%_ES. I haue diffidently Iaied open this point, nor hereafter fhal be able, to de- linerthe methodc fully, whichlpromifed: yet notwithstanding this my paines is not to be contemned, infbmuch as it vvill(at the leaft) prepare an cade, free, & methodicallpaffage, for cuery man to exercife his witrwhich muftneedes proouea mod furcand ready way 5 infomuchasallthemoft famous painters, hauc bcene directed thereby: who when they went about to counterfeit any ftory, firft concerned the generall forme there- • cf, and then gaue to each figure his peculiar aftions, proportioning, dif- pofing, and guiding them by difcretion, accompanied with naturall fa- cilitie. Now amongft the worthy painters who excelled herein ^Kaph-.Frbine n*k. was not the leaft ; who performed his workes with a di/rinekinde oimaiefly: neither was Polidore much behind him in his kindej whofe pictures feemed as it were paffing/wr/ww ; nor yet Andreas Lslfantcgna, whofe vaine,fhew- edavery laborious curiofttte: nor yet Leonard Fwcent, in whofe doings there was neuer any error found in this point .. \\ hereof amongft all other of his works, that admirable laft flipper oichrifi'm Refect: S.MarUde Gra- t/a in Cfrli/ane, maketh moft euident proofe , in which he hath fo liuely ex- prefled,the paffions of the Apoftles mindes in their countenances, and the reft of their body, that a man may boldly fay ; the truth was nothing fupe- riour to his reprefentation : andneede not be afraide, toreckon it amongft the beft workes of Oyle-painting;(o[\\hich\dndc ofpzmtinzlohn de Bru- Thcinuemor ges was the firft intientor.)For in thofe Apoftles , you might diftin<5Uy per* of ° ylc P" n> ceiue admiration, feare, grkfe 3 iufpition, loue, &c : allwhich were fbmc-> times to be feenc together in one of them •, and finally in Iudas atreafon- plottingcount enancc, as it were the very true counterfeit of a Traitor. So that therein, he hath left a fufficient argument, of his rare perfection, in the true vnccrftandmg of the paffions of the roinde, exemplified outward- Iv in the bodie . \\ hichbecanfe it is the moft neceflary part of painting, I purpofe (as I fay) to handle in this prefent booke. I may not omit CMi: ^Angelo in any cafe ; whofe skill and painfilnefic in this point was fo great , that his pictures carry with them more hard inoti - ons,expreflcd after an vmifuall maner, but allof them tending toacer- tainc bouldfloutne(fe . And as for Titian, he hath worthely purchafed the name of a great painter, in this matter : as his pictures doe fufficiendv wit- nefle: in each whereof, there fhineth a certaine moouing vertue, fee- ming to incite the beholder, vntothe imitation thereof. Of whom this faying may well be verified : That he was belouedofthe yoorld^ andenuicdof liature. Finally,mine olde Mafter Gaudentim (though he be not much knowne) was inferiour vnto fewe, in giuing the apt motions to the Saintes and An ■ gels, who was not onely a very witty painter; (as I haue elfwhere fhewed) but alfo a moft profound Philofopherand Mathematician. Amoneft all whofc all-praifc-worthy workes, (which arc almoft infinite, cfpedallyin this point of motion) there are diners myfteries of Chrijlcs paffion , of his doing, butchicfclya Crucifix, called Mount Caluary attheSepnlcherof <^Aa iiij. J r Ar*llei " C!c»ne round;:. 8 THE SECOND BOOKIE. Varallo ; where he hath made admirable horfes 5 and ftrange angels , not only in Painting, but alio in Plaiticke, of a kinde of earth,wrought moft cu- rioufly with his owne hand * di tutto relievo; through all the figures. BefidesintheVaulteofthcChappellofS. CMaryde Gratia in Milane, he hath wrought moft naturall angels, I meane efpecially for their actions: There is alio that mighty Cube of S.Mary deSerono full of thrones of an- gels, fet out with actions and habires of all fortes, carying diversity of moft llrangc inftruments in their hands . I may not conceale that goodly Chap- pel, which he made in his latter time 3 in the Church of Peace m 4r/,eitherconfidercth good and bad abfolutelie; ctmupifciiuk andfoitcaufethA>/w or liking , and contrariwife hatred; or elfeitrefpe&s good as abfent , whence zrileth defire or longing; or elfe evill as abfentbut at hand, andfbitbrecdeth feare , dreade&c.ot both of them as prefent, and fo from the firft commeth ioie and delighte , from the latter heavinejfe zndgriefe . The rf^ry/^wZ/yconfidereth good and evill, as it is cafieor lrufdMU. hard to be attained vnto, or avoided : whence fpringeth fomctimes con- fidence w\&bope : fbmetimes audacitie, fometimes dtflruH , zndtodef- peration, $c. Sometimes itismooved to revenge, and that is in regardc of evill paft, as iniurie or offence received, and fo itbreedcth anger . By that which hath hitherto beene fpoken , it is evident , that there arc eleven to THE SECOND BOOB^E. eleven paffions or affections in the mindc , which are thefe : Loue , Hatred., Defre, Fare , Icy, Sorroxoe , Hofe ,Defpayre , <^fudacitie y "ftmoroufnes and ^singer . From which there doe confequendie arifc, fb manie fortes of actions in the Arte, as there may bee affections ex- prefled in mens bodies . Wherefore wee ought carefullie to obferue the motions which are outwardlie exprefled;infuch forte , as they doc manifeftlie pointe to the rootes whence they fpring > and difcovcr the caufcs from which they proccede , diftributing them and difpo- fing them accordinglie in the bodies . Which whofbcvcr lhall failc in; fhall Cqucftionlefle) whollie pervert the order of thinges , con- founding the beawty of Hiftories , whether they be fables , or other in- ventions j whith are to be painted. HOW THE BODIE IS ALTERED BY THE PASSIONS OF THE MINDE. CH4T. IIIL T is a cleere cafe,that the minde ('according to the di- verfe affections (whereof I fpake before) by reafon of the apprehenfions both fenfible and imaginatiue ) dooth diverfly change and alter the bodie with fenfi- ble alterationsjby varying the accidentes thcreof,and prod ucing fundry qualities in. the members : So that inmirth, thefpiritesareinlargcd, in feare they arc contracted : in bafhfulnejfc they flie vp to the brainc. Againe in icy the hartc is extended by degrees ; in dtfpleafure it is drawnc in by little and little; aslikewifein*/^ zn&feare. But fudden anger and deftte of revenge procureth heatc , blufhing , bitter taft , and the fluxe of the bellie : feare bringes coldnefle , the panting of the hart , the fayling of the voice, and paleneffe. Heavinefeczukth fweatting, and a blewilhpale- racflfe. UMercifulneJJc breedes a ccrtainc heavinefle, which oftentimes hmtcth OF JCTIONS JNV GESTF^ES. n hurtcth him that is mooved to mercy j which appcarcs ordinarily in lovers, inwhomethereisfuchafympathie, that whatfoever one indureth , the other likewife fuffereth the kmz-.i^fnxietie caul eth drienefle and blacknefle. Vejireznd Loue breede fundrie colours; fbmetimes red , fometimes pale , as wee dayly lee in lovers , efpecially in their meetinges. Now all thefe paflions when they bee exceeding vehement , doc Obfeiue. fbmetimes bring deathrwhich happened to Sophocles ^nA Dionyfius the Sici- lian tyrant, whenhereceavedthenewesof a defperatc vidtory . The like hath befalnc diverfc others, through hexvine(fe ; and iundry other mifhaps haue proceeded from the like paflions, when they aflaulted mens minds. Wherof we haue divers exaples in ftories,which I meane not to ftand vpon as being a thing more curious then ncceflarie to our purpole. Onelylwill fhew, of what power and efficacic fierce wrath ioyned with a magnanimi- ous audacitie can doe, by the example oi^texander the great;who being overmatched by his enemies in India,was feene to reake forth from his bo- die flcr and light.Thc like whereof we read of the father of Theodoricwyvho by the like vehement effect, breathed out of his heart,as from a burning fur- nace, fierie fparkcls: which flying forth, fhone and made a found in the aire. After a fort% -Thus whensoever we reprefent all thefe pa/Eons inaftorie, together with .their convenient & proper motions, wefetforth that great variety,which worketh fnch delight & pleafurc , that it allurcth our mindes vnto it, with a Iweetc kind of compulfion , no otherwifc then moft delectable Mufickc in- ^°™ P. ulffu< ? chaunteth the cares of the hearers 5 which (as they write)is fo forcible that way, thata certainc Mufitianboafted, thatbythepowreofhis notes 3 hecaufed men to growc furious, and afterwardes to come to thcmfelues againe. fs3L ■•*?}, jW^, iVvA ^W-^asPa, J^x^L {J*T«i i»JU%a »^Jt<) W* J V9 C^ Us &+*£ uJ^Ts iy* J w sJ^fs pJ* , v» «*• IN 12 THE SECOND BOOKIE. IN WHAT KINDE OF BODIES THE PASSIONS OF THE MINDE ARE MOST FORCIBLE. CHaT. V. :mindctake rapprehcn- fpokenof; yet wc may not there* fore imagine, that they are equally caufed, and out- y wardlyexpri fled in bod!CS-,afrer one and the felfe fame [ffi^ ) yjX maner. For each of them doth fo much the more 'y&tfSrt^P^S mooueand affect the body outwardly, by how much the fitter a body it findeth for that purpofe. And as the affections are divers,whence this variety of actions proceedeth , fo likewife each particular body,beingofadiftinc~t temperature, muflr.eedeshatiefe- verall operations, and confequentlyrhepaffionsmanifeft themfeluesfo much the more, by how much the inftrument whereby they worke > is of a temper and conftitution more furable to the nature thereof For the better clearingof which point ; we muft. vnderfhnde,that every body is compofed of the foure humors,which 1 eprefent the foure elements; as CZfclanchol/e refembling the earth :fleame the water : Choler the fier : and lUudthc aire . Now as each body fhall more efpccially participate any of thefe foure humors, the actions and geftures thereof, muft needes be more Melaiwhoiie precifelv cotrefpondent to that predominant quality . So that if the bodie bodicteanhy ^ Me!ancholie,and therefore earthy ,you fhal perceiuc the aclions thereof to be flow, heavie, and reftrainedj like vnto the earth, which is fluggifh, heavie and vnweildic: the confequents whereof are,anxie:ie,di(quietnefle, fadnefTc, ftubborncfle &c . All which tende downewardes, and therefore mooue the partes of the body,by making them hang,and decline; as if they were benummed with colde. Wherefore in thefe bodies,anxiety,horrour, and defpaire wil appeare moft forcibly:becaufe they haue a natural fpice of theirpredominant element , by reafbn of the drynefle and fwartenefle ic brin- The foure completions OF ACTIONS JND GESTV^ES. ,3 bringeth with it . In like manner , becaufe the motions of the water bee Flegmaticke fomewhat heauie , (though not altogether (o much , as die earth, as be- w ««y- inglefle reftrained) therefore fleame (which naturally aunfwereth there- unto) procurethin thofe bodies wherein it preuaileth , actions of ti- miditie , fimplicirie , humilitie , and mercifuIne(Tc , inducing men to in- cline fomewhat downewardes , and to dilate their limmes : And fo feare and timidttie aunfwere to fleame^by reason oi the palenefle which it infufeth,andforrow,which maybe knownebya blewifh palenefle which accompanieth it. The motions of the aire tende vpwards moderatly , as being temperate, Sar!suin(: and not altogether dilated or diftorted,like thofe of the per. And becaufe it Awry. is a pleafant Element, men of a fanguine Complexion are conformable vn- to it: as being temperate >modefl, gratioui^printety, gentle and metry , moo- uing their limmes moderatly, and not permitting thSto fwag,hang,turne afide, and be dilated. Vnto which externall motions,thefe affections of the minde are beft agreeable : Loue, whence fpringeth delight and pleafure, de- Jire, mirth , and hope: All which are paffions of delight and a quiet minde-, enemies to anxiety ', defperation, and hatred. Wherefore they fendfoorth Ipirits contrary to thofe of a watery and earthy Complexion. Finally, the motions of the Fier doe much differ from the reft, which Chokricko continually ftriue vpwardes (as in experience we fee)being forcibly drawert F,erjr ' together, and wreathed; ( which property the olde Poets indevoringto reprcfent,fainedr"///MwGod of the Fier lame) becaufe it did not con- tinually increafe , and flic vpwardes with an vniforme motion, but was each moment interrupted by agitation . Whereupon the motions of Cholericke bodies are likened thereunto; as bdngvJolent, boy fier ous ., ar- rogant , bould, and fierce: and therefore inforce the limmes to moouq vp- wardes, turne, fhake, &c. Whereunto thefe inward paflions of anger , ha- tred, and boldne/ft appertaine Enlarging the partes withheate,inriaming the flefh with rednefle, (efpecially the eies) and caufingal the partesof rhc body to fwell moft vehemently. Here then the diligent CMotifi ought to obferuc,howe much anyone Nor*. humor aboundeth in the body , that To he may learne to exprefle the mo- tions accordingly ; Which courfe whofoeuer keepeth , will neuer re- prefent a magnanimious fouldier with flowe, milde , and remifle acti- ons , which agree only with timerout and penitent peribns ; nor the Pope or Emperour with reftrained , rude , barbarous , or fierce actions , which accompanie fadde , bafe , and guiltie perfons ; and fo foorth in the reft. And let him that duelyconfidereth thefe reafbns bcbolde, that he fhall truely vnderftandethegroundes of exemplifying all kinde of actions and geftures , that may bee imagined or pra£tized . For each feuerall part in euery body hath his due conformity with all the reft, as theyalfohauc with it;all which are fb agreeable to the exteriour fuperficies of the partes, that by vertue thereof they frame out the whole body; which is after- wardes accompanied with the colour , tafte, hearing, voice, fight, de- firesj exercife, motions,&:c. Whence it commeth to pane s that a martiall B b j. body, , 4 THE SECOND BOOJ^E body, made meager with great, railed , and hard lims , ftrong ioynts , and Note. mighty bones , wilbe (for the moftpart) of a fwartc complexion , mixed with aduft redde, hauing a Iowe forhead, great eies, in colour yeallowc like the flame of the fier 3 with large eic-lids, wide and open noftrels, breathing forth vapours in great abundance , a wide mouthy thicke lip pes, and redde, white teeth, fmall eares,a round chinne, forhead and iawes,a darkifh haire, but tending to a fiery redde; ftiffe, wreathed,and curled locks,an exile,fhril, & violent v o ice, &c. delighting altogether in laborious matters, as to bearc armes, exercife his body in wraftling, and fuch like aftiuities ; being better pleafed at the report of terrible and fearefull accidents, then at thehea- ringoffmootheandpleafantcarpet-difcourfes: he is exceedingly fenfuall, impatient, vnquiet,ftirring,&c. Now he which is able to exprefle the properties of one Complexion ex- actly, will eafily ludge of the reft: becaufe all natural thinges haue a certaine correfpondencie in method, forme, proportion , nature , and motion : all which being Philofophically vnderftood , bringvvith them a certaine know- ledge of all actions and geftures,to be imagined in bodies, by vertucof which they may be put in pra&ife. Which knowledge, if it be behouefull in any artificer, then furely is it moftrequifitein a Painter* Againe,iti$moft certaine that a picture which doth not infomc meafurc reprelent the life ( as being able to endure the publike vewej prooueth ve- ry vnperfecl: as well in the inward affe&ions , as the outward motions, looi fing al that commendation,which by reafon of the worth of the other parts, it might otherwise deferue . Wherefore if the Painter fhall alwaies propofc vnto himfelfe the life , counterfeiting it as neare as poffibly he can , then whenfbeuerheperceiueth amanfomewhat inclined to any particular af- fection, and alwaies yeelding to the actions agreeable to the fame, hee ought fb to exprefle it in his picture. Whereunto if many thatbearethe name of good and fufficient Painters had binne inioyned, they wouldnot haue binne fo hafty in ftealing credite to themfelues,by other mens labours: (for in truth a thing raken from his due place , where it hath a diuers ende, cannot well be applied to the drifte of a worke, into which it is newly tranf- ferred)and fo we fhould not now adaies finde fb many wals, garnifhed with hiftories fo ill reprefenting nature, without al Arte or life. HOW OF ACTIONS A"KT> GESTT^ES. # # # ft ft ft^ft ft^T ft -ft ft~ft~ft ft ft fr ft ft * # ft ft ft *S HOW THE BODIE IS ALTE. RED BY IMITATION. IT. CHJ'P. Vh . — H e paflionsof the minde doc likewife alter the body by a certaine hidden vertue and power , which hath his originall from fome vehement imagination; as ic often hapneth in any fadden aftonifhihent, procured by the fight or hearing, of fome ftrange matter . In which cafe we muft be fure to frame al the othcry*^- fequent motions ( according to the originall power whereby they are moved)anfwerable to the friticipd pamonsexprefledinourpi£ture;that info doing, we mayihunne fuch ab- surdities as we daily finde in diverfe pi£tutes,concerning this point : where- as if this discretion be omitted, our pictures will rather ieeme like dreames, or uorkes done at hap- hazard , then true and liuely reprefen rations of the hiftory intended. But becauft the principal moving effedes are manie in number J meanc (for be rtcr ill u fixation fake) to giue a tafte of fome exam- ples,which(l hopc)iriall adde fuch light to the profeflburs of this Arte ,that 'thereby they thai be able to reprefent all the inferiour & fubordinate pafli- ons in order,as they anfwere to the principal, whichisfirft mooved by the obiect . As he which reporteth fome ftrange accident to others, is chiefly mooved therewith himfelfe , according to tae nature of that which hee re- porteth; then the hearers beeing more or lefle affected, together with him, performe the like efFectes in their owne bodies,& fb in the like. For the motions appeare diverfly 5 in warlike pcrfbns feirce, in forrowfull men fadde , inpittifull compaffionate , in hafty folks ridiculous, and in mer- ry fellowescheerefulandplcafant : as when one telleth fome ieft laugh- ing , hee provoketh others to laughe. Howbeit a man is much more mooved by feeing, then by hearing : whence I holde it moft conveni- ent for that Painter, which would prooue a cunning CMotiJl '■ , tobecu- riouflie precife in diligent obfervingof the aboue named rules . For who is Bb ij. there Obfeiue, Theeie pre- ferred before thscars. ,6 THE SECOND &00%E. there amongft vs , which beholding an other fuffering the tormentes of death ,is not therewith much mooued , waxing hcavieand fadde, as if hirnfelfe aHb feltfome part of the others panges ? or feeing an other cuttc his legge or armc , feemeth not alfo to feele a (pice of the fame paine , in that parte of his owne bodie, where hee lawe the other hurtc? And thus if we runne overall the other effe&es of mans body , we fhall finde in each of them , a kinde of hidden powre , and fecret vertue, which by way of Similitude induceth others to participate their affections, by way of imitation . Whence the Philofophers thinke it no ftrange matter , that the body and minde of one man , fhoulde bee like affe&sd with the mindc of an other man , infomuch asthemindeisfarre more potcnt,for- cible, and a&iue then the vapours which afcende from the bodie : Nei- ther is there any impedimente, why onemans bodie fhouldenot bee as much fubiect to the minde of an other , as to his body. Whence they Er ill eompa- fay , that one man xrorketh in another , only by his affection and habit . And att ' for this caufe , are we warned to avoide the company of men of corrupt conversation : becaufe their mindes doe infecl: thoie which are neere them, like a contagious and pefliferous aire : and on the contrary fide , wee arc exhorted to embrace the fbciety of vertuous men, as a thing very pro- fitable. But to our purpofe; Iholde, that howfoeuer all the faide alterations may by fimilitude take place in all bodies; yec notwithstanding they hauc much more efficacie infuch, as agree in anatutall fympathy and confor- mity both of body and minde. Wherefore a Shffe andftubborne Satur- nift will bee nothing fb much mooved to pittie at fbme fearefull fpecta- cle, as a milde and gentle Ioviallift: Nor anvndaunted Martialliftbelikc terrified with a wonder, as atimcrous Lunift : or if hee chaunceto bee mooved, it is by cxpreffing akindeofincenfing, like vntothat which is felte,when one feeth a thing of his owne nature . In like forte , are all the other bodies mooved more or lefle , according to the fimilitude they hauc one with an other : as alio according to the time, age, andexerciSe. For a childe is affected one way; a youth an other, a man of ripe yeares a thirde, an olde man afourth : andadoatarde a fift, as daily experience will teach vs , in the accidents of the life. Wherefore the Painter muft not overflippe the consideration of thefe thinges , in fo much as they are thevery fpiriteandiifeof the Arte. But ought ratherto be daily con- verfant about the obfervation thereof, as of things of great fubtilitie and nolefle difficultie : which mayappeare by the fmall number of painters thathaueprooved excellent therein. And for this caufe, haue I pofi- tiuely affirmed ( as you fee) that allthofe pafions of the minde whence thefe ext email bodike a c7 ions flow , doe fo much the more or leffe dif cover them- felues , by hoxr much the more , or leffe affinitie the bodies haue , yvithany of thefoure Complexions, arifing from the foure Elementes. W herevpon Pto- lernie, the Arabians •, Hebrewes, JEgyptians, and other ancientes, to- gether with <^Albertu$ CMagnus , and divers other late Philofophers, and Mathematicians , haue fo curiouf lie pried into the fecretes of their natural! OF ACTIONS JND GESTFI^ES. 17 naturall agreements and difagreements rail who were of opinion, that all the fepafions and affect ions proceede from the fuperior bodies'- by a cert Aim natural! inftinct andinclination. Wherefore although the knowledge here- of be leffe needeful for vs , who are Sufficiently periwaded , that * 'Sapiens * A wife m*> dominabitur atfris , yet notwithstanding I will continue my propofed me- over ' u !« ft thode, declaring how the arfe&ions obferved by thefe wife men , ha»e ( in "• their conceit)their original from the CV/ GESTV^JES. ie> iMARS. III. THe third Planet isc3&ri,andbythe Poets is alfb called CMauors;the His nams * Godofxoam, bloudy % armi-fotent,en{iferfnagnanimous,bould,inconque- table, futvfgenerofity, of inuinctble power , of impetuous prefence, vnref fa- ble, afubuert-er cftheftrong andmighty, and a depofer of Kings . He i s the Lord of heate, burning, arid power ; the Planet of bIoud,brawles, and vio- Effeflcr. lencejincenfingcontentious andbouldfpirites : and (in a word) broaching all disordered, inconfiderate and headdy actions. His geftures are terrible, cruell, fierce, angry, proude,hafty, and violent . He caufeth men to be of zred complexion , a deepeyeallowe haire, round vifagde, fiery eies, a cru- Coapi ell and fierce countenance ,by reafbn of his intemperate heate ; in lo much that he is reputed hoat and drie in the higheft degree, bearing fway oner reddecholer. SOL. HIT. THc fourth Planet is Sol, which hathdiucrs other appcllations;as Phar- Hi« names, bus , Apollo , Titan , Pean 3 Horns, O fir is , K^trc'ftenent , fiery, golden, fiammiger, radiant, igni-eomus^auri-eomm ,theeieofthe xvorlde, Lucifer, mult i-fidus,omni-potent, the Prince ofjlarres, the graund Seignior . He is of good nature, fortunate 3 honeft ,neatc , prudent, intelligent , wife , 'the co- uernour,thebeftower of life vponall bodies indued with fbuIe,obfcuring the light of the other ftarres with his exceeding brightnefle, and yet im- parting vnto them all that light they hauc . Whence in refpett of the night,he is called Dionyfius, and of the day Apollo; as you would fay pel* lens malum , i. the dif peller of cuill • Wherefore the Athenians called him «A.s£ilt«KOP, &C He was named Phoebmhy reafon of his beauty ; and Fulcane becaufe of the violent heate he ingendereth in thofe bodies, oner which he hath do- minion, and Sol for the preheminencc of his light 5 wherfore the Affyrians named him <^Adad , which fignifieth alone; the Hebrewes Shemejh. The Effc ^ c »- motions proceeding from him are couragious, honorable, maiefticaI,con- fiderate and wife . The colour and hewe which hee giueth is browntfh c °o>pl«»on. betwixt yeallowe and blacke mixed with redde; caufing thofe which are fubiedt to him to be of a lowc ftaturc, yet of a comely perfbnage,balde,cur- led , with yeallowifh eies; touching the affections of their minde,fage, cor fideratc , prudent , trufty , vainglorious, and magnanimous. rEi^rs. r. •T* He fift Planet is Venus; whofe denominations are likewifc diners, ex- Htrnamtt. prefTed by variety ofepithetcs ; as Chiefe , milde , [aire, bright , white, pleafant,powerfull } fruitfull, the mother of loue and beauty t theprogenie of B b iiij. ages, K5cft 20 THE SECOND tary of the Sonne, Jupiter s herauld, hauing com* merce with the fupcrnallandinfernallgods, male with the male , and female with t be female, mofi fruit full , an Hermaphrodite ; Luc tan calleth him the Vmpeereoithe gods, others Hermes or the interpreter , and the expounder of the myfteries of Nature . His motions are inconfiant, fiippery mutable, firongjiuely , prompt , and ready . He caufetha Complexion neither very omj> exio.n. ^ .^ ^ ^^ ve ^ blacke, a long vifage , an high forhead, final! eies , not alto- gether blacke, an euen nofe and (omcthinglong, thinne heard, long and {lender fingers : the operations which he cauiech in the minde are witty, fubtile, bufie,fiarpe, wary, andfruitfulL Efieflet. LVNA. VII. THcfcuenth and lafl: Planet is Luna; of the ancient called Phcebe , Di- ana , Lucina , Proferpina, Hecate, menfirua , triformis. , nocliluca, wan- dring,fdent, double -horned, fafe , night walking, cornigera , Queene of hex* uen/he fir ft of the Goddejfes ^Queene otter mensmindes ,Mifireffe of all the ele- ments, fhe to whom the Bancs haue relation, and the elements are in fubiecli- en, at whofe becke the lightnings foine , and feedes fpring , the mother of come ,fifter of Phcebut , the tr an f porter of light from one Planet to ano- ther; imparting her light to all the other liar res , and refirayning their diners courfes 3 the Lady of raine and moifiure 3 the befiower of riches, the OF ACTIONS JND GESTV%ES. it the nurfe ofmankinde,the ruler of all fates fittifull, mercifully the prefer vet tfmen both by fea and land, mittigating the tempejles at fea , the fubduer of carnall affections , Queene of the world, andvanqu/fher of hell. Whofe ma~ iettietkc birds of the aire f he beafis ofthefeildefjheferpentes in the rocket, & caues of the e-arth,andthe fifties of the fea doe reverence y finally the enemy to theeuesandmurtherers. Eflfeftc». Her motionsare mooucabIe,beneh*cent,chiIdith,h"mpIe,obIivioiis , and Complexion curious. Shee makes a man of a fate Complexion, inrermingled, with red, of a comely ftature,round vifage ,& marked,blackifh eies,bitrle browes,te- der,and fort flefh. 1 he qualities of whofe mind are fociability, facility, pcn- fiueneiTe,aflfectation ofnewes,no readie gift in difcourhng. And from hence fpringerh the whole variety of all the other morions,bc. fides the aboue named of the elements,all which ferue for tokens, & fignes, whereby we may the better attaine to the knowledge of the natures of peo- ple,and their affections andpa(Iions,anfwerabJero the'vertue andinfluence of the Planets, which the ancient Mathematicians haue by long experi- ence obferved: Neither did thofe excellent Motiftes Al. CMagnus , ^Jbbas Tr'ttemius, andRai: Lullita confider them , to any other ende and purpofe. VVhofbevertherfore/halbe throughly poflefled with thefe things ,imprin- Note - ting the well in his mind,& proceeding according to their direcrio in his pi- ctures, may allure himlelfe that his workes will prooue notonely commen- dable, but -even exceeding admirable ; expreffing in them faddriefle by Sa- turne, by 7«/>/ftTCOntentment,by Mars crueltie,by ^/magnanimitie , by CMercury quicknefle of fpirite, by Venus loue and wantonnefle,and by Lund hiimanitie and gentlenefle: exemplifying moreover according to thefe ob- fervations , thefe and fuch like cffects,vnited together in the Compoundes; all which the ancient Maifters , carefully obferved(as may appeare by their workes, which fufficientlic declare, that they both vnderftood thefe mifte' ries, and tooke great paines in expreffing them. Whence it is moft appa- rent, that the knowledge of thefe thinges, cannot be attained vnto , by the meerepra£tifeofpainting,bi\tby the earneft ftudie of Philofophie , wber- with the ancient painters were fufficientlie furnilhed. And hence it is , that CMi. Angelo of late yeers,being verie skilfull in thefe matters , gaue to the Divels in hislaftiudgmentinther4//f4/; GESTF^ES. *; fcveralKe applied to the Planets , fo likewife the affections proceeding from them doe varie, accordinglic as the fenfes , apprehenfions , and paflions together with their obie&s, yi^CoulorSyfounds^fmeUs^aJiesjandmatter!, doe dfc Now although there be but one particular inftin£f in eachprivaremanj ° bfcri whkh inclineth him to good or evill , wherevnto that tree governor and arbiter ofhis affe&ions moft Natilrallic leaneth , and from whence all hfs ordinarie actions proceedc:norwithftanding,there is no impediment , why a man may not be affected diverflie, by anie of the exterior fenfes ( the or- dinance in ftruments of all our operations ) by framing m his n • in de.p affions anfwerable to the obiecl apprehended by his fenfes , and (o caufe Inch like actions to breake forth in him', as be repugnant to his particular inflincie. The truth whereof wee reade in David King of the Hebrerver 5 who was Note lafcivioullie atfe£tcd,whcn from the top of his Pallace he beheld Bethjheba bathing her felfe naked ; and at die fame inftant was ftirred vp vnto cruel- tie in commaunding P*ri& to be flainc , although he were nattirallie both a moft continent and clement Prince . Againe, his fonne Salomon the wife, was fubdued by his fenfe , and bewitched with the inticinges of con- cubines and Idolaters , thinges much abhorrent from-the inftinct of his na - ture. And thusinperufingof Hiftories , wee fhall findehow divers moft valiant Princes , haue vpponoccaflons proovedfaint-harted , and bin ftai- ned with covetoufnefle : maniepittifull men bin given to cmeltie, religi- ous men to revenge and malice ; chaft men to luxuries ftowtemento cowardize &:c Obferving m orcover the alteration of mirth into forrowda- mentation into laughter, covetoufnefle into liberalities which I there- fore omit , becaufe wee daily fee liuely examples, of people fuccefliuely af. fected with fundrie vices 5 as rapines , griefe , loue , difhoneftie, theft,mur- ther , hatred , rev enge , trcacherie , tyrannic , infblencie , &c and contra- riwife with religion , mercie , loiakie , clcmencie, liberalitie , honeftie , vi • chorions defire of honor ,&c.As theeues being afhamed to lay thcmfelues Noc »jni«> iJ^Hs (JM« ej*^» «**•> «J* Jv> &■*(£ cJU\ii e7* J rs e/Mvs sl"f9 sJ* J T5> eJMls e7 tJ t» gj*^? «J* OF JtseJUta^J*^) gJUJ^B ej**t- <•**«> eA»w cJ* OF JCTIONS AND GEST^ES. ?*■*«> e>*-»ts e^T.f) 47*T9 <»/*'vs ej»*vs w* ###•&###•&# ***** ?c -ft #**##*** OF THE MOTIONS OF MELAN- CHOLIE,FEAREFVLNESSE,MALICIOVS. NESSE,COVETOVSNESSE,SLOWNESSE, EN VIE, BASHFVLNESSE, AND ANXIETIE. CHA f*& A v i n o generally intreated of all the motions, vnto £c what kinde of bodies they do particularly appertaine, ■ and howe they may accidentally befall all fortes of men ; it remaineth that I touch each of them feueral- ly, beginning with Melanchoue: whofe moti- ons are penpuejforroycfull^ and heauie: and are to be expreffed in the pi&ure of Adam and Eue immediat- lyvpon their fall, making them with declined coun- tenances, and eies fixed on the earth , bowing the head , with one elbow re- ding vpon the knee, & the hand vnder the cheeke, fitting in fbme conueni- ent place, as vnder a fhadowie trec,betweenc the rockes , or in fome cauc; W here you may likewife place Agar , when going great with childe, and thruftoutby v_//£r*^i»M wife , fheebetooke her felfe to a folitary place, where ihe fell into a mod deepe fit of fbrrowfull bewailing and lamentati- on, hanging the head, till the isfngell came and comforted her. In like fore fhall you reprefent Z>4«/^after b is adultery;7Y/*r after his denial of his ma- ftcr,&c. which ^Artofto hath in fbme meafure fhaddowed in Sacripante Cant: i. where he faith: He tarried in this mufean horvre and more, With looke cafi doxpne,in fadandheauy gnife. And againe Cant: 2. His eies werefxoo/ne with tearesj)u minde opprefed With bitter thoughts, which had ha hart dittreffed, Ce\, TIM1- 26 THE SECOND 'BOO^E.. TIMID IT IE, T He anions of Timiditie are weake, fearefull , and hart-lefle ; as in the Apoftles, when they forfooke Chrijiax his apfrchenfion: and againe,in the fhippe, when they (aw Peter walke vpon the w anes of the (ea; as alfo in Peterh.im(t\k ,whehe denied his Mafter before the feruats in the PalJace: and generally inallfuch asilandinfeare of any the like danger ; as we readc olfiLneas in r/rj-.-amiddeft his fearefull aduentures by (ea; oi^-^bfalom fly- ing from his father ; of Lot and his children , forfaking die fine Cities on fi- er. In all which would beexpreffed, fainte , fufpicious , and confufed ge- stures, voide of all vigour: And vntoone.daftard-like runningaway, you may fitly applye that which ^irioUo Cunt : i . fpeaketh of ^ngclicA, faying: Her fearefull lookes ofte times Jhee hacke doeth cafte, Still 'doubt ing kasi Rainaldo came behinde. M; lMALICE. 'Alice alwaies difcouereth actions of craftc, and wicked intent, ne» c ner giuing place vnto free motions 5 but rather to re(trained,odious,& milchieuous j wherin you fhall finde little fatisfaftion or content,and euer- more heauie Ibokes, doubtfull geftures, and confuted limmes.This may be truelyrefembledin Caiph.ts, defpightfully renting his clothes, and in the levres, and thofe which accufed Cbrifi before Pilate : as alio in the Pharifes, accufing the adultereffe before Chrift , at what time they being pricked with the confeience and remorfe of their owne finnes , flunke away out of his prefence , one by one : and likewiie in them that draue him out of the Temple with (tones : In the traitour Iudas , when he betraied him with a kiflc. You may alfo figure it in the countenances of malicious and (pight- fvl\Heret/kes 3 when they anfwere for themfelues, with malepert , mali- cious, and fpightfullbehauiour, in the Councels and fuch like places, be. fore the Inquifitors and examiners; reprefenting them with holloweeie- browes and eager lookes ,difcouering their vene mous ftomacke againft the truth. In ProCrours of the law and Notaries,whiles they maintaine a broken caufe before the Iudges ; and in Counfellours, when (for a doubIe/>f,they giue bad aduife,to the ouerthrow of their credulo us client. COFETOrSWJESSE. COvetovsnesse (being nothing els but a greedy defire of enioying much,when men employ al their indeuours to become penny-fathers) hath restrained andcatching actions, alwaies drawing in the hands and the armes; OF ACTIONS ^fND GES1F%ES. zj armes : it caufcth a man to pinch himfelfc within his garments 3 as if he were benummed with colde 5 to bee penfiue , looke into other mens affaires, ditch his thumbe betweenehis other ringers (whkh is a moil infallible token of a mifer) and the like , which may bee obferved in this kinde of NotCr people, being perpetually obftinate, and odious amongftmen. And thefe may bee exprefled in Cra/fa , efpecially in his expedition againft the Parth/ans , where he died . In Pelymneftor King of Thraeia, , when he murthered Pcfydore Prumsfonnc^ for his treafurc . In Tantdus.zt his ban- quet for the Gods , when hee fct the limmes of his owne (onne Pelops be- fore them , inftcede of meate : In CMidas , wifbing that whatfoever hec touched might become golde : In ^-Aglauru* , turned into a ftone for di- flurbinp CMercuries loue drc; who ftudied nothing, but to heape vppe wealth : it may farthermorc be exprefled in fomemeafure in greate Prin- ces , ftaincd with the fpotte thereof j as in Fejj/atian, and the Emperour Galba, TARDITIE. Ta r u 1 1 1 b makes a man flow and heavic in all his actions : whofc pro- per gefture is to flande ftill , mooving the armcs 3 and the reft of his bo- dy flowly , not much mooving , or fpreading the legges 3 which when they arc once fixed in a place , be not eafily altered ; as in men that forget them- felites , porters , and clownes .- The like appcareth (bmetimes in Philo- fophers, and great Sages, when they are in fbme profounde ftudieand contemplation : whom you may make ftroking their beardes with a flowc hand : And after this manner dial you fhew old folkes 3 but efpecially grofle and country people. EN FIE. ENviE(beingamoftcruell vexacionof the mindc, foran othcrmans good ) caufeth a man to drawe backe all his limmes , plueke in , and as it were fhaddowc his eie-liddes , grinde his teeth , wry his mouth , tumc himfelfe with a paflionate kinde of lookes , as if he meant to prie into other mens a&ions^eing ever talking of other men. This you may fhaddowc in Cain 3 who perceiving that his brother Abels facrifice was more accep - table to God then his owne, being moved with wrath and difdaine , flew him : and itwilbeavery good action to paint him biting one of his fingers; Note, which is a mod evident token of an envious minde purpofcly fee vpon re- venge. The like fhal you decipher in the Divels countenance when hee beguiled Eve in Paradifejand finally in al fuch as boyling with rancour 3 ploc the mine and fub verfion of other mens profperitic. Ce f BASH- %% THE SECOND BOOf^E BASHFTLNESSE. T h e actions oiBeflfulnefie are voide of al grace and CourtIinefle,bcing hafty and fuddaine, following bufinefles without any regardc of de- corum; and is common to clownes, fhepheardcSj artificers, and the bafcr forte ofpeople, who haue no touch of civil behaviour, or Courtly carriage: itappeareth fometimes in greate Stares, and mighty Princes : as we readc of Cincinnattis->Luciui Vent at m ,and Sertoritts amongft the Romanes ; of a ceitaincKingof the Danes Genfericus^Attaliu^amberlane, Sclim, Barba- ropty and others amongft the Barbarians , which becaufe they lived fo late- ly, may eafily be knowne of all. K^fNXIETJE. Tht= anions of ^Ahxittie are importunate, troub!efbme,wafpi("h, and angry; as to intreare, flatter, footh, earneftlytofoUicite, and impor. tune with di\ erfe geftnres and behaviours,wirhout al comely grace , or rc- gardeofhim , fromwhomfuchacurtefieis expected, yet never ceafingto crane, without any confidera tion of the opportunity of time,or place . This is founde principally in Lazers,beggers,wary and cautelous men : and is an cfpeciall property of ftiffc clownes, fadde people &x. SADNESSE. ■ Sa d n e $ s h C differing very little from Melancholy)cannot (in my iudge* ment) bcbe:terdelcribed,thenas^/r/!?i?<7dothitin Angelic a Cant .8. faying : Heerejhee remaining helpelejje and alone, Amon ge the fruit lejfe trees and fenfeffe rocket, Standing her f elf e all like a mar bit 'Jl 'one •, Satte that fometimes free tare her golden lockes-, At lafi her eies to teares , her tongue to mone Shee doth re folue, her } aire white breft fsee knockej, Blaming the God of heaven , andfowre divine ', That did the Fates vnto her fall incline. And againeof V/i£*//to her lover Serbin«C*nt:2$. With watery ties, and hart furprizdwith anguijh loyning her face to his, and her fair eeies To his, that like a withered Rofe didlanguijb. OF OF ACTIONS JKD GEST^\ES. *P OF THE MOTIONS OF FOR. TITVDE, FIDELITIE, IVSTICE, DEVOTION, MAIESTIE, AND CONSTANCIE. CHAT. X. Ortitvde of the minde (being a gifte moft proper vnto Abraham, Iacob^IoJhua, and Mofes) ingendereth motions of conftancie 3 generofltie, maieftic and cou- rage : in fo much , that a man may perceiue whether the motions of volubilitie,quickneflc,&c. be wel fetled in fuch a perfon,or no.Now bodily fortitude(although it ever accompanie that of the minde , being proper to <^sfchi/Us t Heffor,Aiax,Hercules,Sampfon cjrc) perfor- fneth anions of ftrength 5 puiffance and valour, Co that neither the pores are diIated,nor the limmes inlarged, as thofe of weake and nimble fellowes are: whence we fee ftrong men to be well fet 3 with a firme , fure , and terrifying pace , feldome ftreatching forth their armes into the aire , or hanging the headc FIDE LIT IE. Fio e 1 1 t i e fulfilleth fincere,fairc,and trufty actions , without the mix- ture of other motions 3 and is moft commonly found in fbber, continent, and moderate men, whence it commeth to paffe,that thefe men moft com. monly ftand mufing,feldome opening their mouthes to fpeake 3 thcy put not forth themfeluesto vndertake all thinges indifferently , but only fuch as a- grce with their difpofition,freely refuting other matters,without diflimula- tionras we read ot thofe holy men of God Noe ScAbraha the firft Patriarcks: oiAgria , Polynices , Dido, Sichttu, HypermneBra with her new fpoufe, a- giongft the Gentiies5ScofrlomancsJ/.^«/'//«f,JSr»/«>jtowardshis coutry, Cc iij, and Note. $o THE SECOND !B00I^E. and divers others T vnto whomc you fhall giue feverall gcftures, as the truft rcpofcd in them , vppon fundrie occafions ihall requires although none , or verie fewc of them can differ finallie. IVSTIC E. IV s t i c e being(as the Platonickes holde,)* mafculine vertue , hath man- lie, magnanimious, confiderate , and moderate anions , inclining rather to feveritie then to plcafure and delight , becaufe a perfect iuft man , ought not to make theleaftfheweofaffabilitie and remifnefle: bin rather aftaied minde , wholly bent to the confideration of the prefe nt matter .- for affabili- ticcarriethwithitakindeof fugred adulation r fromwhich arifeth either pittie or fome other affection , fwaying the minde awrie , and corrupting Iuftice : whence the ancient fiLgjptiam were wont to reprefent an vpright Iudge without eares , thereby giving vs to vnderftand , that hee ought not to leane more to one parte, then to the other . Others haue painted him with 4 eares ; warning vs thereby , that with two hee fhoulde heare the rea- fons of one fide , and with the other two thofe on the other fide : But fome lateworkemen haue more ingeniouflie prefigured Iuftice with a uofe of Wdxe j becaufe it is ordinarilie fb eafilie drawne vnto either parte . So that from it there proccede no firme and fbunde actions ; but partiall,favorable, and fitting the humours and affc&ions of others : and here I am of opinion that even at this day diverfc good men doe no Iefie fhew forth the fruites of Iuftice, then in former ages iv&Ezcchias , 'JMardochem and others did, whomc for brcvitie fake ,1 refer to fome more commodious place .Which vertue if it were ever perfe&lie exprefled in anie picture , then furelie it was in the countenance of C brill in the Doomes-day donneby Peter Peruginus, andGaudentitts in Varaflo,biitc{pccial\ybyUW.<^4fzgelo . Howbeit, there- in is deciphered both feveritie and mildenefle together , which in him are e- vcr to bee looked for in regarde of the Elect and Reprobate ; the latter in rc- fpe£t of the Elect ; and the former towardes the reprobate and defperate , who fhall ftande fufpicious, miftruftfull,and trembling, ready to expedt the fentence oilife or death, good or evill. DEVOTION. DEvotion hath divers fortes of actions, anfwerablc to the fundrie kindes of praying. For wee reade howe Virgil: JErr. 2. bringeth in K-Achifcs praying to Jupiter , at the burning of Troye , when hee fawe a flame inviron the head of his Nephewe ^^fc aniuj,zx\d in the fourth booke where /4r^complaineth to his father Jupiter , forfuffering Dido to bee ftolenawaie by&neasj whereby wee may obferue, that when theypraied to the heavenly Gods, they floode on their feete,lifting their handes vp to heaven 5 when to {hefcagods^ith their handes towardes the Scaj as may appears OF ACTIONS AHT> GES7F\ES. 3 i appearebythefifthof^«:in the perfbn of Chant has prayingforthccon- queft in his fea-fight:when to the Infernal! Gods, they kneeled in fome ditch made in the earth: and when they intreated for peace , they ftretchcd forth therighthandvnarmed,aswereadeinr/r£: in diners places of the laft of his JEn: whom Ariojlo hath well imitated Can: i8.inthefcverfes. (lMoou d\eith remorfe) he Flretchedout his hand T^jkcd) injhew of peace (as is the trade, ) Now befides thefe rites of the Gentiles, which belong to the vowes and fa- crifices, which they performed to their Gods, Gcnij &c.wemayob(erue diuers rites and ceremonies vied by the Prophets and Saints,in the time of their praying: As when God commoned with yf^r4^»w,inioyninghim the obferuation of the Circitmcifion,Abraham fell on his knees, with his face to- wards ihe earth: as alio Moyfes did fometimes vpon mount Sinar-, Ezechias prayed with his face towards the wall; Elia-scaft. his head betweene his knees, with diuers other geftures which we maye reade of. There are befides thele, certaine proper actions of deuotion ; as to ftand with the face caft downe on the earth, as Christ did in the garden; and with the head declining on one fnoulder, as many holy and religious men vie to doe ; to looke vp to heaven with the armes fpread abroade, and lometimes a crofle,after the manner ofkinges; to kneele,lifting vp the handes to hea- ven: to plait the fingers withineach other towardes the chinne', with an incliningcountenanee, to Ipread abroad thearmes, with the head hanging downe, to lie groueling vpon the earth with the face downewardes and fuch like, as are vfed by all Chrifttans,whenfocver they humble themfelues before God . Howbeir I hold this to be the moft convenient action, that he which praieth ca.fi his eies vp towardes heaven. There are moreover fundry other actions of devotion in diverle nati- ons ; as of the naked priefts of CMeroe, called Gymnofophift a ; of the Priefts named Salij, who accounted it a deuont thing to daunce armed in honour oiMars\ok the Corybantes, who with the found offabers praied vnto Cybele the mother of the GWj,&c The 7#f/*«atthisday, wric and turne their Shoulders when they pray to their Mahomet: andtheT«r/fchimfeIfepro- ftrateth himfclfe vpon the earth, with his face downewardes, and other ab- furde and ridiculous geftures,which Ipafleoueras not appertaining to our p urpofe. This then may be a generall rule : that the motions of Deuotion bee quiet, peaceable, humble ,fiable , and more melancholy then merry , which is proper tocontrition, & bewailing our finnes before God, where (uch acti- ons are required, as are free from mirth, Iaughter,and lightnefle. CMAIESTIE. *THc geftures oiMaiefiie arc agreeable to thofe of honor, nobility, mag- nanimity, liberality, and excelllency, all which vnited together , would be reprefented in the Pope , and the Emperor ; but especially , as they fit on their thrones and tribunals; as alio in Kings and other great pcrfbnages ,vn- to whom theprincipall and chiefe places and degrees appcrtainc. Cciiij. C02(j 3 2 THE SECOND QOO'^E. COI^STAT^CIE. C I n a t t 1 e Conftancie hath ftrong,fure,and firme actions,in whatfbeuer. «■» it vndertaketh . Wherefore the conftant man is not fwayed by another mans will, but followeth his owne determinations ; which property ought to be reprefented in his countenance . As in lob who continued immoue- able , againft all the aflaultes and temptations of Sathan , as the Scripture witnefleth; in S. Steuen when he was ftoned ; in S. Katherine the virgine, in prefence of the bloudy Emperour , and the reft of thofe vndaunted Virgins and CMartyres: all which are propofed vntovs, asmoft fingular examples of admirable conftancie. Of which kinde we hauediuers other moft preg- nant cxaples amongft the Gentiles : as Anaxarchus, who bemgarmed with this vertue, was fo hardy as to bite offhis owne tongue, and ipit it into the Tyrant Nicocreons face, in the midft of his tortures ; thereby giuing him to vndcrftand,thathefcornedthe vttermoftof his moft exquifite torments. The Roman Af0//'«* who by error, flaying another in fteedeof King Tor* ferna, had fo much courage, as voluntarily to thruft his owne hand, which committed the error, into that fier which was prouided for the facrifice, differing it there to burne for a good (pace, ^yfttilim Regttlm , who for the good of his country, fuffercd himfelfe to be throwne out of Carthage, in a barrcll ftucke full of fharpe nailes: and Ariftides, with many odiers,as well Cr avians as Romanes ; whome, as often as you fhall haue occafion to paint, you muft fet foorth with actions of inconquerable conftancie. For all other actions, cxccptingthis,hauefbmekindeof refemblance with each other. Wherefore, the conftant man alone , is to be delineated with his proper & peculiar actions. And to the end this vertue maybe the onely wonder and amazement of Hiftory,it may be exprefled in fuch wife, as we reade of cer- taine ancient men , whoalwaies remained moftobftinate and peremptory in their humors. Who ( as Plinie writeth) were at open defiance with the world, by changing the vertue of conftancie into rudeneflc , currifiiJy fnar- !ing at euery man, and vtterly abandoning ciuill conuerfation: As we reade ofCrrf/sfo.whowasneuer feene to laugh, and was therefore called Age/a- ftes. OfZoroaJlres, who neuer wept. Of the renowned Socrates , who neuer changed countenance; infomuch as by him you could not iudge of any inward paffion . But aboue all the o- thcr Philofbphers, of Diogenes Cynictts , who excelled herein (6 much, that all his fchollcrs and followers had that name giuen them.O£P)rrho 3 Herac/i- tus, and Timon: all which (warned very much from the common and ordi- nary currant of other men, by the exceffiuenefle of this conftancie j or ra- ther plaine pcrtinacic. OF OF JCTIONS JKD GESTF^RS. 33 OF AVDACITIE, STRENGTH, HERCENESSE, HORROR., FVRY, ANGER, CRVELTY, VIOLENCES AVING,ROVGHNES, OBSTINACY, TERRIBLENES, DISDAINE, 1MPIETIE. INIVRIE. HATRED, PRIDE. VA- NITIE, AND ADVENTVRING. CHaT. XI HE adionsof Avdacitie, arerafh, prcfump.' tuous , arrogant , and ftubbourne ; as not regarding others, anddefmngto bee feared of all men ; (cor- ning all men with a fearefull countenance , and ge- fturesfullof threatningandinfblencie: which muft bee exprefled in the Giantes againft Jupiter ; in TSfjm'rod founder of the Bahylonian t oxter 5 and in Col/at bihinc by David, STRENGTH. St r b n g t h hath luflie 3 ftowte , and fturdie actions : as to loolce bigge, and raife bimfelfe'ftowtelie vppon his legges , alwaics compohng his booie with a good carriage ; not flagging and dilating his limmes as weake and werilh bodies doe , but contrariwileraifing them vp wards , yet net maineiie forced , but with a kinde of free gravitie , and feldome moo- ved but to good purpofe } and when hee is mooved , to fecme fearefull to the beholders. Andforthiscaufewaso<*fo<**j the ancient King termed the (on of the Earth in regard oftheluftie and ftronge motions ofhislims, as alfo Typhous the Giante ; for feare of whome the Poets fabled , that the Gods were turned into diversihapes : As alfo Hercules the Thebane, ?4 THE SECOND ®00%E Milo the Crototthn, and Lyfimachut one of Alexanders captaincs that flcwe a Lyon. ^4RROGA?{JOIE. ARrogancie hath fomc rcfemblancc to the other motions , beeing proude, terrible, wildc,faucie , cruel and fierce; which ArtosJohaxh vcrie well exprefledin RodomonteCant.%6, faying: 3{ever alighting, orfo much as rifing., For reverence Jake, to hoxce hu heador knee> Hee hare the countenance of a man dejpifing. Both Charles, and all the Peeres of high degree. And in other places in the fame Rodemont 3 as alfb in ^Mandricardo\ who ought cvertobeeexpreflcd with their handes readicto mifchiefe o- thcrs, drawing themfelnes backewards with a frowning browe, voidc of al mirih;infbmuch that everic bodie feemeth to ftande in fearc of them,not daring to lookc vppon them , who full Iooke awrie , never turning their cie bur vcrie flowclie, extending their noftrelles, and gaping as it their whole delight wercfet vppon doing wronge , by quarrelling , thrcatning and mif-ufing men,with the rougheft and bitterefl actions oi the bodie that can bec deviled. HORROVR* ■ HO r r o v r hath frightfull actions and full of terror; caufing a man to tremble , flic awaie , fearc , pante , looke pa!c , and colourlefTe in the face ; as in Thifbe when fhec founde the Lyon at the well; and in that armed lervant at the onelic fight of <~Mariws , whomc hee was fent to kill in his chamber ; and generallie>in all who are fuddainelie terrified with die vnexpc&ed apparition of fcarefuU and drcadfull thinges. FVRIE. FV ri 1 fhewcth actions offollie and diftra&ion ; as in fuch as fal into of- f'cnfiuc actions , without aniercgardc , fhewing great vehemency in all their afrcttions 3 by gaping & wrying their mouthes,feeming to crie out,be- waile,howle,8£ lament ,tearing,&: renting their Jims & garmets 3 cxprefling a fpicc of furic, as if they were perpetuallie befides themfelues . Examples whereof wee hauc in Althaea kindling the fi.vzhxzndo'ihcT{or\nzCMeleager i in Ath&mat killing bis ownc fbnnes , and putting awaie his wife : Heliodorut in his JEthiop. hiftoric mentioning this furic in faire Cariclia partly for the abfence of her Theagenes , and partly for the marriage of Cnemon & Naufi- slia, bringeth her in like a mad & furious woman.,cafting her fclfc vpon her bed, plucking her haire& tearing her felfe,retingherapparrcl,& faying:^ let vs dofacrifice to the dive /,with fuch like lpeechcs,moft aptly applied vn- OF ACTIONS JNT> GESTF^ES. 35 to her paffion coplaining& lamcntingin her clofe chamber ,fo that with hef teares iliee did wette the whole bed, and finallie after longe outcries, fhree- chings, and other furious actions ( as iffheeprefently imbraced her Thea- giner, iheeclippeth the bedde with her armes, lying proftrate with her tice downewards, calling vppon her welbelovcds name with manie deepc andhartiefighes. ^fNGER. AN g e nf being nothing clfe but a vehement inflammatio of the minde) hadi raging , violente 3 and cholericke motions ; as appeareth in an- grie folkcs, who are fwollen about the face , having fierie eies , burning like a coaie . The motions of all their members are Iuftie and verie quicke , by reafonoftheviolence'ofcholer; asinc%>/?/, when by occalion of wor- fhipping the calfe , he brake the tables of the Lawe^ which hee receaved of God vppon mount S/nay, in Alexander when hee flewe Callifihenes and other ofhis friendcs;fb that e verie man fought to avoide his prefence,when hee was in that fit; foritwasfbforcibleinhim , that it is reported of him that hee did once in India caft forth fparkes of fire from his bodie; in Tydeia jvho dying ( as Petrarch vvriteth molt elegandie vppon this paflion ) bit the he ad of LMenalifptu with his teeth ; in the Romane Sylla^ whome Petrarch alio metioneth in the fame place;& in Valentinia Hungar. Emperor of Rome as alfo in Noah when hee heard of the fa<5t ofhis fonne Cham , who had de- rided him whilft hee lay naked by the waie,whercfore he alio curled him. c CRVELTIE. R v e l t 1 e hatli eger , hurtfull , importunate , and bitter actions ; as 1 purpofelie to offend others , to take pleafure in other mens harmes,to feede it felfe with bloudfhed and death : and hence it is that you fball ne- ver finde gratious mildneflein their countenances : As wee readeof <^ibi- melcch , who flcwe his 70. brethren ; of Zimri , whotoobtainetheking- dome killed his King E/ab; of Zenacheribs fbnnes , who flewe their fa- ther before the altar jofthecruell king of Babylon , whocaufed thefonnes olZedechiM to bee murthered before his face, and afterwardes putting out his eies ,threwe him into prifbn . 0{ MithrtdatesKinp^of Pontus , who vp- on the receipt of one letter , caufed 80000 Romanes to be put to the fword. Of the King oiTroy who * ripped vp his wife , to fee where her children The like laie ; otArchelaus King of ^Macedonia , who killed his fonne,vnckle and P ort ^ <* °f brother, without anieoccafion; of Phdari* the CAgrigentine Tyrante, Ncto ' who by extreame crueltie propofed a rewarde , vnto anie man that coulde invent a newe kinde of torture for men ; and of others molt famous for cru- eltie ; as Cyrus , Creon , Dionyfius , Herode , Sylla , CZ-fedea , Scyron \ Procru~ fies , CMezentitts , ^Attyla , Barbaroffa , Seltm , the Turke , TamberUnc die Tartarian , and moft of thelcwes who crucified our Saviour: wherein you may cm re- 36 THE SECOND $00 %E. may obferue the prifon , the buffetting , fpurning, crowning of him with thornes, the fcorning, the cruciating, and out-rages of the cordes ,and bandes , fpitting, whipping, carrying the crofTe,pearcing of his hands and feete ,his lifting vp on the crofle,the repulfe of CMary ,his drinking of gall, o- peningof his fide with thefpearc, &c. which wee reade in the Papon . In whom a man of meane capacitie may imagine , that all the vilanies were performed which thofe vngratious and furious people could devife. VIOLENCE. Violence differing not much from furie,fuddainely Ioofeth the raines toaltheother motions,withoutregardeordifcretion; as the manner of violente people is , who care for nothing,but to obtaine their purpofej a general example whereof are,the French men, who with a certaine loftic attion defpifing , and vehemently threatning with out-cries , leaue no mil* chiefe vnattempted whiles they are in that furie. Mote. K RAGE. age (asonefaieth)isaD«r^paflion;andisbetweeneanger andfu* rie : it maketh men grinne , grinde their teeth , fome at the mouth, "clofe their hands, looke vpwardes and fide-long dreadfully , throwing away whatfbevcr they haue in their hands , as aniarde\ who will fiid- dainely enter into difdaine , when thinges crofTe his humour : fb that hee can hardly endure it,ifhimfelfe and his matters, bee not in that requcft hee defires ; whence hee is moft commonly detefted of al Nations, for his natu- rall odious defire of fovcraignty over others. IMPIETY. IM p r e t i hath inhumane,cruell,and fierce actions , quite contrary vnto gent!enefle,humanity,and difcretion, which were much noted in Camby y«,and tym nephew to isfityages kingof the Medes, and in divers o- thers who delighted in bloud 7 flaughter &c. IN IV 'R IE. IN i v r ie hath vniuftjoffenfiuejcalumniousjand reprocheful a<5tions;cau- fing a man to infultc with a kinde of violence , and looking fiercely vppon him whom he iniurieth,thrcatning,andfcorninghim;as the wicked Iexrcs did C/>r//?,;and the Gentiles the holy Martyrs . The Frenchman is , for the moft part,reprochefull ( as we fee daily ) Co that if you would reprelent fuch a motion aptly , you may put him in the natural action he vfeth inhisaf- faires,being ftoure, a delpifer and thrcatner . Such a one was that famous Gracchui Semfronim amongft the Romans. HATRED. H / A a t r e d ( which is an inveterate anger through fbrrow and griefe) pcrformeth grievous, oftenfiue,&: troublefome actions towards him we hate: As wc read of //Saw*/ towards Ifaacke : Efaw towards lac oh Saul OF ACTIONS JND GRSTV%ES. 39 Saul towardcs David: Iofephs brethren towardes him &c. Amongft the Gentiles o£ Hamilcar Barthinus,znd his fbnnc Hanniball towardes the Romanes ; Sylla againVtCMarius , Cato zgainft Ctfar hand Oct aviwagainfk UWar. K^ntonita . All which(beeing provoked vpon diverfe occalioos) maintained capital and immortall hatred . There are alfo other actions of hatred , as in men of civile and good education towardes rude, indifcreete, . and vncivil men,towardcs whom a man is often copelled to vfe fuch actions for the beating downe of their infblencie;wit,h fpumings, ihoulderings and repulfes. i PRIDE. Pr i d e is taken in the better , and in the ytorfe fenfe . In the better : and then it is fuch a lofty carriage, as a mans eftate requireth; the motions whereofare noble and principalis in them who mooved by an ardent de- fife of grcatneffe and honour, afpire vnto high and loftie matters : And thofe noble mindes which l"hal with iudgement and difcretion make vfe hereof, fhal vndoubtedlyobtainemuch creditein al their affaires . Pride in the xcorfe (but more proper and more vfualparrj hath imperious, arro- fant, andinfblent motions ,' caufingthelimmestofwelI,andcarryingthe cade aloft, but with no fteddineiTe and gravitie : finally, ever fhewinga fcorneful and contemptuous behaviour towardes other mens advife; as wc reade cfcReboam Salomons fonne,who becatrfe he defpifedthe counfel of the ancient he was deprived of his kingdome;of Nabuchadono for, Enceladuty Briareus^and diverfe other Gyantes in Flegrain their fightes againft Ju- fiter and the Gods. VAN1TIE. \ 7 a n it i e vfeth frivolous actions to no purpofe , accompanied with a • V certaine contentment, fo that fuch as are affected therewith, haue a greater delight,then any fetled determination : wherefore they are lighte, vnapte , eafilie moved to laughter,and given to mocke at whatfoever they fjee:which is plainely feene in certaine Gallantes , and vaine-glorious fef- lowes, who perfwadethemfelues,that they fhal not be admired , exceptc they (hew fbme fooIifh,infblent, abfurde and vaine action . W herefore their manner is ever to be gallant,to crake, ling , wraftle , beate ,ftrike,and bragge, as may beobferved in diverfe of bafe condition. V\ e reade that Zerxes King of Perfia and his father were moil vaine men, info much that he himfelfe lent to digge downe hils , and make paffages through mountaines,to ioine feas together , to make a bridge be- tweene Seftos and '^ibydos cities farre of from each others and oftheRo- mane Cat/am deviling impoffibleplottes. Dd if ^*D~ 40 THE SECOND ftOOKJE. ^fDVENTrRING. ADventvring finally hath couragious , bolde , fierce 3 and cra!>« bed a&ions; wherefore they are vigilant, free and loofe; voide of feare , and flouthfulnefle . This we may exprefle in Abraham , when hec fetvpon the fiue Kings by night, which had taken Lot and hisfamily prifb- ners : In UMofes Haying the Mgyptiatt,zx\& burying him in the fande. In Da- Wwhilft he was a fhepheard , overturning the greate Philifline with his iling, and cutting of his head with his fworde;In Sampfon who with the jaw- bone of an afle llewe a thoufande armed men; Moreover, you may ex- prefle it in thofefoure worthy examples of true adventuring; as in Ehud theiudge; Iaeli the woman; Judith the widdow, and Gedeon: the firft whereoffiew£^/o»KingoftheC%?4^// *7-*£, cT-fs (•**•*{♦> tJ»JtB "J*** vfiUs «J»A«> e^ J w -**> '"bci". (j 1ni~'' ''IftC" < *ifik<> t^kif* ( *lnf' > ( *V'»s* 1 , < *V4" ''V si'-' ''If if., eJtts eJ*^ ejU'ts (•>■*.•> eT-"." eJ»ts aJ lJ ls <57 ,J l»> cT'ts c«y tJ i9 c7 ,,j r» ttj^t*) c^ J i5 e^ J ts aJ"?? ct'-Ts 'Ts (•J* J T«> (•5» J \S (•i* J ?«) c^ OF ACTIONS AKV GESIV^ES. 4* OF HONOVR, COMMAVNDE- MENT, NOBILITY, MAGNANIMITY, LIBERALITY, EXCELLENCY, BOVNTIE, DISCRETION, M I R T H. A N D P I T T Y. CHAT. XII. H e geftures of H o n o v r are to giuc,and receiue; to fit or ftande in fbme principall or eminent place for the purpofe: as a throne , ehaire of ftate , pulpit Sec. where hee may bee admired . Befides,thcy make the man fo placed to reft himfelfe without moving , ( ex- cept vpon iuft occafion;) to carry his body vpright, with his face more vpwardes then downewardes, not fuffering him to put one knee vpon the other; or to croflc his legs, to hold his hands behinde him,or ftande picking his eares Sec. as Io.in-.de Cafain his Galatea obferveth: but rather'to beare the partes of his body a farre of,one from the other,as the feete and knees , ftretching forth his right hand with a kinde of magnificencie, with his hands atliberty , no- thing reftrained, as thofe doe which put one within another, clafping the fingersjor crofting the armes; which are all bafe actions, and therefore to be avoided of all honorable perfonages , whodefire to beare a gracious and wel -pleating countenance,adorned with decorum and maieftie, whenfoever their ftate requireth it j as T 'opes fimfer 'our j ,and fuch like States. COMMAVNDEMENT. /"^ Ommavndement hathdiverfc geftures, futing the qualiu'eof ^-^the thinge impofed or commaunded ; as in 2Jjro, when hec gaue commaundement for the burning of Rome; or when hee put Peter and Panic to death, turning his fevere face and eies tovvardes them , vnto Dd iij. whom 42 THE SECOND BOOKIE. whome he gaue the charge . The moft exprefle and vfual manner of com- maunding, is to ditch the hande, holding out the forefinger of therightc hande towardes him that is commanded , and this is the moft ordinarie ma- ner that fterne and Maiefticall Princes vfe in commanding. Hence we muft confider the diftin&ion of commandements, according to the diverfitie of the things commanded. So that he which commaundeth pleaiant thinges muft bee reprefented with a merrie countenance , and pleafant and affable gefturcs : as in HeUogabalm when hee commanded the tables and feaftes to be prepared for the curtefans of Rome, willing the to be rewarded pubhke- lic j and calling them his feliowefouldiers: in like manner when you make gluttons fitting at the table ; as <—•//£/»«* of France, Vitellim the Roman , Lucullui&c. On the other fide when one givethcommandement of fadde matters , he is fadde and melancholie; with anions voide of bouldnefle , as you muftreprefent olde Iacob in the time of dearth ,commandinghis fonns to goe downe into ^Egypt to provide corne; and Abraham in far more dole- full plight when he commanded his little (on Ifaac to afcend vpon the altar that he might facrifice him to God . But in God full of maieftie,when hee commanded our firft parent Adam not to taft of the forbidden fruite of the tree ofLife .Severe and terrible in Mofer,whcn he commanded the childre of Ifraell to deftroie the goulden calfe , and the fonnes of Levi to make that cruell flaughter which they did vppon the peopIe;Mercifull in Chrift,wheri he commanded fomaniethoulandpeople,to be ted with 5 loauesand2 fi- fties: and moft humble when hee commanded his Apoftles that hee might wafh their i'ecte , and wipe them when he had donne . And fo in all others wee ought diligentlie to obferue who commandeth , who is commanded, and vnto what ende, andfoaccordinglietogiuethedcwe,fit, and proper actions : for it can never doe well that the one fhould command after one forte, and the other obey after another. T^OSILITIE. NO b 1 l 1 t 1 e exercifcth gentle and curteous action s,alwaics accom- panied with a certaine loftines and dignitie, (b that theyappeare delightfull and honorable;but with a relpedt, greatnefle , and feveri- tic,wherewith a Noble man is alwaics cxprcfled . Wherefore he muft ne- ver be feene mooving his lims with anie gefticulation,but vppon good oc- cafion ; in a wordc,lct him imitate all thofe geftures which wee attributed vnto honour. CM A C 2£/t T^ICMI TIE. MAgnanimitie (which is nothing elfe but a greatnes of the minde) hath boulde : readie , and ftowte a&ions,accompanied with nobility, ftate 3 and maieftie . Befides^tmakechthe countenance vigilant and mag- nificent OF ACTIONS JKV GESTF^ES. 43 niflcent ,fbthat at one inftantitbrecdeth fearc , reuercnce and louein the beholder, fbdifpofing the handes, that they be euerbufiedin worthy, no- ble, and beroicaU adtions, banifhing all Safe and feruile geftures . But who (o defireth perfe&ly to learne all their other geftures , let him reade of K^iUxancler the great, Potnpey the Roman , fnlkm Ctfar , Hanniball the Carthaginian^ Charles of Loraine, Mathem Kiconte , and lames Trivultiur, therefore namedgreat, becaufe they were magnanimous and inconque- rable. LJBERALITIE. LIe iRAt tt ie (being altogether contrary to couetoufnefle ) hatha merry and cherefulllookes , worthy and watchfull adrions, nothing reftrained,free handes and alwaies ready to giue ,gratioufly beftow- ingpart of that it enioyeth vpon others. EXCELLETfjCIE. EX c e l l e « c i e hath fbmewhat graue and confederate actions , as bowing, reachingfoo rth, lifting vp the arme and the legge , turning the face and the body vpon fomc worthy and important occafionj and fomerimesmoouingboth the head & the body together, infiich wife, that whatfoeuer it doth/eemes to fit with dtic confideration. BOmjriE. BO v n t i e hath cheerefull, pleafant, gentle,and gratious a£tiohs,cau- fing a man to turne his face towardes him with whom he talketh(be he nei.er fb vile and contempriblc) without difdaine , prouoking him ra- ther to abafe then exalt himfelfe ; fo that his armes, legges and handes , to- gether with the reft of the whole body,are not mooued with any violence, or force; but with a fweetenefte and delight to him, whom he regardeth. It isalfoexprefledwiththe armes open, with the elbowe on the flanke, with handes heldcvp,withthe palmesforwardes, with the body and the headc fbmewhat inclining , and leaning more to one fide , then to the other ; fb thatthe limmes may feeme to reprefent the quality of his milde fpeech. DISCRETION, DIs-cketion (being properly, a modefty in thrnges)hath fweete, ftaicd, and wife a&ions , fitting fuch as difcerne betweene good and badde , true and falfe ; wherefore they doe not condifcend vnto par- ticular mens humors, but doe moderate and temper them : So that they D d iii;'. are 44 THE SECOND (BOOJ^E arc fcuere, and ftiffe , againft the infolent, and fuch as refufe to fatis fie that they owe ; and contrariwife are placable , and gentle , to good,iuft, and reafonable men . Wherefore Difcretion makes men threaten , and chide one an other; all which motions with their lookes, are to be ordered,asoc- cafionfhall require; as in Princes and Iudges,vnto whom the handling of priuate mens caufes is committed. M- LMIKTH. Irth caufeth vs to clappe our handes and laugh, in fuch fort as Achilles Statztu tayncth in C//>*A**,whiles Clitofcn asking counfell of him, was inflamed with the loue he bare towardes Leucippe. Be. fides,itmakethamanlookefweetely,withakinde of action free frommu- fing, as being not able to hold full his fcete, or fettle his hand at his girdle; butbeing in continuall motion , turning his face fuddenly vpon him with whom he talketh, and confequently vpwardes and fideIong,aIwaies laugh- ing, with a contentment . And thus (hall you exprefic it with variety, in the people of Ifracll,when they came out of the bondage of .(Egypt. You may alfo make Mirth hol- ding the handes open, yet not turned downewardes (for that fignifieth fadneflcO butftayingtheelbowes iri their proper place, lifting them vpto heauen,in what forte foeucr you reprefent a pleafant man , either knee- ling , fitting , {landing , turning , or in any other aclion whatfoeuer . As whether it be an Emperour with a L orde, a Father with his Sonne,an Huf- bandwith his Wife, one friende with another, oraLouerwith hisMi- ftrefle embracing and kifling each other, you fhail fee them euer opening their handes , and countenances as 1 haue noted . Wherefore, when you Note would exprefle this aflettion of ioy in the virgine Mary at the falutation, you muft drawe her in this fort, with her handes open , her eies caft downe vpon the earth, in token of humility, and her Complexion mixed with redde, a colour proper vnto all that are merry. Likcwife when fne was deliuered of Chrift, and when the three Wife men came, to worfhippe him ; where fhe muft be fhewed full of ioy, admi- ring her fonne as the caufe of her fo great mirth, and with an action of Ma- ieftyintherr//^-zw^,who kneeling, behelde the greatnefte of the childe betweene them,whom they worfhipped , being mooned with fuch reuc- rence,that they durft not fo much as to touch his feete with their handes ; cxprefling in the ftanders by, an earneft admiration, of the adoration of the Wife-men which, thing is very well done by Gaudentitu in S. LMary deface in CMtlane. _ After the fame manner fhall youpainte the- Virgine t-frtary , when fliec founde her fonne in the Temple difputingwith theDo&ours; as he fit- teth in heauen betweene the Patriarckes and Prophettes; and when the holic Ghoft defcended from heaven vpon him, and vpon the Apoftles aflem* OF ACTIONS JND GESTAE S. aflcmbled together; who ought alfb to bee represented full of ioy and ad- miration though with diverfc actions &x. 4? PITTT. PI t t y caufcth weeping and hollowc eies ; bringing the bodie by a ccr- tainc imitation j vntotlie fame paffions wherewith it is affected . So that the mercifull man conceaueth the fame paflions which the poore & grieved doe . It provokes a man to giue 3 fticcour,and helpe with all hu mi- lky without any pride or loftinefle : as wee may reade of Agefdam , Anto- ninus the Emperour furnamed ?im , Lexeu King of France , Iofeph towardes his brethren in *Algypt 3 the Prophet El/zeuj when hee railed the childe, Joby oldc Toby when hee buried the dead, ^r/t/tt/wwhogauehimfclfc ivholie to entettainingofflraingers , and of LAgar feeing her childe inex- tremitie for lacke of water &c. But the example of Chrift,in the redempti- on of mankinde may ferue for all: though it appeare alfb in Mary,Ich» , and our Ladie towardes him . And this in general! may fuffice for the rules of thefe motions , the particulars may eafilie bee drawnefrom the obfervati- onoftheZ-^r. OF 4 6 THE SECOND vla- tion, Affedtion, Embracing, Kiffing, Wan- tonnefay T*iftonefiie 3 Feafthigj'Pompe, Sin* ging,Dauncing, Games, Cheerefull- . . ne[Je , Quiet nefic , ~De light , Sollace.and fwccte» ncfle. QHAV. XIII i E h e m e n t defire , ( which is an ardent longing for the thing loved) hath actions of wonder, aftonifhmenc and contemplation , in regarde of the thhige feene ; as in a vaine man admiring himlelfe, with a iooo. skip- pinges , bowinges , motions and other trickes; or in fbme Gallant courting his Miftres , and ftanding after a thoufand fafhions;with as manie apilh geftures,pry- inginto , and beholding all her partes , vntill the ftan- ders by efpying him, laugh him to fcorne : or generallic of anie perfon who (according to the delight heetaketh in anie thing hee doth , ) reacheth out his head } as Painters vfe when they revewc, and with delight lookc vp - pon j the picture they haue newlie made . GRACE. GR a c e makes a man granr all futes that are made vnto him with fa- uorable and delightful geftures . Befides , it makes a man receauc giftes cheerfullie , giue rewardes wilhngely, beftowe withe a ma- iefty , requite with bounty, and obtaine all futes with fortunate fuccefle. In a word 3 a Gratious man cannot be better reprefentcd then in the company QiVcnm , from whome the Graces haue their name , Moreover it makes a man OF ACTIONS JKT> GESTV%R$. ^y^q a man accuftomablely delight in cntcrtaininge offtrangcrs. Finally, all the beft and mod kindc a&ions , may bee cuttcdgratious, as the contrary •vnlouelie. BE avvt y hath gentle, gratious, and faire anions , and cannot be« without fairenefle of bodic , and grace in actions ; wherefore , fuch anions are feenc onelie in moft abfolute faire bodyes t whence they arc alfo called beawtifull ; that is , compleat both in forme and motion : So that it hathverie manie forcible actions 3 for the obtayning of that it defireth ; but efpeciallie by intreatie, as in Heller j by flat- tering , as in Thamar 5 and by commaundement , as in Venut to %JMars , where hee&ieth . TU onely thou that can ft difarme this hande. COUMELIl^ESSE. COmelinesse hath fweete and prompt actions, mixed with grace, and therefore required in all thinges , as breeding admiration;, which is the proper ornament of thinges , and caufcth goodlie yonge men , and beawtifull Virgines to feeme much more beawtifull andcomelie , then otherwife they would , either in regarde of their proper proportion , or other naturall complements fubicct to the eie. Wherefore thefc motions of comlineflc canhardlie lhcwe forth them- (elues ,in a deformed and dilproportioncd bodic . GENTILITIE. GE n t 1 l 1 t 1 e hath gratious, courteous, heroicall, andver- tuous actions . Whence Bounce fayeth thatVertue did firft breedc Gentilitie ; and therefore it cannot take place in a bale harte , though hee bee Noble , rich , and mightie by byrth . Ad- ding moreover , that all thinges may hee left e her edit arte, except vertue, health , and Gentilitie . Whofbevcr therefore can beft practize Gen- tilitie in his fpeech and dcedes , hee may bee eftecmed moft No- ble. CTRTE- 4 8 THE SECOND J8 B^E. COrRTESIE. CO v k t f. s i e hath boiintifull , gentle, liberall , kinde , and moderate actions, making the face pleaiant and gratious : whence we fee thefe courteous people fteale the affections of thofe whom they fue vnto, by setting fuch intereftin them,that they wil do nothing in their prefence, butthat which is honeftand commendable* FLsITTERIT^g! F Lattering by fictions and fleightcs ( for the better fetching ouer of him whom we defire to deceiue ,)maketh a man caft his armes about the others necke , talking with him a while , as ^well with the hande as the mouth, moouing his head, his necke, his legges , his armes,his handes,and the reft of his body, according to his fenfe , to the intent hee may the more eafily imprint his pleafure in the party deluded, and (b obtaine his pur- pofe.Moreouer, it makes him feele and wring the others handes,according vnto the force of the impreifton ,kiffinghiminfuch forte as his condition requireth, that he may the better bring him to his bent; fnewing diuers countenances j ibmetimes merry, fometimes fadde , fometimes betweene both,and oftentimes fhamefafte, as the decciucr fhall thinke fitteft. ETiTICIl^G. EN t i c in g is properly kindeneffe with flattering , which is performed by nodding , dallying, touching , fporting, clawing, and other actions both of the hand and body, as appeares in dauncing,which is performed by the vehement paflion of thofe which arc inuegled; becaufe as the women perceiue it, they lift themfelues vp, afterwards footing it foftly like afnaile. ^WLATIOjSI^. Dv LATioN(being properly a true picture of fayncd gefturcs, imi- tating the naturall ,not becaufe it would Jearne them, but for her own commodity fake) hath altogether fained , counterfeit and faife actions; as appeares in him who profefleth.to imitate the actions jgeftures, and fpeech of his betters , not contradicting them in any thing, and this not witha minde to imitate their vermes , but for this proper gaine . Moreouer , it makes him honour,ieuerencc & praife him , of whom he expeð profit, or preferment, infinuatinghimfelfe by little and little, to get credite, vnder colour of fubmifiio & intire arTection,which decaieth, as fbone as his frend fufrcreth misfortune and aduerfity, being euer ready toturnebackewith Fortune: OF ACTIONS AKT> QESTPVLES. 4? Fortune: is £*CA*»maketh mention of a flatterer of richc Timm ) when he fell from thohyeft poynt Of felicitie , vnto fiich cxtreamc naifery , that hee was coni^ayned to digge and delve for his neccfiary maintenance > vn- to which purpofe ^rio/lowr'woth very well, ,-rcafoning with the King of the i*/ l brace about the necke, kifie, Holdh;md?, laughing?, tyowings ? enter- taincments &c. which Ought to bee rcprefented jn'-rnt falutationof Elizabeth and the Virgin Mary". And fbmetimesit mnft bed accompanied with a kind of chccrerull and tender moane •, as in' lofeph when hee gape (b many ehtertainments,fhewing lb. many kindnefles to his brethren in Mgypi to the intent they might know him; coling Benjamin about the necke with a thoufand kifle$,and tokens of loue and kincfries/nielike lhallyou finde in al mcn,betweenev/homcthercisany naturall or voluntary loue: betwecne friends , ^rffff^mananiiwifc, the father and the ibnnejthefbnnc and the mother &c. r.o io i ■ [O »3k 33fjdrfID e 3J05i ' , EM3RACIN^ ]c ¥^T MbrscYng isthree-fould;fo/»^,/tfrr/£&,andtW0tar. Hpneftin-.H«of«k f~* the meetings arid falutations of friends and parents 5 wherein there is aHb a certaine order bbferved . For accordingto theftate and condi- tion of people , theEmbracingsarcdiverfe; asbctweeneagrr** man and a meane, for he embraceth the vppcr partes , and this the lower ; as excel- lently well obferv eth ^rioBo Cant. 1 8 . in Norandine & Grifon^aying: When Grifon fa-wether Hone He A King Off ring , abont his necke his armes to caji '. Hee aft ojffxvorde y and harts malignant JHng\ K^fndlovely him below the loynes embrac't. And in the 24. Canto. o4W xeith bare heade, and bended knee embrsc't Him{ asbtsftaterequir'd) belowetbexvaft. Wherefore we muft be lure tokcepe decorum in thefe erhbracings. For eible embracinges belong to wraftlers&c. as wee rcade of Hercitlet , Forcible. Who embraced ;*»?<«#* fcftraightlie about the midle, and hekfe him fb longe againft his brcaft vntill his breath forfooke his bodie : andheere wee muft beware , leaft in deferibing wraftlcrs , wee make the one holding the other foharde, that they cannot in likclihoodelet goe their No,e ° holde one of another : or that one lie in firch fubiedtion that hee can make noe fheweof refiftanee , where by reafbn of the oppreflion he vktb; himfelfe , hee can come in no danger of falling v nde t . E ; There Wanton. 5 o THE SECOND BOOI^E. ThercisalfoaJcifideof forcible imbracement,without rcfiftanceon the one parte,* as when the Romanesx.ooVe away the) Sabine women , and Phi* to czttyedzwtyPtoferpiria . Wherein we maft fhew violent , f trong, and quicke actions in him that committeth rhtrap'e ', and in the party forced (according to their courage in fome more, infomelefle)de(petate,ftrtig- ling,weake,weeping,and feafcfull actions. Wanton embracing* are alfo of divers fortes , and mfift alwaies be ex- preflcd with this regardc , that the handes as the inftrumenres thereof, doc touch the moft tender partes of tbebody; as the care , the lippc, the cheeke, the throatc , and the &c. But if a man in embracing fhall touch any other parte , as thcelbowe , the knee , the fhinnc , the fhouldefor; fuch like i it willfeemcabfurde, becaufc in them there, is no delight . And heere by the waye let the Painter vnderfrandc , that I commende not the too broadc and vocivill exprefCng of thefc . Iafcivious actions. Wherefore they woulde bee Ioucly , fwcetc, civill, and fpiced -with agooUrcfped. Againe,thefe diverflic touching the aboue-named partes with their hands by turning, the arme , oughte to bee diveriiic reprelenred . )Sut after what forte they fhoulde bee particularly defenbed , I rrieanc to giuc no rules, hecre, info much as everie man naturally knowerji what belon- geth thereunto . Notwithstanding you may note this , that the cic ■ mini ever bee caftc anfwerable to the manner of embracing exprefled For fuch as ftande vppon their feete,embrace after oncfafhion; thofewhich lie after another , and thofe which fit after a thirde . Wee mtift alio matke whether they bee both witling. Fo'rifoneconfentnot, in fteede of embracing heemuft flrike, flinge abroade his armes , {cratch., cry , ai|d bite , with fuch like actions ; of all which embracinges wee iiaue examples in Hiftorics . And (6 you fhall exprefle Cleopatra with ol£ i~*fvtonins x -Let with his daughters; alfo the games of wraftling,ballc,dice , chefle , together with that of Neoptolemm the fbnne oi^fchilles:) butitwouldc beetolongc, and little appertaining to our prefent purpofc : wherefore let this fumcc . CHEERS- c OF ACTIONS JWD GESTF^ES. ^ CHEEREFFLTiES. H i e r h p v l n ■ s hath fuch kindc of actions as arc attributed vnto Fcaftingj faucthat, that proceeding from lafciviousplcafurejpro- duceth more , and vchementer actions. Q QVIETNES. vistnhsse likewifc hath actions full of ioy and mirth .according to the deure obtained ; it is alfo a rcfemblance of ftilnefle , pcace 5 and moderate reioycing . DELIGHT. DE light caufcththe partes of the bodie, to follow that pleafure which the mind takcth in anythingjwhether it be good or badjwher- fore wee fee thole who take delight in the company of women (as SarcUnapalus did ) cuerto withdrawcthcmfeluesafidc; withlafcivious, wanton , and effeminate actions: thofe which delight in bloud ; to bee euer crucll , fierce , and thrcatning in their actions , with a difdainefull eie , and their hande ever vppon their weapon : fuch as arc religious 5 to ftay a good while behind in the Church with milde , quiet , and melancholic geftures . And fo running over all the reft;it will plainly appeare , that all the outward actions , are conformable to the inward inclinations and pnvie affecti- ons . Which thing the moft prudent Vlyffes pondering , invented a waie to difcovcr ^c/&/// SW b e t n e s finallie(in fbme mcafurc to fwecten and abate the tcdioufc netie of this long chapter ) makes the limmes hang loofe , flagging , and languifhing, yet not altogether without vigor ,but as it were with- out fpirit and fenfe &c. OF VVISEDOME, CRAFTINES, MALICE, WITTINES,DECEITE,THEFT, HONESTY, MODESTY, IDLE- NES, AND EXERCISE. QHAV. XII II. Isehome breedeth in a man graue, flayed, and/b- ber a£hons 3 but diverflie,accordingto the diverfitie of the artes and fciences where-abouts it is impIoyed,at- tributingvnto each his moftapte and convenient ge- ftures ; fo that by them you may cafilie difcerne , the diverfepointes of wifedome . Now thefe actions of gravity, ftayednefle and maieftie , appertainevnto Or At ours , Philofophers , D wines , Prophets , &c. vnto whome if you fhould apply the motions of ignorance , which are quite contrarytherevnto,itwere moftabfurd. wherefore, you fhall never fee them throwe abroad their armes either ftanding, orfitting, nor yettheir legges now vp ,now downe, like ftage-players ; nor yet ftrayne their bodyes like as wraftlers are wont to doe, or laugh diflblutelie or turnc their bodies like T^jmphes ', or exercife any other geftures not bee- ieeming their Profeffion . But they require rather, to bee made with a bent of the browe tempered with ieveritye and gravity , holdinge in sheir handes , eyther tables or fome books fometimes placing their; bands* OF ACTIONS JND GESTV%ES. 57 fcandcs vppon their beardes prettily fett out of order, in token of contem- plation , as Polidore vfed in his Prieftes and Sages ; and M : ^Angelo moft iudicioufly in his admirable iMofes, on the tombe of Pope Inlius in Rome at S. Peters in Vincoh^s, alfointhevaulteoftheChappelin the raticanc, (where he wrought the laft iudgement) in the Prophet Jeremy jn whome he fo placed his right hand wrapped in his bearde , thatkexprefTedthe grea- ter gravitie in him . But it were fuperfluous for mee to reckon vp all his workes, whereinhee hath moft divineliereprefented this gravitie; info- much as'hee feldome or never omitted it , when the worke required k.Ra: r^r/^alfohathdonne the like in the Tat/cane, in that famous hiftorieof the agreement betweene Divinitie and philofophie ^ where the differen- ces betvveene the wife men doe appeare more and IefTe ; fo that you may without anie other gefture , moftevidentlie diftinguifhe the Mathematici- tn from the Phrfofopher, and the Divine from them both &c. athingeof noe fmall admiration , In like manner, the actions of wifedome are ever correspondent in all other artes : as in fword-players more fierce , ftowtc, boulde , and readiefor the offence 01 defence . In Actors more voIubIe,nim- ble , quicke and deliver . In Princes more noble 3 honorable 3 wittic , and maicfticall&c CRAFTINES. CR a f t 1 n e s hath ma!icimis,warie,forc-caiting 3 and wittie gefturcs, as fhewingacertaine grace and decorum, inwhatfocver it doth a- boue other ordinarie men-, fo fitting all her actions vnto herpur- pofe, thatfheemaybringhtoas goodpafleasispoffible. Whence we feethofecraftiefellowes ncuerto exceede in anie gefturesof the minde, but rather to bee remifle , milde and gentle in all thing?, and exceeding full of meditation and Arte 5 fo that they never laugh much , nor ftand melan- No1 *' cbolie, but indifferent betweene both, happilie effecting all their mat- ters , as we readc of Flyfies amongft the Grecians,of whome it is written , that he was afwel inwardly in minde, as outwardly in countenance , fharpc and wittv : whence that Painter did very well , whoe firft reprefented trewc difllmulation and.crafte in him . CHALICE. MA l 1 c e hath actions full of fraud and falfchood;as to Iookc fteddt- lie vppon another mans eies , and that fo warilie and heedfullie 3 a$ if it would through them prie into his verie inward and moft feciet affections ; to the intent , that diligently obferving them and the reft of his Speeches and actions ,it may by this meanes obtaine her purpofe . Of which forte arc Parafites and all fuch as line vppon the fpoile of other men:which, and fuch like fleights^as often as they fall outright to their minde, they cunninglic 5 8 THE SECOND fBOO'^E cunninglic takeholdeof, diligcntlie obferving all opportunities forthcit. belt advantage. WITTITiES. c, ;i ■ WIttines hath wife j remifle, and fbmctimes doubtfull ani- ons , proper vnto fuch as in prefence of their fcrvantes will de- ferable fomething they know alreadie , revealing it afterwards in fuch forte , that they make the m beleeve they knew rheir fecret intentes; whereby they oftentimes bluihing and being afhamed, bewray themfelues and furTer condigne punifhment. Of which difpofition we fliall finde many Princes towards their Courtyers,who will ftandaboue in fomeclofe place, to marke and obferue, diffembling their intents; to the ende that either by chaunce or cunning they may oftentimes make a bencfit,by diminifhjng 5c incrcafjng , remitting and intending their actions . DECEITE. DE c e i t e hath waric , wife , and malicious adtions , full of falfhood and deccite; as Iuglers,bawdes, Players, letters, harlots and the like , vfe to doc vppon the fudden in all their dealings . W hofeintenc is nothingclsjwhiles they ever keepe a man occupied with fbmc other mat- ter , but to ftealc , choppe , and change , talking as well with their handes as theirtounge, at the fame inftant; with infinite geftures, andfleightcsof (pecch . Befides, the cafl of their eic is fweete , ftedfaft , fharpe , and fit to deceaue vppon all advantages . Moreover,rhcy will feeme fad and mcrric at the fame inftantjwith a thoufand fuch like geftures,which a man may ob- ferue by him felfe everie footc , with a little attention ; but efpeciallie in fuch as followe the Court, who fayning iournies,tell how they were fet vp- pon and robbed , or how they were vppon ieloufie drie beaten , or fayning themfelues iocond and merrie, with kindevfage and ieftes, doedeceiue and robbe fimple, improvident , and credulous folkes. THEFTE. TK e f t e makes mens eies open & read ie for all matters , their hands at libertic ,and readie to performe their purpofe,mufing and looking an other waie when they are in company ,as if they durft not for mo- deftylooke vpon any man. Oftentimes it performeth bafe & feareful! acti- ons 3 caiifing a man to change his colour apparantly, whereby many are dif. covered & knowe,for theeues. A gaine on the cotrary ftde,it caufeth terrible murthering , infolent,& fierce a6tions,making men ready,nimble & quickc in performance ofal things;as we reade of GES7F%ES. 59 tiOT^ESTT. ; HO n e s t i e hath gracious , humble and modeft actions ; as tobehofd another reverentlie , not to throwe her clothes abroad , but moft warilictohide the immodeft partes, as thebreftes, the legges , the Note ° fhoulders &c. efchewinglafciyioirs , tewde , and vnfeemelie geftures : all- waies {landing compofcd , and wholie intent to that fhec hath in hand (lo it bee no difhoneft matter) as the manner of men and women of good birth and Jiberall education , is. So that the Painter ought to reprefent them with geftures voideofallfhewc of impudencic, ryout, and pride, whenfoever he is to paint them in anie hiftorie j as in Su/pitU, Virginin the RomanejCfl^nr the fifter of CMofcs when amongft the other Hebrew Vir- gincs,(hee ftoode finging andprayfing God for the recoverie of the liberty of the people of Ifraell , all the Virgines and Martyres ; but efpecialiic the VirginecJ^r/r; who is notwithstanding oftentimes reprefented by moil abfurd and gtoffe Painters, with wanton attire and geftures, looking vppon thofe which behold her , in fuch forte , as they vfe to make other Virgines : athingmoflworthieoffevere reprehercfion . Wherefore thefe Virgines woulde be made ber.ding their eies towardes the earth with all poffible mo- deftie and fhamefaftnefle . Which ought al(b to be refembled in men fom- times , as in Iofcph the ancient Hebrew , in the Saintes , efpeeialhe Saint John the Evangelijl , who was no leflc renowned for this vcrtuc , then hec was gratious in the fight olChriH a the fountain* of honefty it ielie . LMODESTY. MO d ks t v hath difcreet , temperate , moderate , and mannerlic a- ctions, as never in anie place, vppon anie occafion to difcovera- ny arredtion or paftion of the minde . W hercfore it never falleth into terrible or fcarefull geftures , nor yet into too pleafant , but keepeth a fwectc remifle mediocritie . And you (ball ever fee fuch men circumlpedt, and gratious with a certaine equanimitie ( common to fe we ) which makes them more gracious and acceptable vnto others; as on the other fidc,thofc who are immodeft j arc vnto all men moft odious and hateful!. J>EACEABLE2{ESSE. ni • PEaciablhnesse hath quiet and frill a&ions ; making men flouth- full and melancholie , of which forte are fuch as arc never buficd a- bout anie thing^ior defire anic dealings amongft men , but ftand clin- ging themf clues tcgether,in fblitariCjidle and melancholic fortc,like a ftonc or Mole , their cliicfc actions are , bowinges , praying , almcs deedes &c v fed 60 THE SECOND $00^% vfed by religious men ; whole contraries are fturres and rumors , which are efchewed oiall ftudents , who with-drawe thcmfclucs from the concourfe ofpeoplc , into fomchoncftfbllitarie place for theprofeffionof vertue and wiicdome. . t « a • 1 EXEHCISE. ■■■••.. EXir c is k hath divers actions according vnto the divcrfitie of the excrcifes; & as the mindes and intentions of the exercisers vary ,fuch alibis the variety of their actions bctwccnc themfelues. Where- fore ^Mercuric the auctor and father of all exerc i(cs ,i ; fayncd by the Poets tobethemeflengcrof thcGods,becaufeheis apt to participate , andat- taine vnto all their particular affayrcs by reafbn of his exercifc and motion. Thefe motions in gcncrall are wittic, fpc cdic, patient , readie , carefull,and diligent; but appearecfpeciallrc in ftudents, and fuchas delight in Pain- ting, who muft be rcfembled much fought vnto, pra v pon which matter he is very copious ;which notwithftading,hereIthought good to let downe, purpofing to difpute of tbefe Artes , to the intent that the authority offo great a Philofbpher, Architeft.Painter, and Carver(bc- ing as well able to teach as to worke ) might deliuer fuch out of errour 3 iff were otherwife affected towardes thefe two moft worthy Artes. Ff j. OF 6z THE SECOND ^prayedvntoGcd with a facrifice. In like manner we muft fuppofe,that the doubtful! and pit- tifull actions of the vnhappy ifraelites ,when they prayed to God to be de- livered out ofPharaos cruell bondage,differed from the former. So likewife did thofe of the fame people, when they worfhpped the gol- den calfe; and afterwardes alfo, thofe which efcaped the cruell 1 laughter, withgrcate feare and wonder beholding the Tabernacle and UWofes,\p- pon whome the glory of God fhone. The like we may conccaue of the cre- dulous and continent actions ofyoung Tobie , for three whole nightes to- gether kneelingwith his new fpoufe, of the 3 children in the burning fur- nace ; S. Margaret in the veflellofoile ; of S Kathcrine on the wheele : and other Martyres, who according vnto the fervency of their affeclion and de- votion, gauc outward tokens of their faith . From which alfo thofe of the Papiftes differ , which they vfe in the prefence of the body of Cbrtfi , the Saints, reliqucs, Crucifix &c. where they fatten their eicsvppon thefe thinges OF ACTIONS j(KD GESTP^ES. 63 thingcs wherevnto they pray,with divers gesticulations full of humility and devotion : fometimes touching them with their fingers; fbmetimes luffing them; and fometimes reverently bowing v nto thcm.Befidcs,vpon the con- fidence they haue in the fpecch offuch men, they ftande amazed in their prefence, not mooving a iot , except it be with fbmc fuch Height motions, asarecorrefpondentvntothofeof him, inwhomethey repofc this confi- dence; as in a Preacher,beforc whomc they will ftand attentiucly, fixing their eies vppon him ,imitatin g all his motions and geftu res ; or in p rcfencc of fome holy men, who haue reftored fome vnto their health,or done fbmc other miracle, which they fland wondering at , all aftonifhed and amazed with the opinion they haue of their holines: by which opinion alfb , often- times it hath come to pafle, that they haue obtayned the reviving of the dead; as we read how PWrcftored Eutychus to Iife,and divers others; toge. ther with many other ftrange wonders wrought by S Peter , all which ar« (igncs of credulity. DREAD. DR h a d hath actions (befides thofe I touched before cap.^. ,} of pale- nes and trembling; as if a man fainted,8: did hardly draw his breath, as in Adam 2nd Eue when the Angel drauc them out of Parddife.Tic* fides, it {uffereth not a man to be floute in his ownc defencc;but vrgcth him to turnc backe his face over his fhouIder,and run awaie for defence;or if he cannot flic, to drawe in himfelfc for avoiding har me . Which braue Cava- Iicres, that ftand vppon the tearmes of honour will not doc; choofing ra- ther a glorious death, then an ignoble life . This paffion is divers in male- factors , when they are arraigned before a Tudgc , and there expect their fentence . Where you ihall iee them ftand wrefting their neckc , and han- ging the head downcwards, with heavy eies caftdownc vppon the earth, much compIayning,with fearc and dread ofthc deferved punifhment han- ging over their heads. UVM1L1TT. HV m 1 l j t y hath 2 fortes of anions; the one mild, gentle, and cour- teous; the other bafc & abie£t. The former appearcth in fuch, as be- ing in honour (hew themfclues courteous and affable, who are ever ready of their ownc good nature, to hclpe others; preferring men to places of dignity .according to their dcfert,without any corrupt confideration. All ' which belong to Chrifl properly, as he rod vpon the afle,& whe he wathed his Apoftlcs fecte. As likewifc vnto Iohn Baptifi towards Cbrifl 3 whe he bap tized him in Iordanwnto Mary Magdalen whe 1 nee lying proftrate, warned his feete with her tcares: vnto the Centurto whe he requefted Cbrift that he would vouchfafe to come vnto his houfe &c. as the ancient Fathers , in re- (pcttofthe graundc Patriarchc Abraham; when God appearing vnto Ff i\ him Mote: <$ 4 THE SECOND THE SECOND 4ngelo in a dead chrift cut in marble in his mothers lap,which is to be fcene in S. Peters in the Vatic an jwbcun appearc the true motions of death; becaufc all the lims are made hanging , without any vigour or ftrength to fuftaine themfelues. Which we ought the more diligently to obferue,lcafl; we fall into the errours of fiich as giuequicke motions vnto dead parts , ma- king them feeme as if they were able to fupport and fuftaine themfelues. FOLLY. FO l l t hath foolifh and vaine actions > crofTIng all the actions of rea* fon and vnderftanding; as abfurd dauncing; provokingthc company to laugh,apifh geftures of the body and hands jturnings of the arrne,the head, *nd OF ACTIONS ^NT> GEST^^ES. yi and all the body,girning,moppingand mowing, with other fonde geftures of the mouth, and eies; like thofe which isfriofto mod fitly defcribethin bis Orlando , and other forcible actions, vppon none occafton &c . Which motions doe alfo appeare in fuch as abound with drie choler,caufing them to wax very angry, and crie out though no man ininry them , ftrike whom- soever comes in their waic , and lay hands afwell on themfelucs as on other men : But fuch as haue aduft bloud, doe much exceede in laughing , ever vaunting ofgreate matters , promifingmuchofthemfelues, and making much fporte with ringing and dauncing ; whereas thofe who are opprefled with the blackc dregges ofbloud,are alwaies Melancholy, and fubieit vnto fuch dreames as affright them for the prefent , and make them timorous af- terwards . It commeth to paflc alfo,that fuch as are furcharged with the like paflionsjvfe tothrowe vp their hands fuddenly , fometimes to their headc, fometimes to their beardc , plucking of their hayrc , with fuch like fol- lycs. kvsticitt, RV s t i c t t y hath flowe , clownifh , and vnreverent actions ; as to leanc with the arme or legge, vppon whatlbeuer is next him j as we may fee daylie in country people , fcullens , and fergeantes, and fuch like odde fellowes . From the obfervation of which a<5tions,wc fhail the bet- terlearne the civile geftures by their contraries ; efpccialiic when they are accompanied, with the formes and habites anfwerable vnto the ge- ftures of rudeneflc. DESPAIRE. DE s f a 1 15 e hath actions betokening a privation of hope and content- ment 5 as to beate with the hands, tearethclims and garmentesa- bout a dead body, of whofe recovery they haue no hope : as Thifbe vppon Pyramtts , when being out of loue with her felfe , fhee caft her bodic vppon the pointeofthefwordc and fb died; orforfbme notable difgracc taken in warre , as Saul, who being defperate caufed his three fbnnes to bee flainc in his fight , and at the laft fell vppon his owne fworde.-or for the loffc of fome pleafure or contentment, as Cleopatra for Their breast ; , their necke-, their hay re, their eies } their face . Andfor divers other mifhappes, from whence doe arife greate variety of defperate motions ; as ftrangling , falling downe headlong from a fteepe hill or rocke &c. All which actions would be refembled deliberatc,and iuch as may terrifie the defperate perfon from executing his purpoic. TROUBLES OlMET^ESSE. T Rovblesombnesse hath, anions contrary vnto the former : for it caufeth men wholly toapply and bend themfelues to the troubling and moleftingof other folkes, and may be obferved in infolent, {late- ly , ignorant and envious people ; as Cain towardes <^Abeli; Cham againft his brethren ; ifmaehowzvds Ifaac\Efaxe againft lacob\S Wagainft David; i^Abfalom againft ^Amnon; &c. who never ceafled to moleft , iniury , and trouble other men. HAREBRAINNESSE. HArebra-ihnesse hath ridiculous-, furious, and phantafticall motions , proper vnto thofe who are never longe of one minde: and therefore in an inftant you {ball fee them fcornefull , angry , merry, cheercfull , liberall , covetous, proud &c. They doe alfo belong vnto fuch, as after the manner of ftage-players fuftaine the perfones of children , roy- ftcrs , humble men , tyrants , olde folkes , women , Sec. with divers kindes ofdauncing, and fcorningthe company; by framing fuch oppofite plea- tent gcftures,as in a moment procure laughter,loathing,and admiration. PATIENCE. PA t i e n c e hath actions ofhumility, voidc of defence 3 and(in a word) fuchasarevfuallyexpreffedin the Paflion of ChriJ}; Infomuch that Painters are bound to reprefent it in Chrifi with al the effects thereof, when the Iewes mifufed and derided him ; but efpecially when hee is made bound to the pillcr and whipped ,fhewed to the peopIe,and crowned with thornes , whiles hee carrierh the Croflc ro the mount , vvherevppon hee was faftned , and lifted vp into the ayre ; where hee never {hewed any figne of rcfiftance , efcape , or avoyding his Martyrdome . As alfo did the blef- fed Martyres for loue of him in their Martyrdomcs , tortures, and deathes ; where they ftanding moft patiently did ibraetimes lift vp their eies to. heaven OF JCTIONS ^ND GESTF^ES. 75 heaven in hope , fometimes downe in humility; framing their external! gc - itures according vnto the cvill they indured . LVNACIE. LVnacih ( to conclude ) hath motions like vnto his in the Gofc pell whome Chriji cured; diftra£hngmen 3 in which diffraction they neither know what to thinkc, nor whatto doe. For thebetterex- preffing whereof, firft wee muft make them with rent and torne hayre, iquinteiesordiftortcd, Blthynoftrels, fwellinglippes, ftrangely bending, teeth all befomed and appearing more in one place then an other, their armes , handes , and Iegges trembling , fo rhat they are in continuall dan- ger offalling , like a man , whofc ftrength fayleth him, and yet woulde goe, ihaking their heads , and mooving their whole body , with a pale , wanne, or blackc and blewe colour . In which forte we may reprefent the fore-na- med man in the GofpcII , becaufe hee was poflcilcd with a Divell , with the former actions a little more vehement. Now of thefe there is an other forte called EpUyt'tcioiHifocrates and the other Phifitians, whereof there bee 3 kinds ; fome , who Handing with their body vpright ftreach out theic Iegges ; fbmc, who fo bowe themfelves together forwards , that their knees touch their face ; and others , who bendc themfelves backewards fo far that their hecles touche their head. So that according vnto the truth of the hiftoryjthcy muft bee reprefented fbmtimes one way^fbrnctimes another. Ggj- OF -^- ■■ 74 THE SECOND BOO%E- OF DIVERS OTHER NECES- SARIE MOTIONS. CHJ Ma. phm- ted into Frauncc , and is now to bee fecne in UMilUnc with ^ureliw Lovi- ""f 1 '- n ui a Painter; in the border whereof there are many draughtes, exprefling thegreatcioy and myrthe which the Virginec^ryconceavcd , when fhc beheld fo goodly a child as Chrift borne , confidering with herfelfe, that fhee was made worthy to be his Mother: AndlikewifeinS. -rfw^thcioy and contentment which fhec felt, fcing her daughter become the blefTed mother of God, Moreover , in a table to bee fcenc in the Chappell of the Conception in S. Fr/tncu Church at Millan , wherof I fhall have occafion to fpeake in the bookc of Light ; where you fhall fee how S. Ihcn Baptilt, kneelmo with his handes togcther,bowed towardes Chrift--, which was an action of obedience and child- like reverence; and in the Virginia gefturc of cheerefull contem- plation whiles fhee beheld thefc attions: and in the Angell, ana&ion ofAngclicallbeawtie,in confederation of theioy which was to betide the worlde by this myftcrie -in Chriji as yet a childe Divinity and V Vifcdomc: where OF ACTIONS ^NT> GESTF%ES. 75 where the Virgine Mary alfo kneeled by, holding s. ihon in her right hand, and ftrctching forward her left hand which was i hortened j and finally the Angel holding chrtfi in his left hand , who fitting by dooked vppon S. Iohn and blcffedhim . Againe , diverfe other famous Paynters and Lights , of the Art, have obferved other motions ; as Contemplation incafting the eyes vp to heauen , admiring the Angelical Muficke , and neglecting for a time ail inferiour Muficke with the handes , inftruments,and other earthlic Melodies. Which motions were expreffed in that Angular table of S. Cecily which &j^/kpainred with 4 other Saints,which worke is now to be found in Bolo gnia at S.Johns in the mount. .The A gony alfo & fbrrovv of the afflicted, which Anton: Correggio expreffed moil artificially in his own city, in Chrift praying in the garden ; as likswife want,panting,fwcating,fleeping, threar- nin g j and the motion of the flaming fier: all which are moil Iiuely exprefled by the in divers places . And now to come to the Poeu,that which Arioflo fpeaketh of his Orlando^vaiy ferue for a mou fit example herein. Hislegges and handes he /hakes, and breathes reithall, Whites from his face the liquiddroppes doe fall . And in an other place,of a man grievoufly difeafed , famifhed , and out of harte, in the perfon of the izmc Orlando , when Angelica found hiinly- inp vppon the fhore , Cant . 25?. Rough ,grijty hair'd, eies Flaring^ vifage wan, Sunburn' d and parcht, and a 11 deform d infght: In fine •, hee look't ( to make a true description ) In face like Death , in hexve like an tAzgyptian . And that of Dant (defcribing a fhip-wracke in a great tempeft at fta where die men arefaved , ) ^Andeven as they rtho pant in? at a rcracke, Scap't from the Jea ; and gotten to the Jhore, Turne to the dangerous -water , and looke backe . And thus much for examples. For he that wouldc fetdowne all the exam- ples which would ferue for the fhewing,how in every effect wee ought to choofe the moff proper motions, without which the picture wilbeof fmale worthjfhould grow infinite . We muft alfo haue regard to the feafons: for the Sommer caufeth open,and wearifbme act ions,fubiecT: vnto fweating & rcdnes.The Winter rcftrayned,drawncin,andtrembling.The Springmer- rie, nimble, prompt, and of a good colour. The Autumc doubtfully more inclyning vnto melancholy then otherwife . Notwithftanding, if you be to paint a labouring man,you muff without any regard of the feafbn ( though more of Sommer then any of the rcft)reprefent him with rayfed Iims,fwel- ling and {landing forth, fwcatingand burning , efpecially in fuch as carric burdens : draw great waights,orvfe vehement leaping,walking,iefting with weapons ,fencing, and fuch like exercifes.Laftly,tleepe caufeth no moti- ons of Vigour or force to bee reprefented , but as if the body were with- out life . Wherefore wee muft take hecde , we doe not ( as fbmc vfc )gius vntothofe whichfleepe fuch kindes of actions in their hying , as in pro- babilitic will not fuffer them to flcepe , as wee fee oft tymes in men G g ij. lying 7 6 THE SECOND BOO$E. lying athwart ftones, benches Sec. being rcprcfented with their lims (lip- ported by their owne force . Wherein it is evident,that fuch Painters knovr not how to obferue decorum. Farthermore, there are motions proceeding from the tafi , as dayly ex- perience teacheth vs , for fowrenefle , and bitternefle caufe the bendingof the eielids, and other parts; fweete and favourie, a cheerefull countenance; the like of good (melles , whereas contrariwife,badde fmellcs make vs draw in the noftrells , lookeafide,turnethebacke, with wrinkled eielids, eyes almoft clozed , and mouth drawne in . Of hearing and touching there are alio cauled diftind motions in our bodies . As for example, from fharpe foundes and noyfe, rifeth fudden fearc and affrighting . From touching a- nyhotte thin ge,quicke and fpeedie motions; from touching cold things, reftraynedand fearcfull motions, as in fuch as in the winter touch ycc or fnowe . Andfo 1 conclude of 'feeing , for in looking vppon thinges excee- dingbright, the fight is offended, and a man withdraweth himfelfe for fafc gard;in beholding obfeure thinges, the eies are fharpned by drawing neerc and as it were dozing them, as Painters vfe to doe } when they wouldc lookc neere on a thinge . Which effett is cai fed by a picture fet a farre of. Andhcere I will conclude thofe fimple motions which are of moft impor- tance proceeding vnto thofc which confift of multiplicity. OF of jcnons JKV GES Tr^ES. 77 OF THE CONCORD AND DIS CORD OF THE MOTIONS,AND OF THEIR VNITING. CHAand mercifulnejfe-,whhviolence , rage > arrogancy 3 audacity } c rue It it zndfercenejfe. On the other fide thefe agree: viz. anxiety, heavinet ,fadnes > Bubbourn- net j and roughnejfe, with timidity > fimplicity, humility y purity ,?x\d merciful- net pxid may be vnited(but never with that facility and fympathy)with vio- lence, rage arrogancy ^audacity. cruelty, zx\dfiercenes; temperatnet , modejly, gratioujnes joy alnes, clemency, and cheerf nines , may accord with timidity e, jimplicity, humility, pur ityfe mercifulnes, as alfo with audacity far cenes ,mag- VAHimitytUbcralityfComclweJfe^axtonnejfe'i and fo through all the other Gg iij. motions 7 & THE SECOND ® %.E. motions wee fhall eafily findc out all their agrccmcntcs , and difagree- mentes: which being perceived and vndcrftoode, wee fhall afterwards eafily couple the motions together , and reprefent them in countenances in fuch forte , as fhalbce fit for Hiftories , and for the effectcs , from whence they fpringc: as for example , in Abraham when hee muft fa- crifice his fbnne to G O D , both piety and obedience ; and in ifaac both thofe, but mixed withfeare and forroxv. Betides, there are'fbmc motions which arc enemies in the higheft de- gree , and yet notwithstanding may agree with fbme other, and by this meanes agree together with them in the fame fubieft : as for example, boldeneffe , and feare, are vtter enemies betweene themfelues , neverthc- lefTe each of them agreeth with hone fly and vantonnefe j In like ion, thefe two hauc no concorde, being flat contraries, notwithftanding there is agreement betweenethcfeandwyr?£and//&fr*///7, as alio betweene ma- lice an d fidelity, although thefe too be at open varience. In like manner Cru- elty 2nd pitie arc raoft contrary ,no:withftanding they may agree with wan* tonne flejnerrine fie, 2nd chaftity; comelinejfe, and bafenefie 3 di{agi;cc betwixt themfelues, and agree with humility. Loue and /w/r^notwithitanding they be (o great advcrfarics,may be re- conciled and made friends with content:honour,and/hame agree with rnyrth t myrth and melancholy may agree with//Wf , xtantonnejfe , cruelty ? fidelities liberality, religion ,xcifedome&e. Conflancie and wavering being repug- nant betweene themfelues , take place both in rcantonnejfe , cruelty , piety y and hone fly; Paine , is enemy vnto eafe; myrth , avarice , and liber alityt forte with divers other vices . Fury and moderation, with fidelity and libe- rality ; arrogancy with mode fly and mirth; boldnejfe and force , impudency and f)amt faflneffe, with, liberality, force and obftinacy;Iuflice with ign orance and tcantonner, honefly 3 and mirth with Religion. Ecfidcs,thele agree together; Iuflicc^onourjomelineffe, ytifedome,co»- ftancy ,gentlcxcfie , boldeneffe , liberality , and myrth . But reantonneffe is a friende vnto boldneffe, liberality , and myrth , though not to the o- thcrs ; ho nefly vnto 2%hardinefie and melancholy vnto conftancy ; and bold" nejfe v nto hardineffe. Farthcrmore , wee fee thzt feare and frceating ftandc not together , and yet they arc vnited in Paine ;palene(fe and blujhing arc contraries , and yet they meet friendly in Paine . So alfo amongft the vices , infolency and kna* trn- difagree , and yet forte with vrantonneffe ; feircenefic is an enemy vn- to feat -efulnefie , notwithstanding they ioyne with inconftancy. Bragging is an enemy vnto inconffancy ,and agrees with fiercenes, cruelty , ignorance^ pride, Wantonneffe, infolence &c. Pride and bafeneffc toflifneffe and hatred ; Violence ,fury , and rage , are all enemies to flouth , but they agree in hatred, revenge , mortality , and death . CWifcrableneJfe , and vaineghry are contrary , yet they agree with follic and ignorance . Statehneffe , Vaineglcry and defpifmg , with trecherjf hatred, and rigour. Laft of al bctwccnc vitious motions thefc arc kitnd%)Infolency,fiercenef i OF JCTIONS JNT) GEST^ES- 79 tuelty j boldnefe , objiinacy , impiety and rudenefe , and can never accordc with fcarefu/nejfc bafenefe , ruBicity&c. Andthcfc may agree with /»- tenfiafjey, ignorance, variety yeantonneJfe,filthinejfe rjre. which agree with theabouc mentioned. And thus whofbcvcrfhallioyne the motions together according vnto this method of concord and difcorde, which I hauc fhewed to be found in them , fhall not oncly attainc vnto the eafineflc of reprcfenting what- soever hce lift, butalfo to the commendation of a good Painter . As for example , in reprefenting Iupiter raoft kindly courting and embra- cing Io,hceiliallexprefIc, thatpleafaunt chcercftilnefic which agrecth with his milde nature^ mixed and tempered with maieHy , boldenejfe , and wantonnefe : though I fay heewcre naturally and by occafion plcafaunt and chcerefull. For if hee fhouldc bee otherwife defcribed, hec wouldc not eafilie bee taken for Iupiter : fo that you may alfo refcmblc in a childc kindenejfe, but with ana&ion, of bafenefle, and rudencfl^which if wee fhouldc cxpreflc in C&xf?,woulde be moftabfurdc. Ggiiij OI gsr® u THE SECOND $00 KE. OF CERTAINE MOTIONS OF HORSES. CHAT. XIX. Lib.i.pag.if Hi m arc divers other important motions of an Horfe ,befidcs thofe which hee naturally pcrformcth withhislimsj for the vnderftanding whereof thofc will feme , which ffialbe handled in the bookc of Pra* ctize . Now a Horfe moovcth to none other cnd 3 buc to performe fbme effect , and therefore hee moovcth according vnto that,as alfo according vnto fuch acci- dents as (hall afterwards fail out . And heerein wee muftbeverycircumfped; becaufe the whole arte of drawing horfesde- pendeth hereon ; and to make this obfervation more familiar , wee fbalbee much holpen by the labours of other men^as well in Painting and Car ving, as in writing, for the better finding out ofthefe actions and effects of Hor- Tcs from the life , and difpofingthem according vnto their dewe conveni- ency and decorum . For furely in difficult matters it much availeth,to bee directed by , and haue an eie to former examples : Wherefore, 1 purpofing to handle thefe motions according to their effctfies , haue made vfc of Po- ets and other writers, who haue lo well defcribed them in words, as it is impoffible to Paint them better , with the pcncell. And firft of all, Achilles 5/4//«rexprefleth them moftadmirably in an affrighted horfe with his rider on his backe, where defcribing Clinias his horfe (whereon Car ides a goodly young gentle- man fate )he faith , that rai- ning vp his horfe, and wiping his face all dropping downe with fwear,there wasafuddennoyfemadebehindchim , wherewich the horfe being feared leaped, rifing an ende in the aire,and carried away the youngc man rn moft furious forte j for champing his bit , wringing his neckc, ihaking his mane, and OF ACTIONS u(ND GEST^ES- 81 and waxing madde with feare, hcc flew headlong thorough the ayre , his forc-feetc prauncingforward , his hinder-feet ftri ving to overtake the for- mers whence the horfebecing all chafed, and madded with leaping now vp, now downe,by the fwifteneflc of his feete, (trove with Fortune, waving hisbacke likeafhip and vnhappy C4;vV/ That good Alfana tothe grounde inclin' d. And in his laft Canto in the incounter bctweene Rodomont and Rugger*) —andbothgaueftroakesfofounde. As made both horfes cruppers kife the grounde, Andagainc, fpeakingof areityhorfe that would nor goe forwards, he dc (bribed Baiardo, after he came into 5"^ r//><*«/j hand,in this forte. Heefioppes,when heejhoulde make a full career e , Hee runner , cr trottes when bee woulde haue him reB: cx# la fly to throve his rider in the mire, Heeplungeth with his head beneath his brealt. Againc horfes ought not to bee without motion when they ftand ftill, but, at the Icaft , to bee made as Ariofio fpcaketh of Front ino . Champing his fayre rich bitte allfroatht andfom'd, And if you bee to make a lackie holding him in his hande , you fhall giue himfuch motion, as Tajb teacheth Cant. 1. of his ^Ama- dtgie faying, <~A~gallant Beede andover colouredgray, Star din the forehead , with his three feete white , The f aire froatht bridle oft he champt in play, Andloudlie neighing ,far was heard outright: His fuelling noflrels fnuft , andfwtft away , He e turrid with everie little boy and light: 2{or was hee long in one place ft andingfounde , L But eft foams with one foote hee fmotc the grounde. Wherefore 82 THE SECOND SOOI^E. Wherefore I conclude , that amongft the bed Poets both Latine and Itali* an j we may finde examples of all fortes of motions , which I omit here for brevity fake . It may furfice then , that I haue touched thefe fewe , accor- dingvntomypromife; to the intent, wee might precifely knowe , how to giue the moft convenient motions vnto horfes ; as aboue others Leon: Fin- cent , hath taught for the moft parte ; who excelled all the late workemen, and amongft the ancient hath(peradventure)gone beyond the painter Ne- dices , who ( being lingular in this Arte) hauing painted a weary horfe, madcalfo the fome of his mouth in fuch forte , as you may reade . In like forte they woulde bee reprefentcd , as if they feemed to fnorte , Ieapc , flinge, and neigh at the founde of the trumps and in thofe which arc terrible & dangerous , we muft giue a refemblancc of feare U trembling,as may bee feene in S. Georges horfe , when he drew nere to the Dragon,donc by Cafar SeBius ; where you may fee moft liuely exprefled, that violence, which compelledhim to retire and flie the vgly light of the Dragon(though he were moft ftronglie held in by the Saint, vnto the verie ende of that wor- thie exploit . Whereof I haue now a draught , with divers others of Leo- rards^vhenn he was no lefle excellent then in that; as amongft many other things may appearebya horfe wrought in Plafticke, with his owne hand, vpponwhofe backc fate Leom Aretinw the Carver. OF F*»v5 *j^*v> cj^is i^ J \$ ct^'vs v if' » Wis ftJ^VJ {Jl qbavBSZ OF ACTIONS JND GEST^ES: »5 OF THE MOTIONS OF LIVING CREATVRES IN GENERALL. C7M\ XX.' S the motions ofmcns bodies, and of Horfcs handled before, arc different betwixt themfelucs (as it is alrea- diefhewed) fbmc of them being flowc, and others fwifte , according to the quality of the body,mooving thepaffion wherewith they arc furcharged , and the habite and conftitution of the bodie it felfe ; infomuch as a man of a grofle body and quicke lpirite cannot performc , quicke , luftie, and nimble actions , like vn« to a {Tender, well fet , and moderately flelTue man ,fo out of queftion, all o- ther living creatures haue their diftinft motions , by reafbn of the fev erall qualities, and difpofitions of their bodies. For in all mens Judgements it were abfurdc, to exprefle'the lufty and nimble actions of Alexanders cou- ragiousI?»rf/>W^,in/#/>//murnedintoaBiill;orto make miferablc Io changed into a Cowe, running , and carrying her head a loft , with nimble legges gathered vp on high, zsCtfars Harte lliould be drawne ; Nor yet C4^&/« body fo fierce as the 2{emjean Lyon : NorCal/Jlo with her fonne Areas turned into a Beare, fo quicke & (witt as the Leopard of the 3 . Magi--, or the Tigrc oiCoftmm Gran Duke of TuJ candor faeohthmbes ib light foo • tedasC^W/«hisdog,&:c.Befidesthis,wemuil:obleructhepaltionsoi c thc crearures, according vnto which they are mooved, and accordingly ex- preflethemj As Leonard Vincent did, who Painted a Dragon fighting with a Lyon , with (b greate skill , that all the beholders doubted which of them woulde conquer ,fo well he exprefled in each of them the motions of iiUftnce , zndojfence . Of which peece my felfe haue a coppy , by which [ ictnofmall ftore . And for the more pcrnt vnderftandingof the nature of (uch 1* 84 THE SECOND fromJkcpheardsfolde;fo haue ifeene, y^An Eagle on a ftll'te Doue to pray, Soaring a lofte the earth and heaven between e. And againe, of a Boare ranging through the woodes.Cant. 14. <_x# a. wilde Boare with fur ions rage pojfefit, His ha (lie way through reedie t hickets takes, Hee eftfoones with his tuskes , andfnowte , and breast, Wide breaches each where as heepafeth , makes : AndfpeakingofafamifhedJLyon: Cant. 18. Looke how a Lyon fierce with famine pin d Comming vnto aflocke offilliejbeepe, Where neither fence ^nor people jhee doth finde, Spoyleth thefiocke the whiles thejhepheardsfieepe. Againeinthe ip.Cant.ofaBeare. Even as a Be are that woulde defende her whe/pe , Hovers about , alt hough jhee cannot helpe. And fpeaking of the Bees when the fwallowc commcth amongft thcrn Cant, a 6. If Of JCTIONS ■ jfKQ GESTF^ES- If you haue feene the honrty^making bees y Leaving their hiues, andgoing out infwarmes, When as their kings andmaifters disagrees , t^indthey make campes in th' aire like men at trmer, Straight in amongji them a II the Sn 'alloxte flees , isfndcates andbeates them a//, vnto their harmcu And in the 27. Cant, talking of a Bull. Euen as a Bull his loved heard that leaues By hufirongrivall forced to begonne, %-yfmong the trees alidad with t hi eke ft leaues , Hideth himfelfe , andfeekes to be alone. And in the 18. Cant.fpealungoi'a Lyon. Even as a Lyons if help es that Jee a Bull uire at the fir ft of his great ftrength affraid, But when they fee their fire to teare and pull His throate and fides , they runnc their fire to aide t \-Andflie vppon hts face and horned skull, Till proftrate on the ground they haue him laide. Thefe and fuch like examples are found in good Poets , whereby it will eafily appcare , after what forte the diuerfe motions of liuinge creatures fhouldbeeexprefled, when we cannot come to drawe them by the life. Only the reading of Poets , Historiographers, and other writers, will much help vs for the vnderftandingof the Natures and formes ofliving creatures; as alfo to know how to giue vnto eache his proper and dewe motion: lb thac wee fhall not make any creature fighting with fuch a one as he is natural* ly affraide of, nor conquering him whome he cannot, nor keepingcompa- ny with his naturall enemy ; as making a Lyon ftanding full when hefeeth the cocke, but rather to flie away from him; as alfo the Eagle at the fight of the Griffon . And fo it may bee (ayed of the reft , according vnto their kindes 3 lone , or hatred ; ftrength or weakenefle j boldenefle or fearefuU* neffc. 85 Hh j. OF u THE SECOND BOOt^E OF THE MOTIONS OF HAYRE. CHAT. XXL Oo ke how many waies a mans body may be mooved, as vpwards, downwards, on both fides, forwards and backwardsjfo many waics alfo is the hairc moued,'be- fides cafting it felfe round.It muft be turned vpwards, when you would reprefent one frighted at fome fear* full fight,or other great danger.-Befides in fuch as arc ill marked by nature , the lockes or plainc fcakes of haire called cove-l/ckes , are made turning vpwardes. Againe the hairc is gathered together on high, and fpread abroad ,when a man is imagined to ftand in fome high place,wherc the wind may blowc vp from below, or fome fire flaming may moouc it, as we may fee in thofe who are burned, how the flame reacheth vpwards . Haires rurning downwards arc thofe which being caft abroad fall vppon the fhouIders,as in thofe who kembc and trim their long lockes; or naturallie as chrift and the Apoftles vfed to wcarc theirs : and other alfo after the cuftome of the Grecians , He- hewer, and Per/id/ts-. In like forte thofe which hang downe are alfo proper vnto poore folkes, beggcrs, and ruffins. Thofe which flie on this fide and on that.bclong vnto thofe who are fup- pofed to haue the wind blowing on one fide, who carrying out their face in, rhc aire , haue their haire blowen abroad on the contrary fide ; or elfe when a man boweth on one fide to doe any thing. They mooue forward and backwards , alfo in refpeel of the aire or blowing of the wind } which if it blowe before, they arc fcattercd backwards, ifbehind forwards . The fclfc fame effect is caufed by bowin gforwsrd or backward,becaufe the hairc be- ing not able to fuftainc it felfe, alwaies falleth to the loweft part. Wherefore chrittes hayrc when he wafhed his Apoftles fectc , hunge after OF JCTIOKS JNT) GEST?<\ES- S 7 after this mancr 3 as likewife Mary Magdalen ,w\\er\ fhee lay a long at chrijls fcete. Notwithftanding they Sie forwards and backwards alfo^whenona runneth ; as in Daphne when thee runne awaie from <^fpel!c : and in lx#« folom when he flewe from his father .By the waie it is to bee obferved 3 thac Cy&r*/;hayre ought not to bee made as if k hung downe ftraite at length^ nor yet that it may feeme very thin about the forhead , for that woulde ar * gue often kembing, and fmoothing , which Chrifi and his Apoftles never vfed. But to come vnto the laft motion ofhayre, which is turning round or curling , I take it that it is of as manie fortes , as there are vfes wherevn- to it is applyed . For a Philofopher and a Divine in regard of their gravitie, ought to haue fomewhat grofle and thicke Iockes, as onateUtts t Bacci» Bandinelli y Andre ^Iril^ **V "eJwis ci*-*!? -»t*> eJ^As eju^. OF THE MOTIONS OF ALL SORTES OF CLOTH. CHAT. XXIL HE motions of cloth , that is the foldcs or plaites, ought to runne out every way like boughes from the ftemme & body of the tree:and mufl be fo made that one plait rife from another , as one bough or one ftreamcof water ifTueth out from another; in fuch wife,that there be no part of the cloth wherein there appeare not fbme of thefe motions. Now thefe moti- ons would be moderate, gentle, and free, without a- ny interruptions , more to be admired for their grace and facility , then for affeited paincs and induftry . And becaufc all fortes of cloth haue their mo. tios,afwcl as bodies,it rauft needs be that they differ betwecne thcmfclues, tccordingto the differences of the clothes themfclucs . , Wherfbre;they mufl: be more light in fine cloth as farcenct,Iinne,cipres &c. in which the plaits are fmall, rayfedvp, trembling, and as it were fwectcly waving, fomewhat puffed vp by extending & ipreading them- felues OF JCTIONS JNT> GESTF^ES. So felu^s like a faylc , where the motion rcceaveth more ftrcngth by the wind} they doe alfb fall clofe vpon the bare skin , as appeareth plainely in contrie peopIe,in whome you fhall fee their thinne cloathes ftreached vppon their bare skinne ,on that fide where the windebloweth , and blowne vp on the contrary parte .The famefalleth out in mantels,thek>ofeends ofgirdles,& garters. All which motions doe moft fitly belong vnto the apparell oiNym- fhes and other goddefies , in refpecT: of their lightnefle. Grofle & dull fhad- dowes are found in ftirTe clothes , where the plaites are fewe and grone , (b that they arc capable but of (low motion;& therforc they finke downwards and can hardly fall clofe to the bare skin,by reafbn of their owne groftencflc which fuftaineth them. And thele motions doe chiefly appeare in cloth of golde, felt, thicke lether &c. in which the aire can haue litie force or none. Wherefore , the plaites haue their motion accordingly as they are handled and prefledby the wearer; as vnder the armc,& vnder the knee 3 by opening and ftretchingoutthe leg , Sc the arme , ever making groffe,hard 5 and ftirrc folds, without al fleightnes or plyablenes, in fuch fort s thattf a man may lay finer cloth vpon them,they wil eafily beare it vp,without prcfling downe. Temperate motions , which are neither to grofle nor to (Ieighr, are fuch as apeare in the folds of rafh and other clothes of fine wooll , which there- fore may conveniently bee mooved of the aire , and are ply able to a mans iimmes,and ib making moft fweete and pleafant foldes,they follow the bare verie weIl,becomming verie nimble, and falling plyablely about the loines. And hence haue Raphael! , CWich: ^Angelo^ Leonard , Gaudentius } Alb: Vurerut, and other famous Mafters in Drapery,taken the method and way of giving the true motions vnto garments,as from the moft perfit patterne for their generall vfe in making the mantels of the Saints,pavilions or tents which are made with this kinde of drapery . Befides thefe , there are alfb ch ther kinds of motions called turnings and croflings , which are proper vn- to Damaskes,Taffaties,Sattens, cloth of golde S:c in which appeare folds croffing and breaking each other, by the divers veraie of the drapery. Whence the Venetians haue taken their manner of drapery 5 who make their folds much different from the fayed motions oiRafhaell and the reft. Which indcedc ought not to be vfed any where,faue in counterfets by the life; where it feemes they arc not onely tollerable , but alfb very requifite. But in my judgement they fhould not ordinarily bee vfed in Hiftories ; and yetif occafiondoe require, that they fhould be reprefentedin any place, they ought not to bee done wholly, but onely fomewhat imitated and refembled with a pretty touch and grace , in fuch fort that they may not fa- vour of an affected imitation of the naturall garments , without grace or order . Which is often vfed of many , with fmall reafon ( as I thinke. There are alfb other motions,asof r "y*-"^? 4H-T2 eJ* #########*# * * * * ######### THE THIRDBOOKE TREATING OF COLOVR BYIO:PAVLVSLOMATIVS PAINTER OF MILANE. Of the Barnazano an excellent Landskip-wor« ker counterfeited Strawberies fo liuelie vppon a wal in a Landskip,that the Peacockes ( fuppofing them to bee naturall ) pecked at them . Who like- wife ( in a table donne by Cafar Seflita where hee had painted Landskipes) drewe certaine birdes fittin g vppon the hearbes with fuch arte,that the ta- ble being fet abroade in the f iinne , other birds came flying about them, ta- king them for line birdes. This table is now to be feene withFicont Profpero a Knight of Millan and a great fcholler . Howbeit it may leeme frivolous to ftand vppon thefe meaner wonders, infomuch as this Arte ofColouring affordeth farre greater: beeing abletoreprefent the true difference bc- tweenc all liuing creatures, whether they bee beaftes , birdes , or fifhes: diftinguifhingmoreoucr men of all countries and conditions ; by moftfig- nificantly expreffing all the p aifions of their mindes, and allmoft the v ery voyce it felfc . Soe meerc a nothing is the moftnaturall counterfeiting of each feuerall complexion . Touching the Elements, it can refemble the flashings of the light, the fyer,aire, water, fountaines , cloudes, light- nings , thunder , itormes , and whatfoeuer elfe is any way capeableof the vertue of Colour; which I will ouerflippe , concluding, that the vertuc thereof is fo mightie , that there is no bodilie creature , but may bee'moft liuelie cxpreded thereby. Which prcrogatiueofthis part of painting, is fin my judgement) the greateft OF C OLor ^ s - great'eft glory that may befall any Arte: being moreouer herein {uperior vnto all otherartes, infbmuch as it worketh by the helpe of the Eie , which is the principall fenfe , reprefenting the beauty and formes of all Gods cre- atures.Ncither yet doth iconelyexprefle the outward formes ofthingsjbut allbdiicovercthcertaine inward paflions; painting, and as it were laying before our eies , the affections of the mind , with their effects .- whence it is likewise availeable to Civile difcipline; fince hereby we may reprefent wor- thy and famous men 5 and by the helpc of fpeculationj/^ir/wit felfe. V\ herefore it is worthy to be embraced and reverenced of all 5 as an efpe- ciall gift of God, for the increafe of Morall and Civile behaviour,as alio for the glory of Painters, whofe rare workes make knowne the power and force of the Arte , which is fo manifold , that it is a rule and direction to all other artSjinfomuch as it miniftreth them examples offairc and bcautifull works. Which could neucr be donne without the helpc thereof: asmayappeare by fuch workes , as were done about the times , when this worthy arte laic buried . V\ hence we are admonifhed to be thankefull to God for the re- ftauration thereof, by b eft owing the perfect knowledge of divers parts thereof, vppon f undrie ofthofe worthy Maifters,which I haue before men. tioned ; who haue made it no leffe famous , then thole other moft anciens and renowmed workemen. 95 OF 9 6 THE THl%p BOO%.E. «> Jl li OF THE NECESSITY OF COLOVRING. CHAT. 1L E c a v s e it is now high time , to put that draught in colours j which I haue hitherto talked of ( that fo the picture may growetothe better perfection ) my purpofe is in thisprefent booke , to intreare of co- lours, and their naturall concorde and difcordej af- well in regardc of their CMatter , as of their mix' ture and appearance , how each of them ferueth to each feverall kind of Painting ; and Iaft of all how they are to bee vfed for carnations . Notwithftanding I meane notprecife- ly to handle them all , but onelie the principall , for plaineneffe and brevity fake . And in thefe I will touch their moft important effedtes and mixtures , notftriving to fhewe in what partes of the earth all the naturall colours growe , or of what matters the artificiall are made, as litlc appertayning to our purpofe . And becaufe the quantities of their Mixtures are fo infinite in number , that they can hardely be knowne, I will mention onely certaine of the chiefe , by whofe example we fhal- be directed vnto the reft. Where ( by the waie ) wee are to vnderftand , that this parte of Painting , is of finale value without the reft . So that where they fhall all concurre together , they will adde a marvailous grace to thinges, by exprefling the whole force , purpolc , and defignement of excel- lent Painters ; free from that confufion of colours , which ( with griefc ) wee day lie fee in the workes of rude and vnskillfull worke- men. Now concerning the necefljity of colouring ( which is my chiefeft purpofe of c oL °r\ s ' 9? purpofe in this chapiter : ) iurely without it painting can in no forte attainc to perfection : infomuch as it addeth a kinde of true fpiritc and life , to all fuch thinges as are firft artificially dravvne 3 which rcceaue fo much the more grace and perfection , by hovve much the more neatclie they bee coloured . For by the helpe of colours thusin- diciouflie difpofed , the eies of thofe niourncfull countenances (men- cioned in the former booke of CMotions ) vvil looke pale , of fooles vvanne and voide of al bloud 3 ofangric folkes ficrie, and of fuch as weepc blackifh ; The like differences vvil appeere in hearbes, plantes,fruites, living creatures , ftones garmentes ,hayre &:c. Ifvveefhall giue eache of them their proper colours , dravvne partlie from Nature and partly from conceipt . All which precepts together with thofe which followc , will inable vs to counterfeit all thinges moft properiie, as the Sun-beames , the ftarrcs, the night and dawning of the daie , thunder , lightning, clouds , comets , the eixning , faire wether , windes, tempcftatfea,andwhatfoe\er elfebeeing firft delineated by the Painter, requireth the iudicious perfections of colours , in which the exadtc skill of Heighthninges and Decfeninges ^Lightninges dtidjhaddoxfes dependeth, «j THE A* ej^'is) vr-K'j (y*^ ly^vs uJ'-'w $0 0%.E. *£} «Vif SVtf« <*V^3 (tir^p »ir^i SV^9 CTij-ui SV^TS Sir t^^m 1 T*^-v r T>>-sr^* s '^v \^ sr ^^'^i/ \^"Sr \^"^r \^"^y^ VfiAs £J LJ \3 CJ**ls *^* ) (^■'vS C7 l -»l»> CT'lf) £?* , V> "J 1 gV*** 1 ^ttflff* "Sjfi^i oifTjfS '*Jri(f B '•iftT*' '••idt*' < *V>(* > ^V jt » <3*Jt9 gj* , t«> ej*^*' eJ 1 -"- eJ^Jys gy-ts gjm«» tJt-ts gy THE DEFINITION OF COLOVR: HOW MANY KINDES THEREOF THERE BEE: AND WHENCE THEY ARE CAVSED. CHAT, III. R i s t o t l e defincth Colour to be , m vifiblt qualitie limited (^bounded tn the fur face or extremity of a darke body, -which before it be light nedjt viftble onely inpoffi- bility, dr by t be benefit of the light may be actually feene. So that colour is caufed by the light in a darke or thick body, by the mutuall working of the firft qualities. Now there be 7 fortes of fimple colours , from which all the reft arifc . Of thefe 2 are extreamcs,as white & Blackcjind 5 middle, as ItgbtyealloTC, redde, purple ,Bleweand Greene. Now concerning the generation of colours , Colde produceth white, wherevnto much light is required . Hcate ingendreth Blacke , proceeding from a fmale quantity of light and much hcate. Red is made by the mix- ture of white , and blacke . Violet or pale ofmuch white and a little red:Sa- fron colour or yeallow ofmuch red & little white . Purple ofmuch red and a little blacke,and grecne of a little blacke and much red . And this may fuf- fice for the foundation and originall of colours . Wherefore now I come to the matters whereof they are made. OF OF QOLOV\S. 99 ft # ft ft ft ft_ft ft ft ft ft ftftftftftftftftftftftft «*As tr-ts c7 tJ \5 e>^» ct 1 ^? ct ij vs e>«-^s eJfc^.«> <•><■ --._ >Kij.altum> mummia frc fi- nally Blacks are made of burnt Zvory,the fhels oUalmondcs burnt, ball b!a eke, ^lackes Lampe-bUckei and blacke made of a kind of rubbifh called blacke earth. Ii ij. Of loo THE THI%T> writing faith , thai it is of a faffron colour , in thefe words: There is a reddifh colour like vnto tuft digged out or the German falc mines, much defiredof the Painters, which peradventurt it, ipfc flos ialis:thc flower it fclfeof fait , for it ishke it in colour and taft , and is commonly called Morcllo di falc . Whett\ore J ra- ther thinkf that it it the S,ufl of iron , and the Rssfi of falte , mating naturally a Bay colour .'for which caufe f haut (till tranflattd them the Ruft of iron and falte : though in fomc placet tbty agree not in colour at they an named in the mixture. So that I imagine there itfome errour crept into the boolq, which by mint owne paints I cannot jttpnde, ntrbjmj conference with many good Ttsinuri and Chjmiflv. WHAT OF QOLOV%$. 101 WHAT SORTS OF COLOVRS AGREE WITH EACH KIND OF PAINTING. CHAT. K E c a v s e fomc colours canot be wrought in all the 2 kinds of'painting,as in Frifco which is don vpon frefh chalke , Oile worke, and Diflemperhut they will die I meane therfore to diftinguifh the, as they agree with each of them feverally. And firflofall cocerning Frif The colour co for whites ,drierrhiteis\fed,&.thc*moreu , oo{ fait. ,0 becv kd»» Oflightyeallowes^thatofthefurnace colanders & ?£^;„ oker. Oi Blewesjmalt ,the greater part ofAzuresfpe- mr,u difait. dally the vltramarine. Of Greenes, greene bize&. verditer. Of "murries that M " hht '' vp °" otW Of Reddesmaiolica. For fhaddowes of carnation ,/*//*£, an dthc %&''**''* earth oiCampania . For blackes; the * balle-blacke; and blacke earth. • jL, dib*u Colours for Oyle. ^dTji^iu* Thefc colours are to be vfed in Oile\of whites whitelead^ofye^lows al forts where Or foment is to be mixed vvirh the * powder of gWfc . OiBleve, all • *, « drier. the azures, & iome kind otfmalts.OiG r eene,rerd/greafc,&c *pinke:ofMur- * "»*/'«* r/W,that ofiron, skiecolour, & /W/ctf. Of Reds all fortsjof Sanguine , all &£«• of Orenge-uvn} red lead, and £w«r crpigment.Otyaddowes all that are na- med. And of 2?/ SOOf^E OF THE NATVRAL AGREEMENT AND DISAGREEMENT BETWEENE THE COLOVRS. CHAT. VL H e r e is moreover a naturall concord & difcord be- tweene the colours thefelues;infbmuch 5 that if fomc colours be mixed together,they wil prefently deftroy each other .Which is feene in our daily experience. Foro^ywwagreeth with all co'ours except verdi- greafe, and fo doth Cerufiefauz that it is an enemy to drie white, which likewife agrceth only with the pow- der of marble, and all yeallowes/aue that of 4lmany. Orfigment and T/'/r/o/Zagree with azures, fwalts,greene azur,verditer,rufb fironJ?rowne ofSpaine,falfalofheearthofCampania.cole&. blacke earth &#>: but is an enemy to *graine and the ref lO> -figment is enemie to all hue gyp - fum,oker, azures fmaltesgreene bize,verdtterjuft of iron.br owne ofSpaine, and lake. Okeragteeth with all: andfo doth yealbw of ^4lmany , except with drie white . Or pigment andvitriollzxe friendes to azures , andfmalts, which accord with all . Verdigreafe admitteth any, except or pigment, gyp- fum j drie white, powder ofmarble^greene of bar ildo, vermilion and red lead: Greene bize withall, except verdigreafe . Verdetto will indure any , faue Or- piqment : Vtrditer liketh all , and fo doth morello . Indico is an enemy to drie white •, but a friend to all befides . The artificial! vermili on, zgieeih not with ' trow cf thalke, verdigreafe and or pigment? maiolica and red lead zvpee with all,faue Sfrint. ' (1^,. yedlead difagreeth with verdigreafe, drie white or pigment & verdetto. Vmbers accord with all;and fo doe blackes\hue burnt Ivory, and lamp-blacke- y which ferue for oyle. The other concordes and difcordes betweene colours, I omit as being of fmall moment. WHAT OF C°L0F11S. 105 # ##*#*#■& # ff -k tfr tJ t? eftl" gy^vA eft*tj gj*t,«) <«>■*«) gjt WHAT MIDDLE COLOVRS A- RISE FROM THE DIVERS MIX- TVRES OF THE SIMPLES, CHJP. VII. Y meaning is not to fpeake of the mixtures of colours as they conccrne each kinde of worke particularly ,but onely of thofe which belong vnto Oyle. Becaufe from thef e you may draw the observation for the other forts ofworkc; by mixing inch colours as agree with that manner of worke you haue in hand . As in Fri/coyou muft v i'c drie white in fteede of 'white lead in oyle . Nei- ther will I Hand to limiteoutthe precifc quantitie of the colours to be mixed: becaufe mixture being onelie a confufwn of di- vers matter! together , may be vnderffood by the example of other things mixed together ;the exact quantities whereof pra&ife will belt learne vs: Iudging it more neceffarie, to fhew what colours feme for the true expref- fingof all naturall things. Firftthen^/'^/?4^mixedwithj'?4//oTi'^ BOOi^E. the Saphire , Iacinth , and Turkey though fomewhat faint . With Vermili* on the colour of vnripe ftrawburies; with carnation the damaske rofe co- lour j with Fmber and other fhaddowingearthes, the colour of the barkes of trees, blockcs,wood, ftones, hayre &c. And with blacke , a daike tawny, and the colour of fmoake,in the fecond degree. Tea/lowe mixed with azure and fmalte make certaine grcenesmuch v- fedinthe Landskippes, and apparrell .• and with Indico a deadder greene then the former;but much the frefher by adding orpigment. Thefe yeallows mixed with Fermilion, make the colour of fire 3 and of ihining. Azures and fmaltes mingled with pinke , make a darke greene, with lake thzpeacocke colour or fadde murry; with Fmber they loofe their colour, and with blacke are darkened and decaied . Ferdigreafe with pinke makes averyfrcfhgreene 3 fbmethingtowardesayeallowe: with Indico adarkc tawny . With Fmber it decayeth , and with blacke it is darkened . Indico with Lake makes a fadde Peacocke colour; with blacke and lake the colour of iron, (i 'her, glaffefhrifialljtin &c .efpecially being mixed with balle blacke, K^izure hath the fame effecl: with Indico. Fermilion and lake make the colour of ripe ftrawburies , rofes , redlippes, rubies , bbudandskarlet--- the fame mixtures with white, \x12ks. the colour of red cheekes , offaire carnation and damaske rofes . Fermilion and blacke makes the colour of burnt oker . Lake an d red lead make the colour of Fermilion, and fweeten vmber\n thefhaddowe of car- nation , and mingled with azure they make the coloure of dry rofes or pur- ple . Azures, fmaltes, or Indico, with lake zndblacke make the colour of blacke velvet ; and by adding white , the lightningor lights of ajhe- colour velvet and fattens . Oker with lake vermilion and blacke make a tawny ; and are lightned with white ; and by putting in fteede of blacke a little vmbcr, and in fteede of 'vermilion and blacke, burnt oker, may like- wife bee lightned ; but without Fmber make a colour more frefhe and crimfonlike. Teallow and vermilicn make an or enge -tawny like red lead. Oker , browne oiSpaine, and blacke make a colour like Fmber. All which mixtures are lightned and diverflie varied accordinglie as they are mixed with white more or leffe. Whence arifefundricw^- l$:s in Landskippes as hiiles , and trees ; where cerujfe is mixoi withpink* and azure. Lake and azure make the violet and columbeane colour, and befidesa fad murrie,znd the fmale wrinkles in apparrell,efpecially Sattens,the like it doth with Indico. Ferdigreaje and pinke make the greene fieldes, Smarngds,and garments oflike colour : itlightneth all darke colours, and maketh the lufter of Dia- monds, glade ,armour &c. Befides it lightneth all bodies of what colour fb- ever, accordingto their degrees. VFhite mixed with blacke , Fmber , lake and Indico, make a light ajbeco- lour i with Fmber and blacke the fariccio •, with oker and browne of Spaine the coppes of hiiles and rockes fcorched with the funne ; and wirhyeallowd an4 OF C 0L0 ^^ S - i°5 and Vermilion the light of the flame . Teaf/oxce lightneth the fire being mix- ed with divers colours. And thefe are all the principall mixtures of colours ; from the confidera- tion whereof, we may draw all the reft : wherefore they ought to be made familiar vnto vs in all the other kinds of worke. eJUfcrr ^.*-»T« (•TUs ^J |lJ t» eJ^-ts «J* J l«) fj^Hs fj^'ts «*os (•J* J u> $%£ OF THE AGREEMENT OF LIGHT AND DARKE COLOVRS WITH EACH OTHER, chj< or c oLOV( K s ' IQ$ OF THE ORDER OF Ma- king CHAVNGEABLES. CHa?. X. He re as this flourifbing beauty (not only of tha mccrc andintire colours, butdto oikichchangeablei as arc taken fro the brightnes of (tones) hath procee- ded thus fane,! may not omitte the handling thereof: . not becaufe I approoue of fitch as vfc them otherwifc then they fhouldc , but to the intente they may beo wrought in their due places , as in bright garmentes appertaining to the Nymphcs of the meddovves , ri- ucrs,groues ex'c: as alfo to certainc Angels whofc vefhires hauc reflexi- ons like to the Rainc bow. Nowihisis vcrydelightfome to the beholder, and is called the order of making Changcables, which are chiefly ftuffes of illke, whofelightes are of one colour , and their fhaddowes of an other; which variety giueth the laft and perfecfeft grace and fweetnes to pictures. And becaufe for the bringing of them to the better perfection, there is a certaine order required in the making of them , I purnofe to fet downe cer- taine gcnerall rules, from whence all the orders of making them may bee drawne,according to their three degrees . In the firft whereof limple white - lone is vied for the light; In the fecond lightyeallowes and feucral mixtures oiWhite, togither with all other colours of like brightnefle . In the thirde degree, all thofc colours which arc fhaddowed with the laft fhaddow fau« onc,and blackc. The frit degree. \A herefore,in the firft degree White may be fhaddowed v/hhfaintyet- iotp-jkie-colourjightgreertejinke mixed,the light aggate colour, light blew, c*rn'>tion-,viQlet-J.ight furfle Jtght tavcfy,ajh-colour , flame colour ,and light e tjb-colour. Zk y The no THETHIQJ) BOOI^E The fecond degree. In the fccond degree the light colours and cleere mixtures which feme for fhaddowes (in the firft degree where the lightes of changeables arc white ) muftbe fhaddowed in this forte when you woulde giue them their beauty . They which make the fhaddow for Straw-colour,are oker, the ag- gate colour, skie-colourjpurpleJadaJh-colour-Sawnyj he fad rofe-colour, vio- let 3 azure,fmalt,verdeter,pinkc,ajb- colour^vermil/on^roxcne ofSpaine, and redlead: and folikewife they fhaddow all the other colours of this thirdc order. The thirdc degree. The fhaddowes of the fimpie and immi xt colours of the thirde degree, fuppofe the aggate colour, are burnt oker,darke blew, peacocke colour ■, t/tv?nie t the rufle of yron and of falte,indicoJake^vmbcr,skie colour > and the reft in» their feucrall kindes and orders . Blacke likewifc fhaddoweth them all , as white lightneth them ah, but efpecially fuch as haue any affinitie therewith, as blacke fhaddoweth thofe which agree with it felfc. So that according to thefe rules the changeables being heighthned and darkened with blacke and white, may produce about fome 3584 fortes of • the firft degree. Ofderiuatiuesfrom the firft mixture there are made halfe fo many vidz: 1 792, belonging to the fecond degree; andoftheheightning of the pure light colours and bright mixtures of the fame darkeneffe,T 28 kindes apper- taining to the thirde degree. After which follow thofe eight darke colours, and after them blacke; and thefe only are tiiemoft ordinary, becaufe they may be made of the others ( as is fhewed.) for by taking inireede of white a Iie;htor yeallowifh mixturc 5 and thofe medlies with fome of the 8 obfeure colours 3 it maketh a fhaddow whence will arife great variety, though fome- what melancholike, becaufe in vniting them togithcr , they pafle through fo many kindes of mixtures as can hardly be imagined , much lefie named, and yet participating them all &c. Ofthc other changeables which may be wrought from foure or fixe co- lours diuerfly interchanged and mixed, may ariie more then an hundred thoufandfeuerall colours. - And thus the vaine worldc wholly fct vpon fhewes and delighting in the s meere beauty of colours, neglecteth the fubftancc of the arte , which hatli nothingto doc with thefc confufed mixtures of colours : Howbcit fome haue both taken delight herein , and fought credit and efiimation there- by &rc. Notwithftandingitis evident , that the chaungeables of the fc- Conde and thirdc order ( as becing graue and full of maieftye ) were much vfed by Raphaell Frbine , who fhaddowed darke redde with mur- rie,andir.awordall other colours with fuch colours as haue affinity with them and agree with the faddcf t changeables^/ which rule of fo graue and wife OF QOLOV\S. iii wife a mafterthofe painters may(with fhame enough) _bc put in mindeof their error ..who being vtterly ignorant of the true colours ofapparell., leapc from one extreame to an other , as ftom the firft degree to the thirde, con- founding them togither without grace and beauty . V\ hofoeuer there- fore is defirous to better his pra£tife in thefe matters , may ( befides thefc prcfent inftruCtions ) bcholde the workes of Gaudentiu* that molt renow- ned and truely famous Painter in this behalfc ; as the Angels painted in the vault of Saint Utfjrics di Sereno, in CMilanc , and in Saint Maries de GratU in the chappell of Saint Corona . Which are the mod part arraied in admi- rable changeables ; and in Valtelina in Trabona , and at '■Jlforbegno^nd fi- nally in all his other workcs 3 wherein he iheweth the finenefle of his wit , in pcarcingfo dcepe!y into the fweete agreement of colours; that it is im- polfible for any man to make changeables , rhorefrefh , more natural!, or more agreeable to art . Howbeit diuerfe others haue excelled he£rein,bc- fides Gaudentim :as Cafar Sclto Titiano, Perino> Fordonone^ (jre , thouc'l the aboue named were the beft. Butamongft all Fraric'ifctu Mat'zo[r7u4 was the moft diligent obferuer , but efpecially in medlie cloathes , which are therefore had in great requeft,becaufe they doe not offende or hurt the fight. Wherefore Iconclude, that whofoeuer in making of chaungeables, frtallnot carefully imitate the fore-named workemen, maybe hire his dra» pery will looke more like ftones fpotted with diuerfe colours,made to pleafe the eie,then refemblc true ftufFes. Kk i). OF 112 THE TH1%T> BOOt^E. OF THE EFFECTES CAV- SED BY COLOVRS. QHA »3*^5> w&'Ts s£*^> ^ 2£ ^^^iS-S^J $ ^^^^^j£5K£i& ********** OF WHITE CH^P. XIII. Hite, becaufc itis apt to recciue all mixtures, figni* flethfimplicity, purine, and elation of the minde (at fbme fay ) of which colour Virgill writing JEn. 6. at- tributeth it to the garmentes of chaftc Irietfes, good Poets , witty men,and fuch as defende there countric. And Perjiusizvh that a white man is interpreted to be a good and fincere man . Numa Pornpilius who was borne with a white bearde , and Titus Tarquinitu, were good kings. Amongft the twelue princely fignes of the olde Romanes, the chaire offtate was made of white pollifhed Ivory, in token of purity- A' ristander -when he praied to the gods in that great expedition of ^lexan- der againfl Darius , was clad in a, white mantel , as wel became a pure and chafte Prieft.. Y\ hen the Grecian widdowes would i"hew their fincerity and vprightneffetowardes there husbandes, they vfed toaray themfclucs in *vbitc cloath wafhed, as Plutarch avouchcth out of J 'J "aerates. The an- ient %\tftlRom/ine matrons likewife did wcare a white fillet vpon their head, to note their fimplicity . The ancient Egyptians and forac others (as Sueto~ #/winhis2\(/rffwriteth) were wont to wrappe their dead in white man. tics, fignifying thereby that the body was brought to his endc,being depri- * lied of his (bule . And this cuftome was common to diuers other people, *s we may findc by fundry places of Servius, Ovid, and Virgill. And no mancanbeignorant,thatthe Hebrewes vfed to bury after this fal"hion,in- ibmuch as we rer.de in the Scripture that chrifi was (o buried . In the Sa- crifices of Ceres ihex Prieftes were araied in white veftures . And the An- gels that appeared vpon the tombe of Chrift, were in white aray in token of mirthc. Faithfulnefle, becaufe it is pure, is faid to be clothed in white (as Horace amongft many other thinges ingenioully noteth .) The crownes of the an- cientKings were made ofa white ban de. Whence we readethat Alexan- der the great tooke from his head his white Diadem tohealethe madneflc cfSelcucus . And the moft antient Prieftes of the Egyptians followin g the precepts of lythagora* in their Sacrifices, vfed veftures of the pureft white Jinnen cloth: which cuftome(as fome thinke)was taken from the Hebrewes^ Kvherc the Prieftes (as Iofe phm reporteth)beingpunfied from al filthinefle, came to the Temple and altar, apparelled in white. Saint Hierom in his firft booke of the attire of Fabiola faith that the long gowne to the foote, the habite for the fhoulders called borario, the girdie, and the roules of their head were of white linnen: in like manner (accor- x ding to Ezechtell) they couered their heads with linnen fillets ^Cicero faith fc* Kr fM*fy* **** U that a white vefturc doth fpecially belong to God . Whence Pope Syluefter^l^S ^ ^V ww •* ^» < H? ' one of white, quilted or embrodred. Finally that this colour noteth puri- ty, it may be gathered not on cly out of that which hath beene.ipokens but alfo from the habits,which al our Priefts weare when they feme at the altar, which is of pure and cleane white linnen. After which manner alio are thofe cloathed which attende in the ' church, a cuftome wholy taken from the Hebrewes . For we may rcade of .the white veftures of Aaron the high Prieft, which were all fet withpreti- ous ftones , embrodred diuerfty with gold,with bels and Pomgranates faft- ned to the hemme therof,with fuch like } wherby it might be knowne when they went into the holy place. Some would haue white to fignifie blame , becaufe the lewes apparelled Chrift thcrwith for the greater blame and difdainc : And men \ (e to giue fooles and defpifed perfons a white ftaffe in their handes, whence the (aide lewes gaue Chrift a white reede in his handes . And for this caule Livie Z/.-^.maketh mention ofa cuftome of the Samnites which had their gar- ments garded with white linnen, to ihewe that they were frefh water foul- diers without glory . And this was the reafonwhy thole feruants which the antient Italians folde,came abroad in publike with white feetc,in token that they were not their owne men. Others would haue white importeioye, becaufe the Athenians in the Kk iii;. folcm- u6 THE THI^D !BOO^E iblemnitiesofthefpectacles of Quirt^uertij (as Z«a,wrwrirethjnhis praiffl oiPhilofophic) were all clad in pure white, neither might any man be pre- sent at them with any other colour . In like manner die triumphant Church after Chriftes refurre6tion,ap- pcared in white garments, in token of ioy . And Chrift himfelfe when hec wouldfheweapatterneoftheceleftiall happinefle vnto the 3DifcipIesin his transfiguration, fhewedhimfelfe vnto them in a white garment . Some oftheancient,accounted white a fadde, vile, and bale colour: whereupon P tJ vs ejuks &As fi^As w^Aj) ep-Afi pj 1 ^y* J is> cJ^ts aJ**tf> eT ,J is eJ*'vs cJ'-ts &*i*i ct 1 S^ ^^it^'M.^^'m^srh^msiS.its. cJHIs e^-T" kpA*) fhouldweare habites of this colour. And I/is the ancient goddefle ofthe Mgjptians,hz& her Prieftes cloathed in this colour, to the intent that the people beholding them ,might be put in minde of hcauen . Perfitufat. i .(peaking of Blew gar- ments,fheweth that they belong only tofuch perfbns,asafpirc vnto high matters: And Cicero vfed fometimes to weare this colour,giuing men there- by to vnderftand, that he bare an afpiring minde. We read in Hetter, that Vxn^AJJuemt had al his chambers hanged with Blew, to fhew the loftincs of his mind.And la(t of al we read that the firft priefts ofthe Hebre irj,did wearc long gownes with large fleeues ofthe Ucinthe colour,vpon which they put their vppcr garment called an Ep hod'mHebre w,embroidered with purple &c filke, & fet with the Ucinthe & the Sapbirt ftones, which fignifie devotion. Where- of c°lov<^s. ll% Wherefore it ought to be put vpon the great high priefl: after the order of CMeU hi fedeck, which is Cbrift. Whence Jeremy according to the excellency of the feruiceofGodjCompareth the beauty ofthePrieft to a Saphire: And old Toby feeing in a vifion the wals of Paradife in the forme of a citty, faidc that the gates thereof were made of moft precious Saphire. And Saint John in the Revelation faith the felfe-famc,intending to fhew the exceeding great worth and dignity thereof. e^-*u> ejuts £*■*€> a* #######•&###■&###•&##•&##•$:•$«# OF CERTAINE O- THER COLOVRS. H e ancient kings of 7V^,vfed towcare their apparell of the colours of the daies as they pafled,& the chiefe nobility and brauefoldioiirs 5 were wont the firft day of Ianuarie ,to adorne their bucklers with the colours of that day , in which they meant to goe into the field: Farthermore on Sunday they vfedto wearc ycallow, on munday white,on tuefday red,on wednfday blew, on thurfday greene ,on fry day purple 3 and on faterday blackerThe fame ancients,vpon the folemne feaft daies of each month, ac- cording vnto the ceremonies which they vfed in the fame, had difhncl gar- mentes and decked with diuerfc colours . In the month of January they did wearewhitc.-inFr^rwrfryafh-colourrln^/^rf^ tawny :In^r/Vdarkegreene: In May light greene.-In June carnation : In July red : In Augufi yeallow : In Septemberblew.ln October violet: In Nouember purple : and in December blacke.The -Aggragri of Syria hauc a cuftoe of dying their faces with divers LI i;. colours. I2 4 THE THI^V $00^E colours,and they are accounted rnofl noble, that haue moil variety of co- lours both in their haire ,and in their flcl"h . The people of Sebaftria wrap their hcades about with red, to fhew that they differ from others in religion which wcare white rowIes,as the Chriftians,and fbme of them beare blewc turbaxtes', and the Iewes beare them yeallow. The curtaines of Salomons temple were of the Iacinthe colour, of purple and of crimfbn,and fuch were the tentes and vailes of CMofes his Taberna- cle. When Affuems king of Pe remade his feaft with the grcateft prepa- ration he could for al the Princes and ftatcs , he had at the entrauncc of his gardcn,tentcs and pavillions of blew,with ropes of filke faftned to marble pillers. The Romanes hadacufk>mc,tocaufctheirkingsfceptersto be car- ried by men of party coloured gownes,as alio they vfed to haue their chari- ots of triumph drawne by f oure white horfes . And amongft others Camil- las (as Lime and Plutarch write ) vfed a chariot of gold , and wore a coftly crowne of golde. The inhabitants of the lies of Baleari ware their garments cloafed with great golde buttons,which were likewifc vfed by Cato and Cec fortes of working, is worth the knowledge to each practitioner in the Arte, I wil briefly touch them alordeily; asfolloweth;vidz:D//?«w^«-jO// dragagant, or Arabicke , which is held the beft . The white of an egge is alfo v fed j as chapter the fourth tcacheth: and fometimes the yolkc, as C eorge Valary prefcribcth.OfDiftcmpcr I note three kindes;In Sifc 9 vfed U Hi. bf u£ THE THI^V $0 0^E by our common painters vponcloath, walles&cln Wafting with gunv med colours , but tempered very thinne and bodileflc, vfed in mappes, printed ftories &c . And in Limming , where the colours are Iikewife mix- ed with gummesjbut Iaied with a thicke body and fubftancc:whcrein much arte and r.eatenefle is required . This was much ufed in former times in Church bcokes,(as is well knowne) as alio in drawing by the lifeinfmaU models ,dealt in alfo of late vcarcs by fome of our Country-men ; as Shoote y Bettes&c.bm brought to the rare perfection we now fee, by themoftin- genious,painefull and skilfull Matter Nicholas Hill/ard, and his well profi- ting fcholler Ifaacke Oliuer ; whofe farther commendations I referre to the curiofitie of their workes. In Oile workc the colours are mixed with the oile oflinfccdc or walnuts, which is reputed the better . This is in daily v fe amongft v s and othc r nati- ons; andaswellforthepleafantnefleofthe working, as the durabler.eflc of the workc, is preferred before the reft; and hath beene the occasion why that famous ancient working in Frifco , hath beene Iaide afide of late yeares ; as complaineth Geor^afarieinhis trearife of Painting, Chap. 19, out of whofe owne wordes I will reviuc it againe , to fuch as will pracf ifcls hereafter. HOW TO PAINT VPON A WALL, AND the reafon vr/y it is called Frifco. AMongst all the other fortes of Painting, that which is done vp6n» wall is the moft workemanly and beautiftill . Becaufe here the Pain- ter muft doe all that in one day, which in the other kindes he may run over in many . This kinde was much v fed by the ancient ; whom the firft of our late workemen haue Iikewife followed : and it was wrought vpon the lime,whi!e it was freifi 3 and might not be interrupted by any ir.eanes , till the whole daies wcrke were fully finifhed,as it was firfl iaide out in the mor- ning; for if it be prolonged neuerfo little, the wall will gather a cerrainc hardc cruft with the hcatc , colde, winde , or froft , which will deftroy the whole workc. Wherefore the wall and the colours would aske to be con- tinually wetted,this wotkc is to bee wrought only with fuch colours as are made ofearths ; iiot of minerals: the white which is vfed here is the Trever- tine ftone burnt . Moreouer it requirerh a quicke and boldc hand,but efpc cially a founde iudgement : becaufe the colours fhewe after one fafnion while the wall is wet,and after an other when it is due; inforauch that the painter ismuch moreholpenby his di/crction,then byhis draughr,andfbo« ner attaineth to perfection by practifc , then otherwife . Moft of our lata workemen heme beene better skilled in oile and diftemper then in this,as be- ing (o much the more difficultly how much the f urer,fairer,and more du- r-Lic it is then the other workes . Itindureth the aire, winde,wcathcr , and aHmanwQfiniuric*, But dF QOLOV%_S. 127 But we muft take heede wee vfe no colours tempered with Sife , the yolkes of eggcs orgummes,as fome Painters vfe; becaufc,bcfidcsthat the wall will not rctainc his wonted cleerenefic , the colours wrought thcr - - on will in fhort time decay and waxc blackc. Wherefore fuch as workc vpon wals fhould doe it in Frifco-, and neuer touch it ouer againc with dric colours : For that will prooue moil: bafe,caufing the pictures to be of fmall continuance ; as is elfewhere fhewed. Now as I haue in gcncrallrunnc ouer the matters of the colours & their feuerall mixtures ; (o will I (in a wordc) touch the Subiedtcs and Matters whereon thefe colours are vfually laied and wrought, as a thing not vnwor- thyourconfideration. Firfl then all follide fubftances are capcable of Painters colours ; though fomc more,fome lefle, and fome fitter for one kinde of temper then others. Whence it commeth to pafle that the Painters vfc general! groundes , or (astheyipeake)/>/w//Jgj; fane vpon paper, parchment or vclimc, which for the moft part will admit the colours immediatly . For fomc kinde of (tones fuckc in the moifhirefo immoderately, that they Ieaue the colours loofcandvnboundc,andfodoeth wood; other ftones,as marbiesandths like arc fo hardc, that they will not eafily receauc the moirtures wherewith the colours arc mixed : wals/clothcs , and the like,hauc their feuerall im- perfections this way : So that many of the matters to be coloured , doe ci- ther receauc hurt from the malignant nature of fome colours, or el(e hurt and blemifh them by fome euill quality in them remaining, and therefore both the one and the other arc to be corrected or prepared by the skill of the woikcman: as might be many waies (hewed, if I lift to ftand thereon. *7*"^?*T' T^r*? 4 T^H. OF THE PAINTING OF VFocmcn. TH e confederation of which point, hath miniftred mc inft occafion f® obferucan other Arte of Colouring, more pra£hfedthenprofefIcd. Now as the forc-fpecified art, is by workemen called Colouring hy tht itfe, becaufe fome Naturall or Artificial! thing is by the helpe thereof imi- tated or prefigured-, fomay Itermethis Painting vpon the Life; where a knownc Naturall fhape is defaced, that an vnknownc Artificiail hewe may be wrought thereon. 1 his Arte confiflcth of a twoofold method ; cither by way of preparati • on and abftcrtion , of fomc naturall or aduenticious imperfections of the skinne, which is done with fomentations , waters , ointment s^laiflers , and other natters, which I mcanenottoprefcribc*,orby a more grofic illiture and laying on of material! colours; whereby fuch\npleafing defectcsars rather coucred then abolifhcd and taken away. LI iiij, The ii§ THE THI^'D £0 ^E The former vpon occafion is, and I thinkc, may in fome fort be vfed, but with good di(cretion,and fparingly,without very much blemifh to the par- ty . The latter, as it is vnnaruraTl, and vnholfbme , fo muft it needes fome- what vary and alter the countenance, if we may credite mine au&or in his firftbooke, Chap: 2. where he fheweth that fimilitubc proccedcth from the colour , which is qualitit, and not from the proportionable feature of thefacc,whichheafrirmethtobemeerc Quantitic, (though I witho4>/'- y?o//^fuppo(eit to be the fourth kin de of Qualkie :) So that ihoie which vfe the latter, mayfeeme rather to be of the race of Prometheus, or fome of Dedalus or Pigmalions creatures, thenotherwife: Such are the Italian women for the molt part, for proofe whereof, I will tell you a plcafanc ftory tothispurpofc. A conceited gentleman meeting with an Italian Painter asked him this queftion ; whether was the hardeft, to imitate a painted patterne, or to fol- low the life; who made anfwere he could not wellreil: and being farther demaunded the rcafon , how a man of his practifc 3 in a country where the arte is fb famous, could be ignorant of that, he replied that hee thought hchadfcarceeuerdrawncanyby the life, and therfore could not iudgc; becaufc he ncuer came time enough, but that fome other Painter had bin vpon the face, before he came at it. Then the Gentleman asked whether was better working on a tabic orlinnen cloth; on neither of thefe (qdhe^ fo good as on Leather , but the better of the two is cloth : And why on lea- ther beftfaid the GentIeman?Becaiife(faid the other)with vs the Bert \ lc it. In this kindc (faid the Gentl:) I haue no skill, and it feemeth to be cither a rare fecret ; or a meere conceit : Howbeit vpon promife that you wil difc couer this to mc, I will teach you a pretty receipt of great diipatch in your working vpon cloth : Agreed quoth the Painter : I haue read (laid the gen- tleman) how a certaine King lent a cunning drawer to our Sauiour, ro take his true counterfeit, which when the Painter could not pcrforme by reafon of the exceeding brightneffe of his counter) ance,Chriftcal ed for a napkin, wherewith wipinghis face, he left his exact favour therein. Thus fhall you doc when you finde your felfe forcftalled : onely the dif- . ferenceis, that you muft firft lightly wet oucr your cloth with the water wherein commin (cede or fafFron hath beene fteeped : hauing thus prepa- red your cloth, clappc it gently to the facc,and your worke is done,cxcepc now you meane to make an experiment by the true life, which youtolde mc you could ncuer come at before . I haue 'often heard of this flory faidc the Painter, but ncuer had the witte to make this vie of it". Yea (faid the Gentl:) cunning till it be knowne is accounted a miltery, but being reuea- Icd, is cftcemed but a triflle . But fir to your promife; now fhewemeyour fecrct of working on lea- ther. I fhall not neede Sir , for you haue faued me that labour : for in tea* chingmc how to take of the coloured complexion, you haue left the bare leather plainly to be (eene. The Gentl: perceiuing how prettily he was met with allinhisowne veine, failed and fhooke handes with the Italian. But to our purpolc if the queftion ariic whether is more to be regarded, the OF'COLOTQS. iif the fubftancfc or the accident, the face and the bodily health, of the exteri- our complexion ; I make no doubt but in all mens judgement the former will fcemc the worthier ,and the latter onely fo farre foorth to be defired and }>rocured, as it may conveniently ftand with the the other, or either friend- y accompanie it, ot faithfully attend thereon:Howbeit,lct vs fee how both the one and the other may be beft maintained. Concerning this matter, thus much by reading I findc (which me thinks ftandethvpon good reafon) that there are manythinges amongft the Ita- lians in daily vfe for this purpofe, which arc priuy enemies both to the one and the other : and leaft here I might feemc rather to (peake raftily of mine owne head, then vpon any good ground, I will acquaint you with mine au- ctor: Namely CM: Leonard Fierovant Knight and Doff:ofPhyficke in his Stecchio dellafcientia vniverfali. Thclawfulnefle or convcnicncie thereof I referrc to the divines ; onely debating the matter partly like a Phyfition, and partly like a Painter, As followcth. A DISCOVRSE OF THE ARTIFICIAL!. beauty of women. HAving intreated of fo many and divers thinges, I could not but fay (bmething of fuch matters as woemen vfe ordinarily in beautifying and imbellifhing their faces : a thing well worth the knowledge; info much as many woemen arc fo poflefTcd with a defire of helping their com - plcxions by fomc artificial! meanes , that they will by no meanes be dif- fwaded from the fame. Now the things which they vfe arc thefe. viz: Ointments of diuers forts; powders >fattes, waters and the like : whereof lM: John Modonefe Docf: of ■ Phyfickc hath written at large, in his booke intituled The ornaments of woe- men, wherein he teacheth the whole order of beautifying the face. Now mine intent in this treatife is, onely to difcouer the natures of ccr- taine things, which arc in daily vfe for this purpofc : Becaufe it often falleth out, that in fleede of beautifying,they doc moil vilely disfigure themfelues. The reafon whereof is , becaufe they are ignorant of the natures and quali- ties of the ingredients; Howbcit partly by my directions, and partly by Modonefes booke , I hope to content and fatisfie them all in fuch fort, that theyfhall haue iuft caufc tothankevs both: And in truth for their fakes haue I fpccially vndertaken this paines, by teaching the to vnderftande the natures of the minerals , vegetables, and animals which arc moft applied to this vfe. So that if any fhall hencefoorth fall into the inconveniences after fpecified, their owne pcrill be it. And firft concerning Sublimit t. OF *5° THE THI^D ZOOl^E • OF SVBLIMATE, AND THE BAD effect e$ thereof. Dlverfc women vfe Sub/mate diuerfly prepared for increafc of their beauty.Some bray it with quick fiher in a marble morter ,with a wod- den peftle ; and this they call argent atum. Others boile it in water, & therwith wafh their face . Some grinde it with Pomatum , and fundry other waies. But this is fure, that which way foeuer it be vfed, it is very offenfiue to mans flefh, and that not only to the face ; but vnto all the other parts of the body befides, where it is applied. For proofe whereof Sublimates cal- led deadfier ; becaufe of his malignant, and biting nature. The composition whereof is oifalte, quick filver, and vitrioll, dittilled together in a glafien vefTell. This the Chirurgions call a corrofiue . Becaufe if it bee put vpon mans flefh it burnetii it in a fhort (pace, mortifying the place , not without great paine to the patient . Wherfore fuch women as vie it about their face,nauc alwaies black teeth, ftanding far out of their gums like a Spanifh mule ; an offenfiue breath , with a face halfe fcorched,and an vncleane complexion. All which proceede from the nature of Sublimate. So that fimple wo- men thinkingto grow more beautifull , become diffigured , haftening oldc age before the time, and givingoccafion to their husbandes to feeke Gran- gers inftcede of their wines ; with diuers other inconveniences. ss^^mssSs^M^s^ss^^ OF CERVSSE, AND THE EFFECTS thereof. THe Cerufe or white lead which women vfe to better their complexi- on, is made of lead and vineger ; which mixture is naturally a great drier ; and is vfed by the Chirurgions to drie vp moifte fores . So that thofe women which vfe it about their faces, doe quickly become withered and gray headed, becaufe this doth fb mightelydrie vpthe naturallmoy- fture of their flefh. And if anygiuc not credite to myreportc; let them but obferuc fuch as hauc vfed it , and I doubt not but they will eafily bee fatisficd - OF of colof^s. iji OF SCALING OR PLVME-ALVME. THis alumc is a kinde offtone,which fccmcth as if it were made of tow; and is of fo hot and drie a nature, that if you make the wceke of a can- del therewith 5 it is thought it will burnc continually without going out: A very Aran ge matter, andbeyond credit. There bee other pretty thinges reported of this ftone ; for fome will brufe it betweene their fingers, and (trow it betweene the fheetes of the party, whom they would not hauc take any flecpe • With this fome vfc to rubbe the skinne off their face , to makeitfeeme red , by reafon of the inflammation it procurech,butqucfU- onlcflc it hach divers inconveniences, and therforc to be auoyded. OF THE IVICE OF LEMONS. SOme vfc the iuice of Lemons about their face, not knowing theeuill qualities thereof. For it is fo forcible , that it diflblueth the hardefl: (tones into water: and there is nothing which fooncr diflblueth Pearle then it . Nowc if it can diflblue ftoncs in this mancr, what thinke you will it doc vpon mans flefh ? wherfore I exhort all women,to efchewe this and the like fretting and we aring medicines. OF THE OYLE OF TARTARIE. THere is no ftronger fretter and eatcr,then the Oyle of Tartaric, which in a vei y fhort time,mortifieth a wound as well as any other caufticke orcorrofiue: and beingfoftronga frcttcr,it will take any fpotte or ftaine out of linncn,or wollen cloth : whcreforc,wc may cafily thinke that if it be vfed about the face , it will worke the like cffecles in the fame , by fcor- ching and hardningitfo,thatinmanydaies,itwill not returne to the for- mer ftate. OF '3* THE THI^V BOOI^E ^5 OF THE ROCKE ALVME. ROckc alumc doth likewife hurt the face, in fb much as it is a very pcar- cing and drying w/'/w^and is vfcd in ftrong water for the diuoltiing of mettals; which water is made onely of rocke alumc and Stlnitrum diftilled, and is found to be of that ftrength , that one droppc thereof being put vpon the skinne,burneth ,fhriueleth,and parchcth it, with diucrs other inconveniences, as loofing the teeth, &c OF SALNITRVM. SAlnitrum is fo dric and eolde, that being vied about the face, it morti- ficth and drieth the naturall moyfture, leauing the flefh infenlible; and is a greater enemy to the flefh ,thcn any of the other minerals, dimming the completion, dulling the hearing, and offending the ftomackc. For all which realbns it is to be abandoned. OF CAMPHIRE. * f, u toma*»- f^< Amphire is fo * hott and drie, that comming any thing necre the fTer, ifiiiqnfor f ftfuddenly taketh fier, and burneth molt vehemently. This being ap- 'f^Zoui'-.ytt p'icd to the face fcaldcth it exceedingly, caufing a great alteration by ftrdiutnru- parchingof the skinne , and procuring a flulhingintheface: Andinthif ^""blhttih arc vv ' c>r:ricri very mwcl^ deccciiaecJ. rsjtj^ y "%m,^ n p^*tf> (*J*-*i$ d3* J T5> eJ^-t* (^•"•t!) £jfc-*?9 s^^s *)**& OF ALL SVCH THINGES AS ARE ENEMIES to health, andhurtfullto the complexion. ALlthofe paintings and embellifhings which are made with minerals, and corrofiues, arc very dangerous: for being laicd vpon the flc fh c , es- pecially of c oLOV( K. s - J ?l efpccially on the face of a woman,which is very tender & delicate by nature (befides the harme they doe to the natural beawty) doe much prejudice the health of the body .For it is ccrtaine,that all Paintings and colourings made of minerals or halfc minerals, as iron, brafle, lead, tinne,fubIimate,cerufTe, camphire , iuyce of ly mons , plume-alume , falt-peeter , vitrioll , and all manner of faltes,and fortes of alumes(as hath bin declared) are very offen- fiuc to the complexion of the face. Whcrfore if there be no remedy,but wo- men wil be medling with this arte of pollifhing , let them in fteede of thofe mincrallftuffes,vfc the remedies following. mS^f&ai: OF SVCH HELPES OF BEAVTY AS MAY fafely bee ?>^s cJiJls eJW» ej* , l9 ■y tJ lj) cj^Is eAJts ** THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF LIGHT, BY IOI PAVL. LOMATIVS PAINTER OF MILANE. (# * *) « ■ ' ■ l »L Of the fidalnefle of the oftfedraught,^^^ bec well dra L ight C annotddgr^ and proportionably bei towed mr g , beholder iomewhat oned and without mufck, ,1 c ° n XTf feeing the mufcles and other ne- the more , by P^^^£$g£Jody . as nth :pu ^ ^vi Z .thegloriou^ intheC^^oUheCh irchoto^i , ^ ofhi^ingaMincolo^ *^£*g^^J$^J^ Whereinmaybe ^W^^ reprefentation of dcpleafing ric accomphments tor the more ga p artl ficiallie dii- perfeaion. but •J^^SS^^ I be imbolTed outwards; pofed in .their places,!, o mucn n y ^^ w pcr fuch istheforceofthde lights, owni J f t he orderly dKpofmg of the lights without which the ed au g t r^ So ^ wc< . 6nde many painters , who bcug ig tolerable forte,hauc not- withftandingbu repu tea g ^ artc of {pcdui cs,(whcr. (erue not mdeed^ecaute they x* C1 aions but not co lours and byyouftaufeeinth^ certaine principal light nor^ thaC for an example of the true art of exqu i 8 ^ of ^ ^ tableofL^,^, 5™^ s m 2chfc"owJbe found in Sainfi^A reft of his well ^Hf^TSted th e Conception of our Ladie } which , ( to omit other excell enues j & ^ ^ ^ For the perfection of lights thole a an y ^ thc f d . (W>, - mo "^: noneSeofis Painted faire/., with tie, with cW/"^»^ A/*r vppon a cloude, and in the « ^ c ^ nd other Iouw> toherlappe mtheformeofa^ / OF LIGHT 137 moft rare & divine in lights, out of whofe fchooles I may trucly fay, alrtioft al the famous painters of i taly haue attained to the worth of their fame. Now then infomuch as thefe lights are of fo great vertue , wee ought to vfe al diligence,for the perfeft attaining to the knowledge therof,by appli- ingthem to our draughts,as is fhewed, infomuch as the arte of Proportion, Motion , and Shortmng, hath but fmale vfe and comendauon in a Painter, without the knowledge of thefe lights, found out by reafon and arte; & not taken by bare imitation from the embofled models,vnder a falfe apprehen- sion ofthefight,without order of diftance,as alfoin thelinesandfuperficics of bodies: wherfbre they prooue falfe , and altogether contrary to the rules ofartc- And thus much I thought good to note concerning this poinr.pur- pofing now to begin the treatiie of Light it felfc > by the aifiilance of him who inlightncth the vnderlbndings of fuch as fubmit themfelues vnto him with apure mind,wholly prepared for the rcccaving of lo divine beames. As ej^ts ftJ* J v> c^JT*) &*•> eF~os> eJ*^s v**l» eJ* OF THE NECESSITY OF LIGHT. CHJV U. Tappcareth by that which hath bin hitherto fpoken, that a peece of worke drawne in proportion , having his true motion,and put in colours without the lights, is like a body in the darke } of whofe quantity a man cannot iudgc, whether it be round or fquare, fauc on- ly by the helpe of his vnderfranding,that is,by that in- ward conceipt hee hath of the thing , and not by any outward; infomuch as it is hidden from the cxternall Light , which concurring with the internall, by meancs of the beames pro. ceding from the eye , makes the diuerfitie of bodies knowen to the Vnder- ftanding, after the fame maner, as they receue their Light naturally. Mm iij. Where- i 5 8 THE TOV%TH and the Facultie offeeing,\vhich is in our eic. The vifual lines lightned ('which arc the proper matter and fubieC~tof the perfpecliues ) come to our eie in a Pyramidal forme , the bafe of which Py- ramisrefteth in the Object, andtheconusor angle thereof ,commcth to our eie more blunt and obtufe: And hereby we fee the obicCt more plainly and diftinctly : but if the obic£t be a far of, the conus or angle of the Pyra- mis comes to the eie fharper and lefTcr , and then our eie cannot difcerne it f b clearely as otherwife it would. Secondly it is to be noted, that the obiecT: commeth not to our eie : but the vifible (pedes or fhapes are diftufed through the clerenefle of the ayrc vnto the eie 5 which fpecies are nothing elfe , but certaine images, like vnto thofe which we fee in a glaffe,when a man or any thing elfe {landing againft it,is rcprefentcd therein. And OF LIGHT. 141 And if the coloured bodie or obicctftandneerc to this image, it comes tooureic in the fame quantiticand bignefleof the angle of the Pyramis. Nowbccaufc this angle comes to our eie in anobtufe and bluntforme, the image aHbfecmcs great, and fb is difecrned more diflin&Iy. But when the coloured obiect ftandes a farrc of, the image comes to the eie in a v cry irnal and flender angle . And therefore flllethnotthe cie,but waucreth in fuch forte,thatitcannotbcclearelieand diftinctly difecrned . As touching the third I haue no more to fay , but that the facultie of feeing is reduced into acte, bcingformedby theconcutringof the other 2 thinges required be- fore, viz. the vifual lines , (without which the eie cannot fee) and thci- mageofthc coloured bodie ,whichinformeth the eie by reducing it from meerc abi!ity,into aCt,and informingit more perfectlie with a great image, by performing his operations better, and caufing the thing tobcefeene more apparantly and diftinctlyiwhereas with the fmall image of a thing too farrc diftant , the eie cannot be fb wel informed, and therefore it cannot fee the thing perfectly. From which grounds,I draw thefe 2 reafbns,why the felfcfamc body can not be lightned equally in all places. The firft is,becaufc the light doth not with all his brightnefTe illuminate any more then that part,which is directly oppofitc to it j being not able to illuftrace the other partes fb perfectly, by rcafon of the nature of the darkc, terrene, and grofTe body, which fb hindereth the beames, that they cannot pcarce inwards,and performe their effe&s perfectly. The fecond reafon is taken from the nature of our eie . For as the firfl part of the body fecneand placed necreft the eye, comes vnto it with a bigger angle ; fo is it alio feenc more diflinctly , becaufe it is more lightned: burthefecondpartthercot,beingfarthcrof,comestotheeie in a lcfleran- gle, and being leiTe lightned , isnotfo plainly feenc as the firft: And by this rule the third part wilbee obfeurer , andfo the fourth proportionably, vntill the eye can lee no farther . Now if you askc me, what the Painter ought to do ,whcn he would paint, two, three, or fourc men ftandingone behind another , all of them equal- ly receaving the light , I anfwere alwaies according to the former doctrine: that although they be equally Iightned,yet we muff paint the fecond which is farther of from rhc eie darker , and the third more then him,& the fourth moft of al &c. vntil our eie can fee no more. The reafon is,becaufe the fecond ftanding farther of, commethtothc eie with a lefler angle , wherefore hee cannot bee feenc fo evidently as the firft : the fame reafon there is of the third &c. The fame is alfo meant fidelong 5 Wherefore whatfoeucr Painters haue obferued this doctrine, haue become cxcellent,and nothing inferior to the chiefe Maifters of this arte ; as LeonardVincent , with clivers others named before , together with lac. Tintoretto , CMarco da Siena . Friderkke Baroz- gj ofVrhine , PauLa Caliaritts ofFerona^ Luca* Cangiafiu , the Bajfani,zx\& *±s4mbroj?e Figinus . Now the whole doctrine delivered in this prefent chapt:is ( for the moft partf 142 THE VOV%TR $001{E part taken out of ^riflotk^Alhazen^Vitelloi Thomas Aquinas , and (to conclude) out ofal the beft Philofophers and divines, whofe opinions al- To I like wel of, although I hauc faied otherwife in an other place . And thus much be fpoken for the opinions of other men* OF THE DIVISION OF LIGHT. chjv mi. Ight then isaqualitie without ho He : for according to I - Fisinut) it fiilleth the one halfc of the worlde from the )\ eaft to the weft in a moment, pearcing through all partes of the body of the aire, without any hinderancc,as alio through the water with very fmall refinance . Befidcs being difperied vppon putrined things, it is not corrupted . All which conditions doe in no fort agree with the nature of a body .For a body is not mooned in an inftant, but in time; againe one body cannot peircc through an other,without each others deftruction ; befides, two bodies mixed together deilroy each other with their mutual contagion. This light then is two- fould, Primary and Se- condary . The / rimary light is that which fallcth vppon that part of a colou- red body which is oppoiite to the body giving light, touching it with direct beames. A light body is that which hath light and brightneffe in it felfe : as the Sun,the hcr,&c.Now that light which arifcth from this Primary light, is called Secondary /?g^.Farthermore,light is diuided into divers other im- portant branches, drawne from the Phyfiologicali part of the Pcrfpe<5tiues whofe chiefe end is to feeke out the principles, caufes and elements of all vifible things, together with their f pedes, and edentiall differences, but eucr in generall . Wherefore it is divided into ^ partes,according to the di- vers considerations of feeing. Now the Secondary light is of 3 forts; Direct, Reflected, and .Rff/Tvitf^whereofbecaufe I meane to fpeakc particularly in their proper places, this which is already fpoken of the fixft and fecond di» vifionjmayfuificc. OF OF LIGHT. '4* " 3t»ffl _ Hot 8>£\gjSgiTS©J OF THE PRIMA- RY LIGHT. H E Primatye light js that which falleth vppon and is rcceavcd in that part of a coloured body,which is op- pofite vnto the body giuing light; which running vp- pon the bodies , toucheth them fwcctcly with a cer- taine natural order; that is ,not poflcfling them in any of the extreames 3 as other lightes doc: which muft be obferued in hiftories which arc fuppofcdto be in the open aire , vppon which thclight may fall without any hindrance , as vppon a wall oppofitc to the Eaft . This light morcouer comming into a chamber or fuch like place , toucheth all fuch bodies as arc within the (pace where it fhincth,in the vppcrmoft partes ; where the light hath alfo his limitation: wherefore it fomctimes falleth out that a bodyc fhall rcccauc this light from the middle vpwards , or a little more or lefle ; and fometimes from abouc , accordingly as the light entreth diverfly in re- (pecl of the forme or (ituation oftheIoope-hoIe,eie.,orwindowe. Whence tve muft obferucjwhewe make windowcs,or open gates, to counterfeit the fo in the picture j that the light may runne inwards , as Trancifcm'JMatfo- lino did in a (male tabic of our Lady , in which he made 2 lightes,one which lightned our Lady , and her fonne directly; and the other a Fryer which he had painted over the gate, (Tuning inwards through the gate; fo that the a lights eroded each other . And this example may fcruc for all that can b« fayed concerning this light . OF i44 THE FOV%TH l ''ts (*7 t ''T9 eji J v> e/ 1 *?*) «> J li) cJ tJ « | cA^s «> ey^vs <«y tJ tg ftj* 1 ^ OF THE SECOND PRI- MA RIE LIGHT. CHJT. VI. Y the Sec od primary light is not meant the light of the Sunne in faire wether, but that which is caufed by the divers apparitions of Angels &c.whethcr it be by day or night, as in the Diuinity which Titiano painted for the Emperour Charles the fifth ,with the quiers of An. gels, Patriarchcs,Prophets,& all other bleflcdfoulci fit for the perfect reprefentation of fuch a myftery 3 & in the Natiuity of Chriftj which falling out in the night we muft imagine there fhone a diuine light , as Antonio da Coreggio repre- fentcd it in a table he painted in that city;which is one of the beft pecces for painting that I know . And this light ought to be Hie wed in inch fort , that it fhine vppon the bodies fo much the more,by how much the neerer they arc. Such fhould the light of the Angel bee, which appeared vnto Chrijl in the garden ; which Diuine light ought to drowne and obfeure all the reft although it had not bin night: as the fame Antonio very well exprefled ic in an other table . The fame divine light mult bee imagined to haue fhined vppon the Apoftles, when the holy Ghoft came downc vpon them in the forme of fiery tongues , as Gaudentw exprefled it fmgularly well in a table at Vigevano ; and likewife vpon Chrift when being baptized by Iohn Baptift in Iordane^ there was heard a voice from heaven, Thi; Primary light may alfo be taken for that marvilous brightnefle which invironed Chrift, at his glorious Refurre&ion; and w hen he was transfigttredvpon tJMount Ta- bor^which was vnto the 3 Difciples Peter , fames , and Iohn 3 a token or taft of the heavenly bleffednes: which myftery Raphael Trbine , drewe moftad^ mirably , in the tabic he made in S, Pet: t&JS eJ^^s ei* ,^■^1 •i^'^Ji J^*-*^, J^^X JS~^\, A^^ *^-^*i J^^i, ^~*TA, &»~Si. 4s (tT 1 ^ zj^'is w* J \5 vn'is t)**l«> eJ»-Ts «*■»{»> ^Is <&*ts> eJ 1 J^aaA. JK-eiv*k. Jf^an^ J^eOv J*> v 1 *. J^n^v^. Aa ejwf*" c^As eJUJls T^> eT 1 *^ C7» j u) cJ* OF THE THIRD PRI- MARY LIGHT. CHAah when he came out of the Arkc in facrificing Lambes; as alfo by Iacob in his peregrination with his people; after an other forte by o^r^onthe altar before the golden Ca!fe ; and after an other forte by thefamc ^4aron when hee facrificedto God vppon the altar, which was Co artificially wrought; vppon which Tfjdab and i^Abiu offering vppe ftraungc fire, were confumed therewith. Moreouer. wee finde other fortes of fire amongftthe Poets, as that which the CcraHes made when they facrificed ftraungers vnto Jupiter, with divcrfe others which fhall bee mentioned in the fixte booke : by which wee may conceiue, howe carefull wee oughte to bee in counter- feiting fiers , and lightes in regardc of their quantity , placing , manner of burning, andtime : as whether they burne by daie , as the fire of So- dome; that which ludu provided to burne Thamar in the Vally where the people were affcmbled; and that of the Pallacc, where Zambnwas burnt: or by night , as the lightes which we fee put out lying in our beds ; as that fire by which young Toby and his wife kneclingjaide the liuer of a fifh vpon the coales:(which hiftory all the painters vfe to refemblc, as ifit had beenc by day.) And that ofthefornace into which the three children were caff; the flame whereofinvironed the executioners. With the like difcretion fhall we vary the light vpon the people which ftoodc by, while the mother and the feuen fonnes were tormented by fire. Moreouer in diuerfe myfteries of Chrift,this kinde of primary light muft bee reprefented by nighte; as when hec was taken, and carryed before r HcrodC) OF LIGHT. i^j Herode,LAhnat } and Pilate.Whcn he was whipped,crowned with thornes 3 and mockedrin which action they commonly place the lightes,as if it were by day. And amongft the Gentiles,as inthat fire where Hercules died;in Ly- ctom houfe on fire ; in the fire of the daughters of Hymin&iu ; in Melcagers firebrand, and in the funerall fire of CMefnnon, that o( Prometheus , and that oiTroy. Which examples(lthinke)mayfuffice to inftrutlvs, how thefc ficrs by night and by day ought to be refernbled , according to their effecres in all things : alwaies hauing regard to hiflories , which do plainely inftruct vsin the true vfe of all pictures , laying them before our eies as they were. Wherefore ,we muft not reprefcnt Scif.Affric anuses if he difcomfited the Carthaginian hoft with fire, caft abroad in the fielde by day 5 nor yet the o- verthro w which Abraham gaue thofe kings which tooke Loth prifoner ; be- caule all thefe things were perfourmed in thenight. OF THE SECONDARY LIGHT. chjv viu R o m the firft,fecond,and thirde lights of all forts , the Secondary light arifeth, which to begin withallforour better vnderftading,» that light which is caufed y not by the dirett heames, but by the beames reflected. And pro- ceeded wholly from the primary light , which ente- reth into fome roomc, fuppofe a chamber , gallery &c. For w e fee that when the primary light entring in , fal- lethvpon fome one part, there is forth with another light caft round about,which is properly called the Secondary light, becaufe it alwaies followeth the firft . Now this cannot be fo bright as the firlt,from whence it fpringeth; wherefore it euer Iightneth the extremities of the partes a farre of, fomethingobfcurely,but especially by night. Nn i;. OF THE FOVQjfH $0 0^E. 5 eT^-'t* gj^'ts cJ' lJ v> 9v^s cji-'t'* cji-'ts ajtiits <»7 l 'vs eJ**w> ?>*■ tjfS 5Vlt? (Tkufii i»ir-vft) t»v-ifJ SV«A oir<^S , »lr*f* •»^if W*^ <»V ^^■"v \^"^r ^^"^r x^-^r a^-^v t^"^ ^^v v^*^r v^^r *t3 gjt-ts gj*^ "^Ag e7 t,J Tf cj^Io gjm«i gy-'va gy~»\3 eJ^-ts »" OF THE DIRECT LIGHT. T is concluded by Philofophicall realbns , applied to the natural things,that the diretf light ( which is the firft fpecies of the fecondc divifion of light) is onlic that which is extended and distributed dire&ly vppon any body by his primary vcrtue,in fuch fort, that bee- ing there limited , it taketh an ende . And this light is neuer extended athw arte and croffe wife, buteuer goeth dire&Iy ; appearing fo much the brighter , by how much the body it meeteth with all is the thicker; as fhall befhewed elfe where . It ftriketh only vpon thofe ftiperficies diredly oppofite vnto it, lightning the higheft places moft eminently , as being ncereft vnto them. But as for the force of this light, it fhall be fhewed elfewhere. OF or LIGHT. *49 OF REFLECTED LIGHT. CHAT. X. Eflected light is that which arifcth from the en- ding o£ the d/red •-, and is made fo much the brighter, by how much the body whereupon the direct Ughtc falleth is the thicker;and it paficth no farther, nor rc- turnethbacke againe towardes the direct light. It lightneth all the bodies whereon it fallcth,and chiefly the hinder partes of fuch bodies, as arc lightned be- fore, by the d/rrc? beames. And this is the lunitatw on of the reflected light. *mmmg^m OF REFRACTED OR BROKEN LIGHT. CHAT. XL H e laft light of the fecond divificn is ( as the Philofb- phers fay) that which is ingendrcd by the direct light, as it falleth vpon glafles,Chriftals,water,armour,and fuchlikefhiningthir.ges, asareaptto ingenderthc fame . And it is that multitude of beames, which arc reflected round about , at the touching of the direct light, in each ofthefaidethinges; efpeciallyifitbc the light of the funne , and by day ; Howbeit,thc felfc lame commeth to pafle , from the beames of the moone in the night , or fcom fome lmaU candle, or burning fire. Neither doe I hcere holde it Nn iy. nccei : 150 THE EOV%TR ® J^E. ncccflary,to difcourfc of this at large;infbmuch as refraction, is nothing cl« but the breaking of the direcl light vpponthefe bodies .-which it caftcth rounde about in euery place 3 as may be feene in clcare water,towardcs the bottome ; as alfb vpon the vppcr fuperficies next to our eic. _ — ^ AFTER WHAT SORT ALL BODIES RECEIVE LIGHT MORE OR LESSE. CHA,according ta the PLtonikes opinion. Which i^ alio agreeable to the Scriptures : wherc- unto we ought to haue regard in the making of huh pictures : for the pi- ctures are,in a maner, as well to be read with the eie, as the fcrjptures being read , are to bee heard by the eare : whence we read of God, in the Sctipt: He wiU open the earth, and the Sdv;ourJhj!lfpring foorth . And againcof God , The fount &ine of UvinvTc at cr, which purifittb all things: and jn an o- thcr place, The J pint Tchichmfpiretb the breath of life : arid CMofes and S. Paule teuine, that he is a con fuming ficr : So that in (uch woikes wee muft obferuethefe degrees, viz togi cthe principillh^hzto God; the fecond to the Angels; the third to the heauens; the fourth to vsmen, and the ffth lolidl. Alwaics confideiing the bodies which areaptc to rcceaue light more o! le(Te,whichin this fort we fhallfindetobeinGodthefoun* tainc o; light : in the Angels reflexions : in Heaucn brightneiTeramongft vs fnining:anc!in Keli,asit vvere,thc matter and dregges of light, whereunto all the drofTe and grofieneilc of things arc referred. And this is the whole foundation of the arte, concerning the faculty of Lightes, by rcafon oi the matter* of bodies,both imaginatiue and viilble. OF *% OF LIGHT. [ 5l OF THE EFFECTES WHICH LIGHT PRODVCETH IN BO- DIES IN GENERALL. CHAT. XIII. A vino in the former difcourfc made it manifeft, that all bodies haue their light according to their qua- liticsin each place ( afwell the Angels in the Empyre-. all heavenftom God,as the ftars in the eighth fphere from the funne,and men from the funnc beames, and light of the fire,and finally hel from the true and pro- per fire thereof, which is a grofle matter of the light, depriued of all raritie ) the order of the place doth now require , that I fhould intrcate of fuch efte&es, as are produced by the light/ailing in his owne nature vpon allkindes ofbodies:forwc doe fenfi- bly perceiue , that the light appeareth (o much the more cleere and brishte with vs ( (peaking alwaies by way of example ) by howe much the more th icke and hard bodies it findeth to be receiued vpon . Wherefore I meanc particularly to intreatc of all fortes of bodies, Chewing what eflectes the light produceth in each of them ; and firft of fuch as tende towardes the na- ture of the Earth , the hcauicft and grofleft of all the Elements. OF *54 THE FOV%TH by how much the leffe it felfe participated of the earth. And therefore that part of the earth which maketh IefTe reflexion, ific bee placed againft marble or fome other cleere. thing , vppon which the light falleth , is in fome fort lightned , receaving ( in a manner ) as much brightnehe from behinde , by reafon of the reflexion } as from the light be- fore , which may alio bee feene in all things elfe, being holpen by fome bo- dy more prompt to reccaiie the bright and cleare light;- as being neere lead, lilver,biafie&c. This is an infallible rule, concerning the effetts of light, by reafon of the nature and compofnion of the bodies receiving it: for the farther manife- ftatio i i whereof I wiilfetdowne them oft fit and proper example that can bee OF LIGHT. 155 be devifed in the whole arte of Painting ; by the hclpe whereof , we fhal the betterattaine to Acknowledge of acertainc defect in painting, which in truth ought to be avoidcd,as an enemy to the truth:which z\^Le:Vincenti Raphael Yrbine, and other good painters ever efchewed^howbeit Fincetius Foppa,Bramante&c. ( whofc workes witnefle the fame) were not much behind them. Now concerning the difference bctweenc flefli and *gypfum, it is evi- pjjjg 6 ' * dent , that the lights and reflexions are diveriely receaued on them ; Info- much as the flefli being tende r , the light falling vppon it , caufeth a fwcet andplcafantfliaddowe without much reflexion , without any indecorum: in fuch fort that being beheld in a pretty diftance off, the flefli willfeemc round & tender without fhaddow, efpecially the tenderer it is, as in young men and children: contrarywife,itremaynethmoreharfheby mcanesof the light and fhaddow, when it is lefle tender; as in old, hard, andftiffe flefh . Notwithltanding.it will not bee fo much as in Gypfum or Marble, although it bee formed like flefh: whichbeing contrary vnto flefli, and car- rying a Iufter and whitenefle by receauing the light vppon it , becommcth more fharpe, by reafon of certaine vnplefant and too apparant reflexions, which will not fuffer the thing to appeare round like flefli: but confoun- ding one member with an other, by reafon of the lights , doe breed a confufion , and fo much the more, by how much the body is whiter . Which difference many painters not obferuing,whilft they drew young bodies from the imitation of fuch pictures , made in gypfum and marble, with fuch hard, bold, and fharpe lightes, hauccuer kept that manner of lightning , which as it proceedetn from fuch bodies , fo indeed it is onelie required in the refembling of the fame: butthefe men proceeding farther yet , do vfe the felfc fame kind of lights,whenfoeuer they draw true pictures from the life itfelfe : fo that they can never make them rcfemblc the life, al- though they be skilfullie delineated : as may be fecne in a picture of the Po- et c_x#«/£)w'/«,painted by Br am ante vpon a wal here in Milane^ in the Af*y- f/tf;wftreete,befides other coloured pidures: the like whereof Francif- em Vincent ita made in S .Maria de Gratz'a^hcrc he Painted a chappel with the Evangelifis ^Prophets ,and Sybilla after the fame manner ; which appere nothing beawtiful to the eie of the beholder , notwithstanding they be wel proportioned : The which cuftomc is alfopracfizedof many Painters now- adaies , who are fo wel knowne, that I needc not name thcm,whcroffome, (as Lucas Cangiafo) do moft earneftly endevor to avoid it,being very good in proportion, and of good knowledge in this arte; as alfo ^urelim Lo~ •uinta , who fheweth that hee was nobaftardefonne of Bernard Lovinus the excellent Painter ; as may bee gathered by divers Chappelles and othcrworkesof his doeingafwel without CMtlane^ within , but efpecially at Lugano in a Centurion , and a Crucifix. Thushauclfufficicntlydifcourfedofthispoint,efpeciallyconfideringwe may fee the examples c&CM.^dngclos coloured workes, asalfoofthofe o- thers which I mentioned in the 3 1 chap:of my firft booke,and befidcs,thofc of Antonius daCorrcggio } well worthy to bee numbred amongft the rareft Painters , 5 RoftbyBoloff- na-,Mazolino,Timotheo Vitafitulto Romano, Fattore^SellojBoccaccino t Lc vino, Andrea Solari brother to Chriftofher Gobbo,Toccagno: and of low Ger- manes,o(lS(ubert»i Leidantts,ScoreUits J BHrgeli,Pancelh i FlorU'S,Theodorttiy CWabutius } Dionatenfe,LuJIo, made by the hand ofSebatfian delPiombo. Farthcrmorc we muft note , that within, vpon armour there may bee re- prefented as it were in a glaffc,all fuch things as are oppofite vnto it , with the fame colour and reflexions of light, which each thing hath, ftanding fo neare it , that it may bee receiued . But all thefe images , and counter- lightes or reflexions woulde bee dimmer then the greater lighre , which the armour rcceiueth from the Sunne, or fomc other primary light, which reprefentcth the fame . And whofbeuer fhal doe otherwife fhal iliew him- felfetobeebutan ordinarie painter, and vttcrlyignorauntof thePerfpc- &iues. But to ourpurpofc •• the lighte which fallethvppon the water, byhovr much the purer it is , (as that of running fpringes , or that which de£ cendcth from the toppes of mountaincs,gufhing foorth through the itoncs) OF LIGHT 10 iones)makes the fandes, (tones , plantes and fuch things as are in the bot- tomc 3 to appcare where it difcendes jfo purifying the nature of the water 3 as if there were nothing betweenethc fupcrficies and the bottome thereof. Now the light appeareth Co much the more fierce.by how much the quan- tity of the water is codenfated : as may be feene in the waues of the fea, car- ried vp aloft by the violence of the windc, againfttheSunnc; vpon which we may very wel fix our fight , though we cannot doe fo vpon a glafte pla- ced in this fbrt,againft the fun-beamcs;wherefore the waues of the fea muft be Ieflc lightned,then the points of the chriftall againft the fun , on the tops ofthcmountaines;becau(e they differ.So that we muft euerhaue refpect to thefe comparifons; becaufefrom hence arifeth the greateft and moft dc- Jightftill variety of the Arte. i£i <*y-)£ii t-n«i .ftj^-fi ejuts e^t* sJ* sX i?*©'^;^^ J^»^ J^-vk J^aX J£eaX ■Ts eJ» J \i eJ^vj «t» j T5> u* J vs eJ* OF THE EFFECTES WHICH THE LIGHT CAVSETH IN AERIALL BODIES. CH^T XP 7 make no doubt ,but that when the Aire is moft cleare and bright, a man may difcernefome quality of the ftrikingoftfie light (befides an evident & confequent light)accordingto the nature thereof: yet notwith- standing I thinke, that by how much the grofleritis made by reafon of the vapors , as of the water or fire, by Co much the fitter it is to receiue light . Which may be feene in that matter which iifueth out of the holes of the fore-head of certaine monfters which are found in the Northren Seas^called Phyfcteres, and many others j but moft evidently in the open aire,in the clouds >which being now more,now leflc lightned , ap- pearc vnto vs like bombace. So that we feeme to fee diverfe forms of beafts and other lining creatures therein being raifed with their fit Iightes, as they are more or kflc dilated,much like to the nauirall thinges. Oo ij. Tbift itfo THE FOT^TH BOOI^E Thus the aire being thickned with moifture, receiueth fb much the Ieflc light,by how much it is farther of from the humidity . So that there appea- reth no light at all,when the aire is wholly poflefled with thicke and clowdy vapours;although in refpe£t of the antiperiftafis or repugnancie , it pafleth through(aftcr a lort)by actuating his natural vertue. And this commeth to pafle,when there is fo much moifture,that no f unne-beamc can be fcene in the aire. Which is quite contrary tothat,which fallethout when the fun ftriketh vpon the mifts or fhaddowes necre vnto it,about funne-fet , or fun- rifing. For then it fallcth vpon them fo ftrongly , that it makes them fecmc to be of the fame colour with it felfe, viz:yea'ilow; and towards the euening, of a deeper red,likc the fire,condenfated againft the dry matter.,in fuch fort, that it refembleth the light burning flame, refoluing the fmoake ; which the thicker it is,thc greater the light appeareth , as in that parte of the matter, . which is molt grofle ; as contrarie wife in a clowde where the light ftriketh not,it caufeth oblcurity and darkenefTe : fo that by this meanes the light dif- couereththe diverfitie of matters . And thusitincreafeth,asit findeth the aire more fitly difpofed for the quicke receiuing of it ; and the be tter,the pu ■ rcr the aire is;as we fee in the breath which commeth out of the mouth and noftrels of liuing creatures. But in a v ery gro fie aire it is poffible for the funne to ingender lighte and rcflexions,as we fee in the clowdes when his beames fall vppon them, how one refle£reth vpon an other. And becaufe all fuch things as for their light- nefle cannot finke downewardes,are of an ayrie nature , they are alfb light- ned : but in fo much as they are voide of heauines ; thickenefle,& hardnefle, they are not capeable of a fharpe and quicke light, neither can they caufe a- ny great fhaddow ; as may be feene in certaine ftones , as the pumice ,&c: which can neuer finke vnder the water. Wherefore we fee, that in fleiehte and light things the fun-beames ftrike nothing ftrongly :as in light cloathes, fuppofe vailes &c: which doc therefore feeme pleafant and fweet, in refpeel of other cloathes and drapery. Leaues alfo,barkes of trees, &c:are of the na- ture of the aire. OF OF LIGHT. idi OF THE EFFECTES WHICH LIGHT PRO- DVCETH IN FIE- RIE BODIES. CHA$. XVII. r e o v e r in the Fire there is a certaine percuffion of the Light , and efpccially when it is moft grofle; as may be feene in the fire burning in a cole, wood, yron &c: which recciueth light from the cleare flaming fire, which is next vnto it : as alfo in the felfe fame fire* the grofler part receiueth it l"harply,byreafonofthc fubtHer and thinner , as from a more perfect fire , and leflfe corrupted with mixtures , as alio not being rc- ftrained therein , as it is in the body of (-Mars-, which hauinghislighte re- ftrainedbyagreater,rcceiueththelightofthefunnc, as it were from a fire exceedingly dilated, through which it paffeth and lhincthj caufingthc ftarres to lhine . And as this appeareth in the fire which we kindle within doores ; fo and much more is it difcerned when itloofcth of his brightneuc and colour; as when it is kindled openly in the funnc : becaufe this bright- neffc of the feconde order is more purged and clcere . The felfe fame would come to paffe vnro him, that were able to beholde the funnc-beames 9 in prcfence of the exceeding great light of the Angcls;&the Angels againe in comparifon of the moft glorious brightneffe of the grande funne-lightning Sunne. This I fpeakeofthe degrees of light, not that I am ignorant , that there is one,and the felfe fame light in divcrfeglafles. This then I holde,that the Angels fhoulde rcceiue the Diuine light , not from the extreame partes , but from the very middle , as from a can- dle placed directly in the middlc,betwcene a great many bodies (landing Oo Uj. round i6i 7HE VOV^TH 'BOOKIE rounde about it : wherefore the Angelical lightcs ought to fhine through the middeft, and from a bquc/notfrom the extreame partes of God placed in the middeft , ) as if the light it felfe were feated in his bofome ; and wee below, from that place whence the light commeth : and in hel fire the tor- mented fbules of the damned , and the Devils in that thicke and grofle fire, would haue a quicke light from a greater brightnefle , although but fmal, as being a fire tending towardes a grofle burning redde ; the grofleft parte of whofe matter inclineth to an earthy oblcurity like bloud. Andthefe rules muft be obfcrued in all fiers } in giuing the their force & vertueof heightening; cuer indevouringro immitate the natural! refem- blance of that fire you wouldc immitate. For euery man knowes they fhew forth diverfc colours , by rcafon of the divcrfitic of matters, where- in they arc kindled ; as in brimftone , whofe fmoake muft bee accompani- ed with his true lightcs : which rtuift alfb bee obferued in ftonesofaficrie nature 5 as the Carbuncle ,and Ruby. Farthermore we muft note the companions , as if you would counter- fetfbmeheauenly brightnefle about an Angel, in the day time , you muft make that to obfeure and dazell the lightcof thefunnc and the day : and thislikewifeofthefunne,thclightofa candle, or of the fire &c: and thus much bee fpokenof thelightes which doe mutually inlighten each other, according to their degrees and orders. Wherefore this may iufficevs, who walke in this darke aire ( which fhoulde haue beene noted in the for- mer chapter ) as it were in a clowde,not diftinguifhing the one from the o- cher,except our mindes be illuminated from aboue. OF OF LIGHT. iSj OF THE EFFECTS WHICH LIGHT CAVSETH IN COLOVRS. #######################•& CH^. XV 1 1 1. Ecav sb the Light appearcth farremore brightcin bodies whole colour is more conformable thereunto, by meanes whereof it caufeth divcrfe effectes ; it will not be impertinent to our purpofe (hauing alreadie difcourfed how the bodies , as they haue affinity with each of the Elementes doc receiue more or Iefle light, according to their naturall agreement ) tofay fome thing ofthequalitieofcolours,vppon which the light ftriking,hath more or leflc correfpondencie to the nature thereof, forting fo much the more liuely , by how much the greater agreement they haue with the light. Whence it commeth to pafle,that vpon a Red colour the light giuctha j^gjjg certainethickclufter, butftrongeandi"harpc, which commeth to pafle likewife proportionably in fanguine and well coloured complexions ', for in Not*. red faces the lights are fharpe and fhining ; as vpon the bals of the cheekes, on the toppe ot the note and forehead . Which we fee not in pale, wanne, Pale. and flegmaticke complexions &c: in which the Iightc is difperfed and dila- ted with a kinde of remiflc brightnefle, becaufc it findeth no correfpon- dencie with his owne nature. Againe falling vpon Blacke,ityeeldeth no fharpe quickneffe at all,faue BUcke. only in refpeftoftheperfedtion of the matter, being more purified from earthy dregges ; as on blacke filkc , in comparifbn of blacke wollen cloath. Whence in t affe ties and fattens wc fee a greater lufter then in cloath , and a Oo iiij. greater 1 54 YealUx*. Greene. Not* rrhite. Note. TH5 V0V%JIi BOOKIE. greater then this in Inke,Ebony ,and the Tuch ftonc, by reafon of the grea- ter humidity. Againe,inYealIow the light caufeth a certaine clearc light andbrighc- nefle,becaufe this colour hath affinity with it fclfe: whence it ingendreth all the degrees of reflexions ,but efpecially in the decpeft and perf e<5teft co- Iours,and fuch as are mod voide of palenefle. In Greene azure it caufeth a certaine mediocrity, which rather comfor- teth then quickneth the vifual faculty: wherefore when our fight is wearied anddazled, wevfetolookevpongreene,wherebyitisftrcngthned; asalfo by beholding a looking glafle,by reafon of the chriftaline moifture which is agreeable to the nature of the eie. Which effect the extreamc colours can- not caufe,neithcr yet red or y eallow. In White it is too much continued,by reafon of the clcercneffe, which hath great correfpondency vnto blacke, from whence it rcceiueth iiis fhad- dow when it is ftriken of the light ; becaufe white is referred to the Moonc, and blacke to Saiurne . Which hapneth not in yeallow , whofe fhaddowc inclineth rather to red then to any other colour: by reafon of the conformi- ty ofthc fiery nature which is bdtweenethc Sunne and Mars , though the one be dilated , and the other congregated . And becaufe the middle co- lours betwecne thefe extreames, are intermedlcd with the aire, which vni- teth them into one nature more or lcfle, according to the vertue which prevailcthinthe one more then in the other, it can haue no limites of light or darke, but ofa certaine mediocritie, as wc fee in fup/ter , inlighte grcenes,faffroncolour s rofes,ftraw-colour which is mixed of white and yel- bw,and part ofthofe which incline to carnation, byreafon of theagree- ment betweene Mars and Mcrcurie, which are naturally good to the good, and very bad to the bad; and fo much the more in thofe which are more thinne, in whom the light hath greater force and refplendencie , becaufe their compofition is more agreeable thereunto. OF ■ OF LIGHT. 165 OF THE EFFECTES WHICH THE LIGHT HATH IN EVERJE KINDE OF SVPERFICIES. CHJT. XIX. / %5£§£8»r*a. Now the painter muft fuppofe one of thefe 4 (paces to bee loft , and the other 3 to appearc : imagining that thefe 3 fpaces which arefeene, bee divided by foure lines , cquall in a * perfpe&iuc fcmicirclc , making * sn^t/dnH, thechiefc light to ftrikc more ftronglie vppon the fecond line ; and in the fccondfpacc Iightned, (whichisconfequentlyto bee placed in the third line) heefhall put afmuch fhaddowe as hec feeth, and by this meanes fhall the figure bee wonderfully rayfed , and a greatc dcale more , then if the light were placed fidelonge in the firft line, or vppon the middle in che fpace betweene the fecond and the third : becaufe that makes too much fhaddow , and this too much light . Wherefore the light muft be beftowed in the forefaide place, as being the parte, which caufeth the body to be fhaddowed with his colour . So that from the other fide it will run fweetly j procuring in like forte, fuch a pleafant and dclec-table fhad- dow, as wee lee in the pictures of Leonard &c , where one figure docth not wholly fhaddow all the others jexcept it be reftrayned afidc in the fhad- dow vppon the plainc, Pp /. la i 7 o THE FOV%TH BOO^E Inceelings and vaultes the light is taken from the windowes, fo thatit cannot bee avoided, but fometimes, and efpecially in the cornets the light wil bee received in the firft line, according to the afpecl: of firme and liuclie bodies , either fidelong , from aboue , or from belowe , accordingly as the body is turned towards the light . In the cornets or vaults of chappels, there is one primary fained light, taken vppon the pictures , which being in a manner fhortned arc Iightned after their manner , as fhalbec ihewed inmyotherbookes. But in giving lightes to figures or pictures on tables , wallcs , or fuch like, wee arc not bound ( as I haue faide ) to take the light vpwards from beneath ; for this hath onelie place in thofe paintinges which are in the cornets , aboue the light , whether they bee Angelles defcen- ding out of heaven , which is fuppofed to bee open , or any other coun- terfeited hiftorie placed there . For thefe primarie Lightes , through the neceffitie of the windowes ot other paflages of the Light, haue onelie a reference vnto bodyes imagi- ned to be there indeed , and are therefore called the life j as tcrmes , vinett t tor mfr.es ,freizes &c. But vppon the plaine fuperficies , wee mud obferue this rule; that the light which wee giuc to bodyes, bee never perpendicular over their heades ; which woulde breede this inconvenience, that thceie-browes would fhaddowc halfe the cheekc , the nofe the chinnc , and the chinno the middeft of the breaft : fo that if there be haire vpo n the head, it would darken the whole face*, and (in a word) the fhaddowes all about would bee equall ; which were cleane contrary to the light imagined in the fecond line , by vcrtue whereof the bodic woulde bee moft fwectclif Iightned. Firft then according to the height of the body you muft imagine the light on high, ( fuppofe of the Sunne) but of the fame bignefle,Ieaft we fall into theerrouroffomc, who imagine a light extending his beames 3. or 4. times higher then the body Iightned , which indeed is moft falfe.-for befide$ thatthelightwouidfbdaincly turne on the contrary fide, it would fecme like a torch or other Her, giving light vnto bodies, and caufing them to caft forth fuch long and vncertaine fhaddowes , asvfe toproccedfrom bodies placed in the light of the flaming fier. Now the light taken from aboue, is imagined to ftand on the one fide of the picture , in fuch fort, that ( meeting with the appointed place of the fe- cond line, vppon which the body ought to be Iightned) it caufeth a moft fweet light ; which defcending vpon all the parts of the body , raifeth them without any harfhnefle in the partes oppofite to the light.Now that part of a body is counted next the light, which from the firft pointe extendethit felfe farther out on that fide then the reft; efpecially if it bee from on. highe. V\ hcrfore that light being imagined to be the quickeft,caufeth the fuper. ficies to recciue the light more ftrongly, viz. that fuperficies which is next ynto v» ,5c that which lookcth vpwards , both which recciue it fo much the mor« OF LIGHT. i 7 i more ftrongly , by how much the higher th ey are, becaufe they are nearer to the appointed light . And this is the originall and ground of al the other lights,which are orderly difpofed through al bodies,givin g the their highth» ning according to the direction of that only light. Which who fo obfervcth, will not giuc fo many different lights,as we daily find given,by fuch as take their light from before; who in that part,where the fhoulder or fide fhould befhaddowed, make another contrary light run gliding along by the fide, which they ignorantly call Reflexion ,or Reverberation. Now the order how to take the light fweetly from aboue, yet not perpendicularly vpon the bo- dies , is this. Firftdrawc one line from the Sunnc A. to B. the fbote of the * man to Se " ht P> lfw ' bee reprcfented , and another from A. by the head of the man C. to VZhlr! /ha!* the line of thcfootcB. D. Now thefpacebetwecne B and D muftbee t*prefff.i dedicated to al the Gods: which recca ving his light from heaven at the top , communicated vnto the images beneath in the chapp^ll , a molt pleafant and fvveete running light, caufing the parts of their bodies to rife in a decent order . Which euftomc is yet kept of fuch as vnderfhnd it. Wherefore from this manner of giving light (becaufeitis taken forthe better grace of Images)we may draw a neceilary rule of giving it to bodies^ that by this meancsio much fhaddow be not cauied vpon the plaineof fi- gures, astheygiue , which taking the light a little higher then the figure, caft the fhaddow vpon the plainc as many feete or more, as the pictures arc long: as though their light were placed in the horizon,which catifeth them to hauc a contrary fhaddow vnder the cies: a thing voide of fenfe . For by this meanes they obferuc 2 lightes very abfurdly* one high and another higher or lower, as ithappeneth. A mofl certaine &: infallible demon'itrati* on wherof we haue in the Sun , which at his rifingcafteth forth his beames about the legges j fpreadingavcrylong fhaddow vppon the plaine, by lightning the lower parts , and having no force or power at all vnder the «ic-browcs, which, as it afterwards rifeth higher and higher, fhortneth Pp ij. the iyi THE FOV^TH BOOKIE. the fhaddow,by lightning the vppcr fuperficies. But it euct cafteth our lhadowes towardes the North, who inhabite this temperate Zone, as the Aftronomers and Geographers note. Which hap- neth not vnto thofe that inhabite the hoat Zone,who haue a right fpheare, and the aquinotti&ll for their Zenith , whofe ihaddowe is vnder their fcctc at noone : becaufe then they haue the Sunne perpendicular to their body: but they which dwell vnder the Poles haue their lnaddowes carried rounds about them, like a wheele. Wherfore in thefe things we muftconfider the bcft effects of nature, i- mitating them , by propofing vnto vs their examples . And fo muft we doc vpon the ftirfaces of high waies , taking the light from the Eaft , in imitati- on of the light of the Sunne ; which in that part, where it bcginneth to rife cafteth the ihaddowes of bodies toward the Weft,and toward other parts, according to his afpecls. Which thing euer hath beene,and is yet obferucd of the skiff till. Thefe then are the beftreafbns which I could obferue and collect con- cerning the light, as well by my ftudie, as my pradtife, wherof I haue made a faithfull report. It may be I haue omitted many thinges, which furely arc offofmall moment, that for perfpicuities fake, I thought it beftto pafle themouer, Notwithftanding,ifanymanbedefiroustoattaine to the per- fect vnderftanding of this Arte of lightes; vpon due examination of that which is abouc written , he fhall there finde the whole f ubftance thereof, (though voideofall eloquence) which neither the matter in hande,nor yet my prefent ftate wJl permit. Wherefore (to omit this point) I holdeit not amiffe to fpeake a word or two of Sciographie , the fecond part of Perfpc- ftiue: which handleth the rcafbns and foundations of fhaddowes. (JiX* tJ^Hs> eJ*' OF OF LIGHT. m >V3 e^ J v5 «> cfw SSSSSlSSW W^^F^I I OF SCIOGRAPHY. CHAT. XXII CioGaAPHiHisa prindpall fcicncc , and the fecond part of Perfpectiue; confidering the felfe fame rcafons of the fhaddowes of bodies , which Delineation or drawing doth 5 by lines feene on high , beloxo , or Uuel y pbndering their caufes, principles, elements, diffe- rences , kindes , partes , and eflentiall paflions , all- waies yeelding the caufes of the diverfities of the ap- pearances of the fhapes of things , by rcafbn of their diftance,farnefle off, neerenelTe or fituation aboue, below , or equall in the middeft . This then is it, which will inftruct v s in the reafon of Shaddowes: whereof I might fay much , faue that intreatingof Iight,I muft confequent- Iy mention all the caufes of fhaddowes. But lead I fhouldbeedefe£tiuein givingthe principall reafons of the reall and true apprehenfions of the arte of Delineation in bodies , I will doe my bcfl , with as great brevity and per- fpicuityaslcan. P »)• OF ©US '74 THE FOV%TH BOOI^E OF THE SHADDOWES OF Bo- dies ACCORDING TO THE SIGHT ANOPTICAL. CHAT, XXIII. Y purpofe is not , in this place to difpute of the nature of fhaddow,infomuch as we know that al! bod ies with outlight, are of equall darknes,in refpe&ofour eie: (b that they can never be apprehended Si feene thereof: But being lightnedjthey appere fo much the brighter, by how much their matter is grofler & thicker. So that the light difcovereth the colours of bodies . Whence wee fee , that the fhaddow participateth the colour of thebody,whcnitisinlightned, andnototherwife, infomuch that where the light decayeth, there alfo the fhaddow endeth; where it is fharpe, there likewife the fhaddow is correfpondent ; where it is dilated , there the fhad- dow is extended; and to concludc,where the bodies are parted , the Light tendeth to the fame } & the fhaddow to the colour . Whence it commeth to pafle,that there be fo many forts of Lights, and as many of fhaddowes, as there are diuerfities ofbodies . But as touching the fhaddowes aboue our cic in the Anopticall fight, I holde, that howc much the more the pictures fecme to be fhortned, and their inward parts to rife higher and lower , that the lights and fhaddows may be feene, fo much the more or lefTe light they haue towards their vpper parts: becaufe the body being feene by his lower parts , the contrary partes muff needs bee fhaddowed in great abundance. And whofbever fhal doe other wife,fhal errc grofly.-becaufe this manner of fhaddowingferues to none other ende 3 then to the direction of the lines. V\ hcrcfore according to their turnings , fituation y diminifhing &c, this followeth, increafeth, and defcendeth, according as they run vpwards and fidelong,anfweiable to the light on high,or on one fide . And this is meant of al forts of pofition aboue our eic> by meanes of a quadrant line.But I pro- ceed to the other fhaddowes of the fecond fight. - OF OF LIGHT. *75 OF THE SHADDOVVES OF THE BODIES ACCORDING TO THE SIGHT OPTICAL L. CHAT. XXIIII. N s 6 m v c h as the Direct lines arc not diminished or {hortned either a little aboue,or a little below the Op- ticallline, the fhaddowes being accompanied with dainty fweetenes , are lefle apparant, if not according to the increafe of the lines defcribed in the body a- boue, yet at the leaft in the declyning of the foreparts below . So that there is but little lhaddow required in bodies, according to this fight, faueonely that the lo- wer and hinder parts of the body, arelightned, by the reflexions of the Pri mary light,which falleth vpon the parts nere thervnto . But the fhaddowes and lights are much more apparant in the fight Anopticall,becaufc(by rea- fon of the turning of the part fee ne below , on the fide contrary to the light which beginneth as it were to retire towards the vper endeofthelighteft part)there is a very great reflexion ingedred,like vnto that,which the Snn- Bcames make, when they Aide along vppon the Sea at Sun-rifing . But be- caufe thefe rules & obfervations of the radiation of the light,are of fo great iyi' , vs «>«■ THE FIFTH BOOKE OF THE PERSPECTIVES £Y IO: PAVL: LOMATIVS PAINTER OF MILAN!. (#####) Tin Troeme . CHAT. I. R i s t o t i e hath this maximc , thaty«c£ as the ende rheprji v *i, Uyfuch ought the means to be which leadvnto the fame ■> viz. proportionable, and fit for the obtaining thcrof. As for example, if a man would afcende to the top of an houfe , he mufl take a ladder proportionable there- unto, or fbme other inftrument fittefor thepurpofc. Neither wil it fuffice to take an inftrument of any fife, but onely fuch a one as is abfolutcly proportionable , Othcrwife it will not feme for the purpofc. Farthermore, for the better perfection hereof, itfufficethnot that this meanes or inftrument be abfolutely proportionable, except it haue ano- ther i*o THE FIFTH !B00^E * r* dot it bet. ther helpe, which the Philofophcrs call * ad melius eft . So that an inftrfi- ». mcnt ought to haue two qualities •, the one, that it may guide vs to our wi- shed ende ; and the other , that it haue fnch vcrtue and perfection, that it may performc our purpofe better then any other . Which approoued ve- rity, fhalbc the firft ground of that which I meanetofayin thisproeme. The fecod The fecond ground is , that all wife and fufficient artificers hauing two ground. inftruments, the one which will barely feruc their turnc,and the other.that befides the meerefufficiency, hath moreouerthe perfection admeliuseffe ioyned thereunto, ought cuerto choofe that which hath them both toge- ther: as for example; if 1 were to trauaile to Rome,and had my choice of two horfes, whereof the one would carry me , but with great paine and tra- uaile, and the other, which would not onely carry mee, but with fb great eafe and delight thatlfhould fcarfe feelc any trouble, I vvere abfurde if I would not make choyce of the moft commodious horfe for my vfe. Hauing laied thefe two groundes I conclude , that the immediate end of Paintingand Caruing from their firft inftitution is, to make fuch images as ihall reprefent to mans eie the true proportion, together with all the per- fections of naturall and artificial! thinges, but chiefely of Man . Now this being the immediate ende of this arte, it followeth plainly ,that Pictures art themeanesorinftrument,andtheEieistheEnde', which agreeth with that firft pofition diAriftotle and the other Philofophers, and confequenrly that this meancs, viz. pictures , fhould be proportionable to the cie, which is their immediate ende. Obiec: Butifany man fhall obiec*t,that the images doe not reprefent naturall& artificial! thinges to the eie> but to the vnderftanding andtothe wworp, o4fc/w: i reply, that it is true that the finall ende of /mages is the vnderftanding, but the eie is the immediate, according to that of Arijlotle, there is nothing in the vnderftanding^ xthich xros not firft in the fen fe '. and fb it muft needes be, that before thefe images can come to our vnderftan ding, they bee firft in the eie: that is, they muft firft be feene. *- e pk And if peraduenture it fhould be replied , that although the immediate ende of pictures be to reprefent to the eie the proportion and other properties of thinges , yet the painter doth this by regarding and imitating the true & exact proportion of things. For whereas naturaJl and artificial! thinges are the rule and meafurc of painting and caruing, we ought not to depart from the rule, meafurc, and proportion of thefe thinges j and fo much the rather, becaufc the ende of this arte is to imitate Nature . And this cannot bee done otherwife then by caufing the images to reprefent the naturall things with all poiTiblc arte . And then (queftionleflc) they carry the beft refem- blance, when the workman obferueth the naturall proportion of the things. As if a Painter would reprefent Iulitu Cafar, which perchance ought to be i o faces in height, out of doubt , hee cannot better refemble him , then by making his picture of i ofaces. For \ilulius Cafar were 10 faces high & the Painter would take a true counterfeit of him , he ought not to make him of nine or clcuen faces: for that were a fou'e error, and would not expreflc the proportion of/*: C«: but of fomc other man of the ftatureof n or p faces. Vnw OF PERSPECTIVE. 181 Vnto which argument (though it feeme to prefle ftrongly) I anfwere by j„fa this generallconclufion, and moft pregnant truth, that no painter or earner ought in hii xcorkes to imitate the proper and natur all proportion of t hi ages, hut the vifuall proportion. For (in a word) the eie and the understanding to- gether being directed by the Perfpeftiue arte, ought to beaguide,mea- fure, and iudge of Painting and Caruing . But if the painter would worke to fatisfie and pleafe onely himfelfe, and meant not that his doings fhoulde come to the view oforher men, then hee might make his pictures after his owne humor . Burpropofing to himfelfe by his painting two thinges, viz. Profit and Credit , hee muft in any cafe make his worke of that quality ,tbac euery man may iudge whether it be well done and according to true pro- portion. Nowe this iudgement cannot be giuen, except the eie giue place to the worke, and the vnderftanding iudge of the proportion . W herfore of ne« ceflity, the pictures muft be made conformable to the eie , and this can ne- iier be done in keeping the naturall proportion ; but by following the vifu, 4// proportion of the eie, that fo we may atta:ne vnto our ende, viz. our credit eix\& commodity. Neither let any man obie&that the iudgement of the bought not to be followed, becaufe it islubiecl: to deceipt. For (befides that he is much more deceaued himfelfe in perfwading himfelfe that all other men are de- luded , and onely hevnderftandeth thetrueth)it were an eafie matter to prooue, that neither the eie in beholding the proportion , nor the vnder- ftanding in iudging thereof, are deceaued 5 and fo that both the eie and the vnderftanding are iuft and vpright iudges . So that the painter and caruer following their owne iudgements, ought not to obferue the proper and na- turall proportion of thinges in their workes , but that which appeareth to the eie. Now wheras all our knowledge is grounded vpon fence (as Ariftotlewo- teth) it is moft euident, that the vnderftanding of Man indgeth of the pro- portions of figures, and other thinges, in fuch fort, as they are (eene of the eie. So the eie feeing the quantity of a figure, the vnderftanding indgeth that it is of 9 or 1 o faces, or more or lefle : but when the figures are remoo- ued a farre off, the eie cannot deliuer to the vnderltanding their true natu- lan 1 quant tys whence ircommethtopafle that the vnderftanding cannot iudge of the fame proportion. And that it is true, that figures ftandinga farre off cannot be apprehended of the eie in their true quantity, it may ea- fily be prooued by 2 found reafons. Firft that the figures doe not carry the fpecies andfhapes vnto the eie The fir B in the fame quantity, or ( to fpeake more properly of the figures) theayre rea f on . doth not carry the (pedes which it taketh from the images, ftanding a farre off, to the eie in the fame indiuiduall quantity, which the images haue ; but cuercarrieththem lefferand fhorterin quantity, according as the ayre ftandeth farther off from the thinges: fo that f uppofe an image ftand 20 cu- bites, or one ftadium from vs, the firft part of the ayre which is next to the image (being continued) bringeth a long with it the fpecies or fhapes, Q,q j. and iSi THE FIFTH BOOKIE and reprcfenteth them to the fecon d part of the aire , and this fecond parte rcprefentsthefametothe third part inalefTer quantity 3 in fuch wife that the fpecies being by degrees more and more diminifhed, doe ende at the Iaft , and goc no farther in the ayre ; becaufe they reft in the eie, in a pyra- midall forme: (o that if there were no eie at all in the worlde, yet this would ever bee the nature of all bodily thinges , that their fpecies woulde pafle through the aire betweene 2 lines not fur allele . Whence ( according to the Pofitions of the Mathematicians) they muft needes mecte together , and fo the fpace betweene thefe 2 lines commeth to an ende , and is concluded in the point of the interfe&ion. And if this which hath bin faide hitherto fhal fecme vnprobable, yet this' is without exception , that if the fpecies of things fhould be reprefented in all parts of the aire in the fame quantity that the things themfelucs are , as it were betweene 2 parallele lines; for example, if the fpecies of a man of 10. faces fhould be reprefented in every part of the aire in the iuft quanti- ty of 10. faces ; this grofle inconvenience would follow, that a finite thin* fhould haue an infinite power . For ( according to their opinion that would haue the fpecies, not to be diminifhed in this manner , but to appere in the lame quantity in all parts of the aire , ) if we fuppofe the aire to bee infinite without any impediment in the middeft, then thefe fpecies wilbe feene in every part of this infinite aire j and by confequence the fpecies of a man fhalbe extended infinitely in that vnlimited aire , So that a limited bodie fhould haue an infinite power ; then which , a fouler abfurdity cannot be imagined in Philofbphy, the Mathematiques , or Divinity . And furely it were ftrange that an Angell fhould haue his power fb limited, that working in one place he cannot worke in another at that fame time beyond his ver~ tne , and yet a man fhould extend his fpecies infinitely . And let no man obiec-t that this is apaffiue power ; becaufe no creature can haue an infinite paffruepower. fh C "d The fecond reafbnisjthatifthis were fo: there would fall out one thinge J ' contrary to the experience ofall men, and fenfc it felfe. That a man might ' ' fay ^that although the eie be far of from the thing, yet notwtthftandinghee foouldfee it in the Came manner that it would bee feene in , if it xvere neerer'y fo that the fame power of the eie being informed with the fame fpecies vn- der the fame quantity , it would feeme impoflible , thatitfhould notfee after the fame" forte 3 in what place foever it bee , ncere hande, or far of. For Experience the true miftrefle of all things teacheth the cleane contrary; that we doe not fee the felfe fame thing diftindtly after the fame fort , but the farther it is of, the lefler it appeares. Wherefore it muft needes be, that the fpecies doe not proceede from the thinges in the fame quantity,btit that they ate diminifhed . For if you fhal take a large glafle , and therewith make trial of that 1 fay , you fhal find by evident proofe, that the fpecies of things are diminifhed according to their diftance from your eie . For if you ftand neere to the glafle it wil reprefenc vnto you the whole quantity of the Obie&,& there you fhal fee the fpecies and OF TE^STECTIFE. 183 and images after the fame quantity , but ftanding a farre of they will feme lefle vnto you, and (b much the Icffer, by how much fat ther you ftand from the glaflc : fb that in the ende , they will not bee feene att all . A moft e. vident argument, that the fpecies proceed from the thinges betweene two lines not parallel/ ', but in a pyrxmidall figures fo that it cannot bee feene of the fame quantity in euery place . From this confederation of the diminifhing of figures in a glafle, I haue drawen this rule and arte offhortning & abating pictures in Perfpe&iue,as fhalbee handled in the next booke , which treateth of Pratfife . Becaufe the feeing faculty being informed with a great fpecies , iudgeth the thing to be great , and being informed with a fmall fpecies iudgeth it to bee final VVherfbre , nether the eye is deceaued in feing , nor the Vnderftanding in iudgingofthe proportion of things, but the Painter and Caruer 3 whoe make their workes, to the end they may bee feene by the eye,and cenfured by the Vnderflanding , indeuoring to make them feeme proportionable to the beholder,& yet euer make them flatt contrary to difcretion and the arte of the PerfpectiuesjFor if they make a figure ,fuppofe of 10 faces,that muft be placed a far of from the eie 5 and therefore ought to loofe one face in the decay of the fight, they muft not therefore make him of 11. faces; becaufe whofoever feeth it wil iudgc it to be iuft 10. And fo they fhould change the nature of all creatures. And if an image haue loft one face by reafbn of the diftance of place(be- caufe the fpecies which come to the eie from far 3 are diminifhcd)then they wilcaufe the vnderflanding to iudge contrary to the information it hath. But if the fpecies which informeth be no bigger then 9. faces , becaufe they would haue the image to be iudged of 10. faces , they would caufe the fpe- cies to be of 1 1 , and then the image fhalbc thought to be of 1 o ; for before the fpecies commeth to the eie it wil loofe one face. Wherfore the workeman muft ever beare in mind this principle of o/- riflotlr.FirU to conjtder the end, and then to proportion hii meanes anfxrera* hie thereunto , and fo in making an Image which he would haue feeme pro- portionable, he muft forme it futable to the eie . Which he fhall doe,if he fhape his picture fo muchbigger,as itloofeth in regard of the diftance from theeie jSothathefhalfirftmarkeof what proportion he would haue his picture feeme. 1 hen fhall he confider the place where he meaneth to fet it, and if the diftance wil caufe it to loofe one face, he fhal adde fomthing pro- portionably vnto every face, fo that if the Image fhould be of 10. faces, he fhal make it of 11. increafingitbyoneface, and fo will the eie iudge it to be but of 10. faces. And if the diftance fhall caufe it to loofe 2.faces,hefhal make the picture of 1 2. faces , and it will in like fort feeme to the eie to bee but 10. faces. In like manner if the artificer be to make a Coloftu of 10. cu- bites, and the head thereof (by reafonofhis diftance from the eie) fhall loofe one third part of the head , he muft make him bigger by the third part of the head , and fo will he feeme proportionable to the eie. The generall rule is this , that looke hoxe much the whole image loo fet h , all that it to bee dijlributedthrough out the whole image .But when the head(for C^q ij. example ,g 4 THE FIFTH BOOf^E example) loofeth fomething,and is fhortned, it muft be made bigger. The like obfervations are to be kept in al the particulars, and as much as thinges loofe ,fo much the bigger they muft be made < And this is the true arte and proportion which the ancient obferved in all their workes : And for this caufe the Images in Traians cohmmz in Rome which ftandon highe^are made bigger , and fo they feeme all of one bignes . For the iudicious work- man made them fo much the bigger , as they loft by reafon of the diftance from the eie. Wherefore Phidias and Praxitiles in thofe ftatues which they made in mounte cavallo at Rome(becaufe being very great ones,their heads would loofe fomethingby reafon of the diftance) made them bigger in pro- portion then the life, and fo they fcememoft proportionable. And tbisis the caufe why I hauing intreated of the natural proportio in my firft booke, haue now added this booke of the Perfpeaiucs, where I meane to handle the vifuall proportion of the eie in Perlpcftiuc . For the naturall proportion is (as it were) the foundation of this vifuall proportion. But you will fay , that indeed when the Images ftand a farre of, wee muft keepe the vifuall proportion, in perfpediue , but when they ftand neere, thenaturall . I anfwere , that although the Images ftand neere the eie, yec we muft not wholly obferue the naturall , but wee muft regard the grace of the figure ; And that proportion which is moft decent to the eye muft bee followed as Raphael and all other good workemen vfed in all their workes, wherein we fhall find feete in pidures fomething too little, and Iegges lon- ger then the life. Inawordwefhallfind other particulars in their workes, which adde a wonderful grace and beauty to their pictures : for the eye de- liehteth to fee certaine parts of the body (lender, others flefhie and tender, and others keeping their natuaU proportion: but arte cannot giue rules of the particulars, becaufe they are infinite. Howbeit my diligent reader, {hall find fuchfufficiency of rules and precepts inthefe my obfervations, that if hce make vie of them , hee fhall ( I hope ) prooue fufficient in this profeffion. OF OF (PERSPECTIVE. 1S5 OF THE VERTVE OF PERSPECTIVE- CHJV II. V c h is the vertuc of Perfpec"tiue,that whiles it imitateth the life , it caufeth a man to overfee and bee deceaved , by ihewing a fmall quantity in freed of a great ; the onely reafon whereof is , becaufe the eye is never offended with feeing a natural! body in anie place , whether aboue , belowe or elfe where j becaufe it is daily acquainted therewith . Wherefore,when a thingis exprefled by the Perfpediues,in a lefler quan- tity then of it felfe it is , the eie is verie well pleafed therewith . And this verrue is of fo great moment , that it appeares not onely in good and iudi- cious , but even in rude and vnskilful workes : as vppon mine owne expe- rience I haue made proofe , allowing the Perfpectiue of 2 pi&ures lliort- ned after the vfuall manner , and grounded vpon the skill of mafter workc- men, which I haue notwithitandingafterwards(vpon better examination) founde falfe 3 and drawne either from Modelles for prattize , or donne by a fownce , oxgratt) or elfe by triecie . Neither of which waies is fafe in draw- ing of perfpe&iue, for (befides the deceit which will appeare in the worke) a man cannot fee the thickneffe and backer partes of the Mo dell ( although it bee a bodie ) without which whofoever fhall thinke to make commenda- ble perfpectiues , is much deceaved . And let no man ima^inc^hat OWi: K^4r>gelo&Ttwt his fhortned pictures from Models j infbmuch ashee was not onely skilfull heerein 3 but was palling well feene in the arte of turnings and bowings in all his fhortnings; which ever prooved admirable, by rea- fon of the flout and boulde inflexions of the limmes , infomuch that you Qj iij wouldc 1 86 THE FIVTH $ J^E would imagine they might be feene in the wrong fide ; neither is there any other way whereby rhefe ftrange effectes may be performed , befides this , whereof I purpofe to difcourfe in this , but efpecially in the next booke. And now to proceede , I arhrme moreover , that figures or pictures be- ing placed in a true correfpondency betwecne themfelues,haue this power andvertue, that which way fbever they be looked on they feeme to carrie the fame height , and according to the difpofition of the firft , the reft be- hinde will feeme to anfwere futably, as may be feene in the hiftories of Ra- phael, and other good Painters. But the principallvertueot this arte is, that it teacheth the way how to make figures abfolutely true and perfect after ail fortes;and hath nothing to doe with Carving, faueonely in obferuing and imitating things extant or ftandingout by imboffing : which the Carvers considering, grew proud of, alleaging, that the Painters could nor lighten their apparrel in Perfpectiue, without the helpe of models and fuch like things ; having an eieonly tocer- taine ignorant Painters, who patched out their credit by thefemodelles; whence it commeth to pafie, that they can fcarccly finith one picture in a whole yeere,fo that whiles in their owne iudgment they grow skilful in this point of Sculpture ,theycracke their credit,aiuit reward of their ignorance. A thing never \icd by the beft painters ; who vfed firft to prepare certainc {ure , wel-leafoned and infallible Cartones ("according to the forefaide rules whereof I wil intreate more at large in my natural difcourfe)&: then lleight- ly delineated their worke uppon cloth, with 4 or 5 ftroakes ofa cole , which being afterwards hcighthnedandlightned , their former true draughtes feeme to be fo apparelled, that their foulds and plight? doe not exactly re- femble the life , but partly their patternes : which feeme ro carry a veric probable fhew with them ( fane onely that there appeare certaine vncooth inSexions)vvhichGWf«f/«* exceedingly wel obferved,keepinga certainc methodin the plaites of his garments, which none befides him.'elfe was a, ble to performe , drawne partly from the imitation of nature and partly of arte . This being firft donne,thcy afterwards gaue the lights ,by the fame arte they made the foulds: for the confiderationof the one cannot ftand without the other, as they wel know who haue made proofe hereof. And from this Height fprang al thofc famous workes , as may appere by their beautiful and judicious handling, namely of Raphael^Polidore; & Alb: Vurer a moft painful and wittie Painter (though he followed fomewhata grofle courfe ) who alone hath made more hiftories , phantafies , battailes andconceites ,then almoftall the reft, being all verie wel fet forth, as may appere by the multitude of his Prints , cut with his ownehandin moftex« quifite and painful forte . Wherefore in this refpect the Carvers muft not imagine Painting to be any iot inferior to Carving, becaufe thatyeelde;h them fome helpe . For although painting make vie of modcls,yet thefe arc the workes of Plafticke and not of Carving. But to draw to an ende , ths good painter hath this fpeciall benefit by it, that thereby his arte is not a little graced abouc the reft ; who afterwardes in all his apparell imitatem the life, from which the true order and method is OF PERSPECTIVE. t fy is drawnc, and not from thofe ragged clothes , dipped in water and chalke, as the manner of diuers is , wherewith they fhallneuer be able toreprefenc true cloth, &c. And hence arife fo many different fortes of cloth s all f arrc from the truth. Whence we may collec"t,how great care we ought to hauc for auoy ding this practife ; not fo much in regard of the Iofle of time, as bc- caufe our workes will neuer come neere the life. Befides , from hence fpring thdfe diffractions and difcontentmentsin the minde of the workeman which ought efpecially to be auoided . For to the ende he may worke the better and more conceitedly, he had neede of a quiet and fetled minde, which is eucr accompanied with a facility of per- formance, and fecurity of the arte. And Co being not opprefled and crofled with perturbations, and aduifedly waying and difaifling whatfoeuer he in • tendeth, he bringeth the fame to moft happy perfection. But to fpeake vp- rightly, none are truely capcable of thefe high points , but fuch as are well grounded in the principles of the arte, and throughly acquainted with all the effe&es thereof. For the which caufe I exhort all painters to apply the- felues to the ftudy of good artes, that by meanes therof they may the more cafily attaine to their defircd ende. And fo I befecch God to open our vn- derftandings and conceits, whereby we may the better attaine to all thefe his good giftesj in whofe name Ivndertake this difcourfcof thePerfpc- ttiues. Qij »»j THE J**"*&. Jto»>*JX A*ZA. 1 88 THE FIFTH !BOOI^E THE DEFINITION OF Per- spective. CHjfT. III. Erspective (being fubordinate to Geometry & as it were the daughter thereof) tt a fcience of via- ble lines'- So that the fubiect therof is a vi/ible line ; the caufes, principles, vniuerfalland immediate elements whereof, it indeuoureth to finde out , confidering the genm^fpecies-, ejsentiall differences and accidents ther- of. Of which arte the worthy Geminus,an ancient wri- ter of the Mathematikes treating, he diuideth it into 3 kindes. Optica or Perfpecfiua, Sciograpbica, and Specularia. Optica he fub- diuideth into 2 kindes: Fhyfiologica and Grammica. The/'^/^%/frf//partfearchethoutthevniuerfalIpiinciples,caufes,and elements of all vi/ible things , together with their parts , kindes, and moft proper differences (but in a generality) which are principally three. The firft is called Direct ^//^/'///"/^ecaufeithandleththedireftbeames. The fecond Reflected; and the third Refracted: which is performed in the water, glafFes,&c. Grammica is the arte of Delineation , and is more neceflary to painting chen all the reft ; this is foure folde . For he which delineateth,confidereth either True fightes, or Falfe and deceiptfull; which are of 3 fortes ^Anopti- c/ty Optica and Cat optica. ^Anoptica bendeth vpwardes, whofe bale or low- er parts are eleuated aboue the Horizon.O/tf/c* is extended forcrightjeuel with the Horizon. Cat optica, deelineth downwardes beneath the Horizon, appearing as if it came neerer the eie below. Now the skill of the workemanconfifteth infhewinc Falfe and deceit- full OF (PERSPECTIVE. 18? fullfightesinfteedeof the true; which very few can exactly attainevnto: becaufeit is wholly occupied about fhortnings , interfe&ions &c And thefe foure pari es ferue to the arte ofDrawing,Carving,- Archite<3ure,and Imbofling halfe roundc called mezzo relievo-, whofe feuerall kindes are •i^naglyphice], b 'Diaglyphice , c Encolaptice, d Toreutice, or e Smalt a- '„ C °£" gem ' toria; Vlaftice which is imbofling in earth or wsxc, Tomice and Varadtgma- "Engraving The fecondfpecies called Sciographie , handleth the caufes, principles, {'£l;„ gvp „, clementes kindes , partes , and effentiall paflions of Shaddowes , yeel- Mmeptouif ding the reafonsof thevarietic of the apparitions of the fhapes and ima- I'^/^rd pes ofthinges,by meanes of their diftaunce, nearer, or farther of, z-hthtCotd- boue, dire&ly againft, or beneath the eie. All which pointes are orde-{ OT " 6 "; red and gouerned by the lines of Grammica , which diftributeth the lines p ^Tffor" of the fuperficies as they ought to bee, according to their diftaunce and &W»g- (ituation, as heereafterfhallbe fhewed. This Sctographie moreouer(ac- '^MJi- cording to the faide rules) confidereth the fhaddowes of bodies accor- -venire, ding as their fuperficies is eminent , low , or broade . Neither am I igno- s " au ?°^ g rant that many are of opinion, that this is the fame, which Vitruvim cal- c *uw«. * leth Scenographia, that is, thefronte and fides of a building or any other Scenogra« thing, whether it be fuperficies or body; affirming, that it hath trie verie^j*. powre of Grammica, confiftingin three principall lines; for example, the plaineline, that which runneth towardes the pointe , and the line of di- stance . It is reported that <^Agatharchui , Democritus , and AnaxagorM haue written heereof. And fbme are of opinion , that it is abfolutely ne- ceflary for a Painter,as if therein confifted the whole arte of fhortning,with all the other difficulties accompanying the fame. But leaning them to their ownc opinions, Ipurpofeto followe thepro- pofed order, according to the ancient approoucd definition and divifiori ofthePerfpecliues. The laftfpecies called Specularia, confidereth the reflexion of beames, Specula- giuing direction for the making of Glafes , and ihewing all the proper- ria. ties anddeceites thereof, which fhewe diuerfe apparitions according to their diftindl formes : Concaue, rounde , plaine, pillar -like, pyramidally fxoelling, angular , inverted , erected, regular , irregular , found and cleere. With this kinde of Vci^z&mt Pythagoras , Plato, and one Hojleus about \_Aitguftus his time, were much delighted (as Ccelius reporteth.) And K^ppollonius and Vitello haue written heereof, as of an arte whereby admi- rable conclusions may be performed; aswereade of a glafle which Pom- fey the great brought away amongft the fpoiles of the Eafte , in which you might fee a whole armie; and ofcertaine others which may bee fbcompo- fed,that they fhall ftew althe aboue named qualities. Now concerning Delineation the moft neceffarie patte of Perfpectiue, and his true and falfe fightes,togither with the difpofition thereof, it (hall not bee amiffetofhew, what Sight is; howe it is to bee vnderftood, and after what forte it vvorketh . Then will I handle the Beames , De- fiance, and Obicti: and laftofall the three kindes of feeing, with their — ' lines: ipo THE FIFTH 'BOOJ^E lines : in which pointes, at this time Clariccius, Meda, the Baft, with diucrs other Painters, Caruers, and Architects, are very wcllfeene . And hecre I profefle , that I will not handle them like a Mathematician, but fpeake of them according to the vfuall pradile of the painters, and mine owne obfer- uations out of pi&ures of all fortes of men , and whatfoeuer elfe is fubicct to arte. Plato. OF THE MANNER OF OVR SIGHT IN GENERALL QHAV. IIIL M o n g s t the belt Philofophcrs which I haue reade, concerning the reafbn ofour Sight , I findc diuers and fundry opinions. For Plato thinketh it is caufed from that brightnes, which proceedeth from the eie,whofe light palling through the aire meeteth with that which is reflected from the bodies. Now that light wherwith the ayrcis inlightned from the funne, diffulethand difperfeth.it felfe vnto the vertue of the fight. Galen. And this is Galens opinion . Wherunto all the Platonickes leanc, who in their commentaries affirme , that the eie fees nothing els, but the light of the Sunne. Became the figures of the bodies are neuer feene,but when they are illuftrated by the light, info much as their matter neuer commethtothe eie. This then is their meaning-, that the light of the Sunne,being as it were painted with the colours and figures of all the bodies whereon it falleth,re- prefenteth them to the eie , which by vertue of a certaine naturall faculty it hath, apprehendeth the light of the Sunne thus painted,and after it hath receaued the fame , feeth the light togither with all the pictures that are in it. So that all vifible things ( according to the grand Platonicke) areappre- hended by the eie, not after the fame fort as they are in the matter of bodies but as they are in the light, which is iofufed into the eies. And thefe arc the rcafons of the Platonickes. But OF (PE^STECTIFE. i pi But Hipper thus faith, that the beamcs which ifTuc foorth of the eie rea- Hippar- ching vnto, and in a fort touching thofe bodies, doe dcliuer to the fight the chus. thinges receaued. The Epicures affitmc that the refemblaces of things which appeare, doe ThcEpi- . of themfelues enter into the eie. cures. ^Ari/lot/e is of opinion , that the incorporeall fimilitudes and qualities Aritfotle. of things, come to the fight through the alteration of the ayre,which envi- roneth the vifible thinges. But Porphyry tezcheth, that neither thebeames,northerefemblances, Porphyry. nor any other thing are the caufe of feeing, butonely the minde it felfej which knoweth all the vifible things,and is knowne of them all. The Geometricians and Perfpecliuers drawing neereto Htpparchmo^i- The Geo* nion, doe imagine certaine cones meeting with the beames, which pro- metricians ceedeoutofthe eie, whence the fight comprehendeth many vifible things and Perfb: together, but thofe mod certainly where the beames meete together. ^Alchindtu is of another minde concerning the fight. A/chindus Saint <^4uguftine holdeth,that the power of the minde worketh fome- Saint Aw thing in the eie. Which opinion I meane to ioyne with the reft in the chap, gufiine. ters following, freely handling them in particular, for the vfe of painters, (b farre foorth as they fhall agree with the truth ; leaft fome cholericke fellow or other, who neuer knew what contemplation meant, nor yet euer vnder- ftoodhowtodeliuer the conceits of his minde in writing, might (Iike^E- fops dogge) fnarle at me , imagining in his groflfe conceit , that I (pake at randome. ^Mls^SM:fe^sS^i3G^^^ OF Ip2 THE FIFTH e^ls e7 lJ u> rfS "^V-rfi tolrift) SVwfS 4Vnf* >ifi*^> '•lfgfi' <»i«A"5 »ir.fl JVo} 5V T>v-%T T^-^iy 1 C*»>-iT T^^T T^""^ V-v V^v VV V"V V"V A»-^l A^iA. ^W^l if*»^>^St i4^»'^li a^-"^! ■^•■•^i ^^>^i A»s^i, Ar*&, 4j> Ml-ls ftj*""^ W* J V9 C7 lJ li) <£j* J y) tt7 lJ V?> CjH^S ty*'^ «7 , *U> eJ* i^i> »Vvfi Slfif* '^imC '•Itti* 'ir-yf* 1 <»ir*f5 4Vifa uV^fi aM< <*ir , R*»>->shj* 1 ^-« (jAaa ejwifl ?j* J fj) «*■•*•> cJ^ts ■»» (.JlJ v w "ar \y+& v**^ v^ - ^' ■ ■ ■ Ts eJH^s wHs («J ,J U) cj* 8 ffi OF PERSPECTIVE 'P* OF THE BEAMES OF THE SIGHT. . CHAT. VI. H e * Be antes oftbeJ/gbt(which are thofe which going *'s„s. c Sntht forth of the eie , doe apprehend all the 'particularities T * ble K* ofthe obie&s to be painted, as the bottomes,corners eminenciesjprofundities,breadths , fpaces,heigthes, thicknefles, andwhatfbeverelfemaybc reprcfented vppon any wal or table, that fo it may become a limi- ted picture , the extremities,or fuperficial fight of the thinghiding the inward partes) doe returne directly backe againe to the eie, whence they proceeded . So that the outtermoffc beames compaflingthe fuperficies of the obiec~t round abour, are vnited in the fame formc,togither with the profundity and eminency in the eie; that is j in the point with the inward beames, caufing an angle there. Now as the obiecls feeme bigger,lefler,or eqtiall to the eic:fo they make a bigger, lefier or equall angle in the fame. So that the divers particulari- ties ofthe obiect caufe diverfity of beames ; which returning backe to the cie forme divers angles : becaufe the obiect is apprehended very fpeedily, infomuch as the eie worketh vppon the fame with great celerity, inthatjt feeth with divers beames , fo that this celerity feemeth to be proper to the fight j efpecially when the obiett appeareth not too exceeding big. Hence it commeth to pa(Te,that when we ftedfaftly behold any thing, the beames which goe to the profundity or bottome thereof, feeme to be aboue , and thofe aboue in the eminency or top feeme higher , and fome others feeme to fall one vpon another, becaufe one fide ofthe obiect hideth the other, as falleth out in other kinds of extending the beames . Butvndcrneathatthe end or breadth ofthe thicknes 3 the beames will alwaies feeme higher then the firft ofthe top ,becaufe fome of them being longer and others fhorter, when they are cut of in their appointed place, doe caufe diverfity of fpaces andfhortnings . W hence arifeth the whole reafon oifalfe and deceit full fighccs,as fhalbe fhewed in his due place. Rr ij. And " Line t either of Signification or Opertttion. t 9 6 THE FIFTH 7 OF THE EIE THE INSTRV- MENT OF SEEING THE BEAMES. CHAT. VU. NsoiuvcHas the Eiels the chiefe foundation of the Perfpe&iucs (for indeede without it they canot ftand) therfore the Perfpe&iuers call it the * Center, Marke, * s« b>. in tU Point, Terme , and the Cone of the Fyramu, which (as wW » *fe * lhaucfaide) is vfually made according to the forme and bafe of the obiect in our fight. Firft then it is cal- led theF0#tf^f/0#ofPerfpeftiue,becaufeby it there Thefoun- are two fightes formed, the one Naturall & the other fatton. Rationall : Naturall infomuch as the fhapes of things fcene,doe come vnto it fimply by the beames which it receaues: Rational, becaufe it farther con- fidcrs the reafon and effect of the fight , whence the Perfpettiues are de- riued;& vpon this are the firft elements of the art grounded . It is called the Center becaufe all the lines of the bafe and circumference of the obiecl:,doe Center. fo meete in if, as in a circle all the lines runne from the circumference to the center. And hence is it alfo called the 'JMarke, becaufe it is a determinate UUarke. placc,whece the whole reafon ofthe raifing of bodies, with their eminecies, thicknefTesandfhortningsarife, by meanes ofthe things depending there- on. It is called the 7Vrw*,becaufe by it all things in a picture are Iimited,and Terme. whatfbeuer is made without the difpofition of this Terme, cannot be either good or true : becaufe it is not fitly difpofed for the fight, being not ordered according to the vifuall beames,which are fent forth from the eie, through the whole. VVherfore they which worke without this Terme, (that is with- out an Eie vnto which they may certainely referre all their figures , and the parts and members thereof) are vnworthy the name of Painters , and may more truely be called dawbers, waiters of colours, difcontenters of the eie, and breeders of confufion in the world. And that this is neceflary & ought to be obferued for a principle and fubftantiall point of the arte, may eui- dendyappeare; for as all viuble things are referred to the eie inrefpe&of their colour and f ormej fo all thofe things which we would reprefent,ought Rr iij. to ipS THE FIFTH Pay titers, Architects .Car- t/ers,Dial-makers ^and Geographers ^whofeworkes depende vpon theobfer- vation of the ftarres . Wherefore let no 'man mervaile , if in handling the Painters Perfpe«5fiue, that is of delineation , according to the perfect and Geometrical bodies , I make no mention ofcertaine things 3 which ( fpea- king in generall of the whoIe)I ought perhaps to haue tonched.But becaufe. the eie leeth not without Diftance,it followeth that now I fpeake thereof 199 * Delineation or drawing. OF DISTANCE. CHAT. VIII. — 1 — H — Hosoever then intendeth to draw any thing, muft know that he cannot fee without Dijfance-, that is with outfb'mcfpacebetweenehiseie,andthe thing to bee feene. For ifthe thing touch the eie, aman cannot fee; becaulc the aire commeth not betwe ene: Againe ifthe thing fhalbe too farre of, it cannot be feene : for ifwe would draw a great thing in a fmall roome,wee muft fo order it , that it may come fmall to the eie . If therefore the fight would make a thingfeeme greate to the eie, or the eie wouldefeeittruely, it muft draw the fame vnto it through the aire by the helpe of the beames of the eie : becaufe thefe things are required to the per- il r iiij. feci: 200 THE FIFTH Truth ft is,that as in obtufe, blunt, and fhortdiftances, things feeme to decline andiunne backwards in vnfeemeiy fort: focontrariwife,tnings too farrc off,& making acute and fharpe angels in the eie, giue no grace to workes , deceauing the eie too much,as being placed too farre off. For both which caufes weemuft make efpeciallchoiceofaconuenient £>'"* Dh PiftWy wll ich fhalbe this: viz . That the per f on which behoideth^ftande off from the obieff or watifeene, three times the height t hereof •■> as alfo in tables and figures, we muft take our diftance 3 times as far of as the height of the figure, whereof I meane to entreare plainely and orderly in rhe booke fol- lowing. And this diftance is the moft proportionable to the eie that can be deuifed, and is that which makethall painted workes appeare moregrati- oufly to the eie,then the extreames can doe . But becauie the abfolute.de • termination hereof confifteth in the vnderftandingof theworkeman,I wil not ipend much time in fetting downe the reafon therof . Onely 1 will fub- 2^1/. fcribe to the iudgment of Balthafar Petruccius, &: Raph: Vrbine, who when they would paint a wall with a narrow way,and galleries with wals,thought it no difgrace, not to reprefent the in their picture according to the diftance taken from the walljbut would haue them done much greater,after an ima- ginary diftance. Becaufe the thinges painted, not fhewing truely vpon the wall or fuperficies; but as if they flood a great deale farther off, by reafon of the extenfion of the beames , will feeme more fairc and beautifull , where the other fhall feeme to decline and fhoote backwards . This example may ferue for all other things,as Chappels,Vaultes, Halles, &c Moreouer,the ancient painters would haue the view or fight of pictures through hals or fuch like places at the entrance , or at one ende of the place 2^ (if neede fo require.) But when they are too long, it is requifite that the di- ftance be not drawne out Co far,to the difcomendable extremity: either that the lineaments be quite loft,becaufe they are drawne out too far: or the co- lours cleane decaied by the comming betweene of the aire. Such experi- ments of painters concerning this matter (who haue farther perfwaded themfelues that without this diftance they could frame all thinges, making them carry as perfect a refemblance , as if they were done by rule ; and that they could finde out this diftance, which before 1 haue fhewed to be moft rare and beautifull in all workes,and know by the fame wherin ir confifteth, iudgingtherby which are the moft beautifull wotkes with fuch like mifte- riesoffpeciall worth) gauevs thefirftoccafiontomakevieof Distance,* thing truely knowne but to very fewe . And thofe fcwe who were acquain- ted therewith , haue neither taught it to any , nor committed it to writing: faue onely Vincent im Foppa , Andreas tMantegna, Leonard, and Bernar- do Zenale, ofwhofe workes (written very obicurely) little hath coireto my fight. OF OF PEVLSTECTIFE. 201 If! #######*##•&*$:#'&#•&#•*::?«##<&«&•& OF THE OB- I EC T. CHJT. IX. I H E 0£/V#isthe thing which ftanding before our sutbefixi eies , is feene ofvs ,of what quantity foeuer it be, fo ££'« it be not fo fmall that it flie the fight. And this fhould " neuer ftand nearer to v s, then that fpace which in the former Chapter I haue allowed for the ordinary di- ftance . Nowe whofbeuer fTtall imagine any other obie6t, is much deceaued . Wherefore in painting anyhiftoryitis required, that the firft thing which you would reprefent vpon a wall or table,be of a competent bignefle , that fo all the reft may rateably receaue their iuft : proportion. And this firft i^>«. figure is called the T^aturall: which muft bee reprefentedftanding,ina manner in the beginning oftheendeofthediftance taken, from whence whatfoeuer you would place inwardes towardes the * cie, ought to be pro- »_, h . portionably diminifiied,according as the lines or beams (hall extend them- „„ „/ 'a, be- ' felues . For whatfoeuer you place behinde the obiec"t or natural/ thing Miir ' which ftandeth in the firft place, muft bee diminifhed j before which you may place nothing, except in fo doing you alter the firft diftance , your eie, and your biggeft obiect, caufing that which flood in the firft place to feemc lefl"er,by diminifhingit. For by moouinga thing out of his place either neerer or farther off, it is alwaies either encreafed or diminished. Wherefore 3 whenfoeuer we would place any thing on the hither fide of the naturallobiec^ wee muft (as I haue ihewecl) make it bigger then that firft 202 THE FIFTH SOOI^E firft naturall thing . Which way I holde to bee very falfe , and therefore not tobefollowechbutifwe put the true neerer vs,then thofe which are far- ther of being as bigge as the naturall, they mult be diminished , and made lefler then the naturall,& yet they will feeme bigger; becaufe they are nee- rer vsjthough they feeme not bigger then they are. Againe if thefe be nee- rer, they will alfb feeme bigger then the others 3 and yet will they not feeme bigger then they are. Now all thefe things may be done , becaufe the Diftance may be made bigger or leffer at our pleafure: and this commeth to paffejbecaufe the (pe- des or fhapes of the thing feene , occupieth the whole fpace betweene the extremities of the thing and the eie; and where that fpace is crofled or cut, the thing becommeth greater or lefler at your pleafure. But the true di- ftance is that,which I haue already t"hewed , and this makes it immutable; becaufe the obiedt being orderly difpofed, may not bee mooved vpand downe like afether . So that if we fhall fufficiently examine thefe things at the beginning, before we vndertakc any worke,and Co confider the encrea- fings and diminifhings which may fall out in the obie£t,we fhall never erre. For the better effe&ing whereof we mult bee very carefull in ordering our obiett, according tohis line of interferon and fnortning,which I call that perpendicular y & of the wal or table, which procureth the whole delight & beauty of the worke , as being the marke wherevnto all the parts of jthe bo- dy are drawne , whence alfo the fhorcning rifcth. 8&&k8Sk> OF OF TE^STECTIFB. 205 li^gSksS$&2£Sbga&M&&& *« «*^5 tJHTl cJ**V> OF ANOPTICA THE FIRST SIGHT OR REALL AND VPPERLINE. CHJT. X. " fy^^ P ^f*^ Aving difcourfed of the principles of that part of suthitdlt *C fiD&i* fir* the Per( P e ^ tlues 3 wnich * s ca ^ ecJ Grammice, & chief- *fc ^^ Ivf^/ "*€ lybelongethvntoPainters:itremaineththatIfhould * now fpeake ofthe firft fight thereof: viz. ^Anopica, whofe principall office is , to confider all the parts of the obiect placed aboue the Horizon .- fb that by ver- tue of his beames, it bringeth them to the interfer- on, or*Iineoffhorrning: whence according to the * fmhe fig*! fituation of the body, it caufcth the farther and hinder partes to run down- r' *' wardes ,and the neareft and vpper parts to flie vpwardes,whence the fhort- ningsandincreafings , declinings and flyings vppe of the partes of bodies defcribed in Perfpe&iue, are caufed. This line Anoptica, as it hath his Originall from the center or beginning of the distance , eye or point ; fo it returnes backe to the fame through the middcft of the beames, which couple all the cxtreame limits of that per- fect body together. Wherfore you may make the interfe&ion where you pleafe, howbeit the true interfe&ion ismadevpon the perpendicular line yM,where the diftance oppofite to the eie, beginneth. OF OF (PERSPECTIVE. 205 tCS (TViT 5 £)rtf«> SVi£S ^VlC* T*»>«iT T^v«i^ T^-^T T^^^ ^^ Yssyvmyvsr ■•Is eJ*As> eJ* J ls JW^A ^to-^l ^»^1 ^■A**A**'Ai*^l ^.^^i, ^*f>^ Hs> +r- J \'> gJ* J ui hnh it defcriied in iht II. chap, and the 1 6. ihap. although difft. ting in place and jimathn: Durerus tal- leih th'u kjndt of workc \m- prcffioinfun" damciuum, 'J- Of toS THE FIFTH 55 lJ t» eJ*^*) EWS S)uG '■J 1 uti ( i"if i/Jjifi CV«£3 »"ir>f5 SY/^fS SV ^^■■v i v~^r^* > '^r v*"%r ^^"v ^^"■v v*^r ^ s- vT^'Sr \^^v "^°y "^^?y^!?sr iCiS^r "5dsc "^sr "x^sy x^^r "x^sy"X5!sr >is tTt'ta eJK-Ts (sT*-*^*) el* •'Is e>Jy> eJ tJ t5 iinis ^■'ts «i , ''fcs eJ 1 Aaivk./«iA ^°!^.^ 1 !^^£2r' 1 ^a^v^esX J^« in Saint Frauncit church in Milane $a\nxs& by Bernard Zena/e,by whom and Bernard Butt/one a UWi/anefe and very wellfeene in thefe matters, yon haue in Milanej*. Chapell of Saint ^Ambrofe of the like. In San Pietro Giefato a Chrift taken downe from the croffe , done by Bra- mantino. in LMi/anelikewife vpon the gate of Saint Sepulchers churchy and efpecially of Raphaels vvorke in Romejxx which hiftories you fhal fee the whole middle,the toppe,and the bottome drawne to the eie,after the true order of all other excellent workemen . OF OF PERSPECTIVE. 2lt OF THE FIFT DECEITFVL SIGHT BELOW. QHdP. XF1I. Hatsoevb* pictures are fecne from aboue placed more or lefle belowe the Horizon , are all made ac- cording to this fight , which alfo teacheth the reafbns why they are fo made. It caufeth their riling vp on high , the running downc of their hinder partes, and the incrcafing and abafingof their fore parts : and belowe it makes that appeare , which from an highe feemes contrariwife to bee vppermoft . In the reft ic followeththe others , and hath the felfe fame vnderitanding , though the effe&es bee divers . And according to this fight are the three hifto- ries of Mich&cllAngelo, painted in the VaticM in Rente . Viz. The laft judge- ment , The Conversion ofPaulj and Saint Peter drawne vppon the crofle, both which are in Ps»li»a* Ss uij. OF cjwffi aJL\» ejmtf) §>"t«> <&■*(!> eju^* 212 THE FIFTH QOO^E A».^i xWiA Av^, ^»^i. 3b"^L .tfW^i, 3»>*ft, 3b.s^5, ^trs^l JS*J± As (t^ls eJ*""!*) C7*' , v9 eJ^lB cJ^Jvi eJ* J *»> eJ*'?*) iy*'*U) «3* J u) ct'-'vo ^■'Js e^'vs «>jt^«) »ji w #########•&:•$:##•$:#########■?: BRAMANTINES SECOND PERSPECTIVE. CHAP. XXIII. I H t fecond part is done without meafure,either by meerc imi- | tatio of Nature,or by wotking v vholy after our own phanta- M fie:v vhich kindc of worke more Painters follow , then the o- thertwo. And are notwithftanding generally reputed fuffi- cicntvvorkemen, becaufe they endevour toimitate thclife exaclly,and according to that follow their owne humours: In whofc works neuerthclefle you fhal finde moft grofte errors, which thofe that are ikilfull in the true reafon of feeing and working, neuer commie. BRAMANTINES THIRD PERSPECTIVE. QHAT. XXllll H e thirdpartis wrought with a* Grate, orinfteede there- t jw$ky m of with a glafle let betweene the eie of the Painter, and the mfaamm thing feene, who looketh as it were through a vaile. And T^J^f^- that which ftriketh vpon the vaile is wrought and tranffer- '" s ° red thereon, fo that nothing be mooned. For if you mooue jny part,your whole worke will bee falfe , except you returne to the firft place. 2 i8 THE FIFTH © 2(E. place . And by this Grate you may make the thing you imitate , bigger or lefler,according as you fhall mooue it neerer, or farther offfrom the thingj tracing the worke with a cole faftned vnto the ende of a cane. Which way although it bee fomewhathard, yet is it very good for the vfe of Drawing, becaufe by it wee fhall more euideatly conceiue of a doubtfulIthing-Moreouer with this initrument by making the (quares foure,fixe,or ten times broa- der then they axe high , you may make fuch phantafies as I {hall fpeake of inthebooke following. #&&&& Tlicende of the fifth booh *2, Ks cJ^ls tfr-^fs 5^^!> c PRINTED AT OXFORD BY IOSEPH BARNES FOR R.H. ANNO DOMINI, M.D.XC.VIII. i i \ I • 05-6 «■»] '-■•. ■ ■1 ^s \x\ -■ v t* a »w*» Wb^mt MP 111 ft *m HE ■1 'i^V* ■1 ■■'•■..•'.■■■■ •J"/ ■1 RanH ■ «r« M13U ■an Mt3 mmm %& ! \WW ■.."■'; &K nJHH Kfla KM 31 ftM WW